As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 14,February 5, 2008
Registration No. 333-333-148650
 
 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
AMENDMENT NO. 1
TO
Form S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
GLOBAL TELECOM & TECHNOLOGY, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
     
Delaware 4813 52-1623052
(State or other jurisdiction of (Primary Standard Industrial (IRS Employer
incorporation or organization) Classification Code Number) Identification Number)
8484 Westpark Drive
Suite 720
McLean, Virginia 22102
(703) 442-5500

(Address, Including Zip Code and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal
Executive Offices)
Richard D. Calder, Jr.
President and Chief Executive Officer
8484 Westpark Drive
Suite 720
McLean, Virginia 22102
(703) 442-5500

(Name, Address, Including Zip Code and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)
Copies to:
Mark J. Wishner, Esq.
Greenberg Traurig, LLP
1750 Tysons Boulevard
Suite 1200
McLean, VA 22102
(703) 749-1300
     Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.
     If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. þ
     If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o
     If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o
     If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
                       
 
         Proposed  Proposed    
         Maximum  Maximum    
    Amount to be  Offering Price Per  Aggregate Offering  Amount of 
 Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered  Registered (1)  Share (2)  Price (2)  Registration Fee 
 Common Stock, par value $.0001 per share (3)   5,242,717   $1.09   $5,714,562   $225  
 
(1)This registration statement shall also cover any additional shares of common stock which become issuable by reason of any stock dividend, stock split, recapitalization or any other similar transaction effected without the receipt of consideration which results in an increase in the number of the registrant’s outstanding shares of common stock.
(2)Estimated in accordance with Rule 457(c) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, solely for the purposes of calculating the registration fee and is $1.09 per share, the average of the high and low prices per share of the Registrant’s common stock as reported on the as reported by the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board on January 11, 2008.
(3) Includes 2,672,573 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion  of 10% convertible unsecured subordinated promissory notes.
     The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act, as amended, or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to such Section 8(a), may determine.
 
 

 


 

     The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. The selling stockholders may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION DATED JANUARY 14,FEBRUARY 5, 2008
PROSPECTUS
(GTT LOGO)
Global Telecom & Technology, Inc.
5,242,717 Shares
Common Stock
     This prospectus relates to shares of common stock that may be sold by the selling stockholders identified in this prospectus. Specifically, this prospectus relates to the resale of 5,242,717 shares of our common stock. Of such 5,242,717 shares, 2,672,573 shares are being offered for resale upon the conversion of 10% convertible unsecured subordinated promissory notes. The selling stockholders acquired the shares offered by this prospectus in a private placement of our securities. We are registering the offer and sale of the shares to satisfy registration rights we have granted. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders.
     The selling stockholders may dispose of their shares of common stock or interests therein in a number of different ways and at varying prices. See “Plan of Distribution.”
     Our common stock is traded on the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board under the symbol “GTLT”. The last reported sale price of our common stock on the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board on January 11,February 4, 2008 was $1.10$0.71 per share.
     Investing in our common stock involves risks. You should consider the risks that we have described in “Risk Factors” beginning on page 3 of this prospectus before buying our common stock.
     Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus or the accompanying prospectus supplement is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
     You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or any prospectus supplement or amendment. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information. We are not making an offer of these securities in any state where the offer is not permitted.
     The date of this prospectus is                    , 2008.

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
     
   Page
Prospectus Summary  1 
Risk Factors  4 
Cautionary Notes Regarding Forward-Looking Statements  1716 
Use of Proceeds  1817 
Market for Equity Securities  1817 
Dividend Policy  1817 
Selected Consolidated Financial Data  1918 
Managements’ Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations  1920 
Business  4748 
Management  5859 
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions  7173 
Principal and Selling Stockholders  7375 
Plan of Distribution  7678 
Description of Securities  7779 
Legal Matters  7982 
Experts  7982 
Where You Can Find More Information  7982 
Index to Financial Statements  F-1 
     Unless the context otherwise requires, when we use the words the “Company,” “GTT,” “we” “us,” or “our Company” in this prospectus, we are referring to Global Telecom & Technology, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its subsidiaries, unless it is clear from the context or expressly stated that these references are only to Global Telecom & Technology, Inc.

 


 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
     This summary highlights selected information contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the risk factors, the financial statements and the documents incorporated herein by reference before making an investment decision.
Overview
     Global Telecom & Technology, Inc. was incorporated under the name Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp. to serve as a vehicle to effect a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition or other similar business combination with a then-unidentified operating business or businesses. On October 15, 2006, we acquired the outstanding capital stock of Global Internetworking, Inc., or GII, pursuant to a stock purchase agreement dated May 23, 2006, as amended. On the same date, we also acquired the outstanding voting stock of European Telecommunications & Technology Limited, or ETT, pursuant to an offer made to its stockholders under the laws of England and Wales. We refer to the acquisitions of GII and ETT herein collectively as the “Acquisitions.”
     As a result of the Acquisitions, GII became our Americas operating subsidiary, and ETT became our European, Middle Eastern, and Asian, or EMEA, operating subsidiary. Both operating companies are multi-network operators, or MNOs. MNOs are facilities-free, technology-neutral telecommunications providers. MNOs do not own the infrastructure upon which their services are provided. Instead, they procure network capacity from existing telecommunications carriers and integrate and resell this capacity to their customers, including enterprise customers, government agencies and other telecommunications carriers. MNOs are able to bundle services provided by a number of carriers, which typically allows them to offer highly customized, cost-efficient solutions for their customers, many of whom have complex communications requirements. The MNO model is also typically attractive to customers with diverse or international telecommunications requirements.
     GII and ETT were both founded in 1998, and prior to the Acquisitions, each company’s primary business was the design, delivery, and management of data networks and value-added services. Building upon this foundation, as of December 1, 2007, we acted as a global supplier for over 200 customers to more than 70 countries. We conduct business not by relying upon the services of any one supplier, network or technology, but rather by leveraging a wide variety of rapidly evolving terrestrial, wireless and satellite technologies available from a broad set of suppliers. To support this model and deliver our services in a cost-efficient manner, as of December 1, 2007, we had entered into purchasing agreements with over 100 suppliers and had collected information from dozens more in order to identify more than 100,000 individual locations where network providers can deliver higher-speed fiber-optic services. We have developed a proprietary suite of network planning, management and pricing software that analyzes options from among these various networks in order to identify optimal choices for design and procurement in any given case. These assets enable us to provide integrated solutions based on individual customer requirements rather than the constraints of a fixed physical network infrastructure, and to maintain a scalable, capital-efficient business model more aligned with our customers’ cost-saving objectives.
Limitations of Traditional Network Solutions
     Notwithstanding recent consolidation in the telecommunications sector, there are many industry participants, including service providers, technology vendors and networks, serving various geographic regions and supporting different types of network technologies. In this multiple vendor and multiple technology landscape, a customer’s ability to obtain telecommunications and outsourced managed network services is hindered by the fact that no single service provider owns a complete and comprehensive network to service all conceivable users. Therefore, to provide complete end-to-end solutions to their clients, service providers must interconnect their networks with and purchase services from other service providers. Moreover, in such a service environment, we believe that facilities-based telecommunications carriers may not have incentives to provide complete “arms-length” management of the network connectivity and technology on behalf of their customers due to those carriers’ fundamental interests in maximizing use of their own existing network facilities. These conditions can create problems for both wholesale and retail business customers of high capacity network connectivity, managed network services and telecommunications related professional services.
Our Services
     Through our operating subsidiaries, we provide the following services, integrated into three primary categories:
  Data Connectivity:This category includes point-to-point connectivity services such as United States and international private lines, ethernet, dedicated internet access, wavelengths and dark fiber. In many cases, these connectivity services could be considered “managed” in that they often require the integration and management by us of multiple vendor networks within a single solution. This category also includes more value-added services, such as access aggregation and hubbing, which seek to improve cost efficiency and capacity management of individual circuit requirements. Examples include multi-hub solutions (which permit carriers and enterprises to aggregate capacity and order further circuits on an “as-needed” basis) and gateway hub solutions (which provide international-to-United States (or vice versa) standard rate conversion as well as aggregation). From time to time, we also sell equipment to assist with customer networking requirements.

1


 

  Managed Network Services:These services include engineering solutions tailored to a customer’s needs with respect to matters such as network deployment, monitoring of network systems, and management and maintenance of those networks. Examples include roaming Internet access for enterprise customers, co-location and related environmental and power support for equipment, network security solutions, outsourced management of networks or circuits, and deployment of private managed networks to replace or supplement existing point-to-point connectivity across multiple sites.
 
  Professional Services:These services include providing guidance and analysis to customers on network- and telecommunications-related requirements such as network design, continuity planning, facilities management and cost and traffic management and analysis.
Our Strategy
     Our objective is to facilitate the worldwide deployment of bandwidth-intensive applications such as those described above by providing customer-centric, facilities-neutral telecommunications, managed network and information network products, services and solutions. To achieve this objective, we intend to:
  continue to improve a systems-based service activation and service assurance capability in support of our customer base;
 
  engage network solutions for our customers by selectively deploying network assets in support of specific customer requirements;
 
  continue to develop products and market branding in order to supply our sales force with a focused go-to-market suite of service offerings;
 
  foster greater penetration into existing customer accounts through sophisticated professional and consultative services in support of each customer’s unique network requirements, with the aim of serving as an extension of the customer’s own information technology or network planning organizations;
 
  continue to establish wholesale bandwidth purchasing agreements with additional facilities-based telecommunications carriers and service providers;
 
  expand our penetration of growing wholesale and retail customer segments, such as wireless network operators, cable television network operators, federal government agencies and medium to large multinational enterprises;
 
  continue to expand and populate our databases and network planning software with network location and pricing information;
 
  continue to stimulate demand for network services via our on-line tools; and
 
  leverage our network planning and optimization capabilities into emerging network technologies and value-added services such as VoIP, security solutions, satellite platforms, broadband wireless and multiprotocol label switching.
Our Solutions
     We believe we can offer the following key benefits and value propositions to customers:
  Carrier- and technology-neutral approach;
 
  Outsourced network management expertise;
 
  Automation;
 
  Turn-key service;
 
  Cost efficiency;
 
  Network diversity;
 
  Customer support; and
 
  Network management and integration of hardware, software and telecommunications services.
Corporate Information
     We incorporated in January of 2005 under the name Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp. to serve as a vehicle to effect a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition or other similar business combination with a then-unidentified operating business or businesses. In connection with the Acquisitions, we changed our name to Global Telecom & Technology, Inc. in October of 2006. Our principal executive offices are located at 8484 Westpark Drive, Suite 720, McLean, Virginia 22102, and our telephone number is (703) 442-5500. Our website is located at http://www.gt-t.net. Our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics as well as our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K and all amendments to these reports, which have been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, are available to you free of charge through the Investor Relations section on our website as soon as reasonably practicable after such materials have been electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. We do not intend for the other information contained in our website to be considered a part of this registration statement.

2


 

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
     The following table summarizes our consolidated financial data.
     Our summary consolidated financial data for each year in the two-year period ended December 31, 2006 is derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have also included data that has been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 2007 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and 2007. The unaudited consolidated financial statements include, in the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that management considers necessary for the fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those statements. The historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in any future period and the results for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 should not be considered indicative of results expected for the full year. The information provided below is only a summary and should be read in conjunction with each company’s consolidated financial statements and related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” contained elsewhere in this prospectus.
Consolidated Statement of Operations
                     
      For the Period from  
      Inception (January  
  Year Ended December 3, 2005) to Nine Months Ended September 30,
  31, 2006 December 31, 2005 2007 2006
Revenues $10,470,502  $  $42,115,072  $ 
Operating loss  (1,816,968)  (358,892)  (5,996,346)  (578,469)
Interest income, net of expense  2,108,716   1,258,203   (486,412)  1,955,169 
Gain (loss) on derivative liabilities  (1,927,350)  776,750      2,990,400 
Net (loss) income  (1,847,281)  1,369,061   (5,751,248)  3,898,100 
Net (loss) income per share, basic and diluted $(0.15) $0.16  $(0.48) $0.33 
Cash dividends per share $  $  $  $ 
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data
                 
  As of December 31, As of December 31, As of September 30,
  2006 2005 2007 2006
Total assets (including US Government Securities held in Trust Fund) $98,275,028  $56,100,887  $83,773,063  $58,229,531 
Derivative liabilities  8,435,050   6,507,700      3,517,300 
Total current liabilities  46,059,301   6,711,733   20,547,161   4,936,069 
Long-term liabilities  8,422,540      14,344,349    
Common stock subject to possible conversion     10,926,022      11,311,658 
Stockholders’ equity $43,793,187  $38,463,132  $48,881,533  $41,981,804 

3


 

RISK FACTORS
     Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risk factors and the other information contained in this prospectus before making an investment decision. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us, which we currently deem immaterial or which are similar to those faced by other companies in our industry or telecommunications and/or technology companies in general, may also impair our business operations. If any of these risks or uncertainties actually occurs, our business, financial condition or operating results could materially suffer. Please see “Cautionary Notes Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Incorporation of Certain Documents by Reference.”
Risks Relating to Our Business and Operations
Our operating company subsidiaries have historically generated losses over the past several fiscal years and have been cash flow negative for a number of the past fiscal years. On a consolidated basis, including the operations of these subsidiaries after their acquisitions, we generated negative income and had negative cash flow from operations during the most recent nine month period. We may continue to generate losses in the future and be cash flow negative during future periods.
     Prior to its Acquisitions of GII and ETT, the Company’s Americas operating company (formerly GII) and its EMEA operating company (formerly ETT) experienced net losses and operating losses for the past several fiscal years. GII used $914,349 and $272,350 in cash for operations in its fiscal years ended September 30, 2004 and 2005, respectively. In its fiscal year 2006, GII generated $476,374 in cash from operations. GII incurred net losses of $223,560, $444,964, and $350,981 for its fiscal years ended September 30, 2004, 2005, and 2006, respectively. For the period from October 1, 2006 through October 15, 2006, the date on which we completed the Acquisitions, GII achieved a net income of $35,002 and was a net user of $108,852 of cash for that period. ETT generated cash flow from operations of $1,234,754 and $242,071 during 2004 and 2005, respectively. ETT incurred net losses of $490,198 and $231,000 for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively. For the period from January 1, 2006 through October 15, 2006, ETT incurred a net loss of $1,268,146 and used $1,488,751 in cash to fund operations.
     For the year ended 2006, including results of the operating company subsidiaries following the Acquisitions, the Company incurred a net loss of $1,847,281 and generated $175,245 positive cash from operations. For the nine months ended September 30, 2007, the Company reported a net loss $5,751,248 and had negative cash from operations of $1,067,733. We may generate losses in the future and/or be cash flow negative. If we are not able to achieve or sustain profitability, the market price of our securities may decline.
Our debt may hinder our growth and put us at a competitive disadvantage.
     As of September 30, 2007, we had approximately $9.9 million in debt scheduled to mature during 2008. We have restructured this debt such that, as of November 12, 2007, we had $8.8 million in debt with a scheduled maturity date of December 31, 2010. This debt may have important consequences, including the following:
  the ability to obtain additional financing for acquisitions, working capital, investments and capital or other expenditures could be impaired or financing may not be available on acceptable terms;
 
  a substantial portion of our cash flow may be used to make principal and interest payments on this debt, reducing the funds that would otherwise be available for operations and future business opportunities;
 
  a substantial decrease in cash flows from operating activities or an increase in expenses could make it difficult to meet debt service requirements and force modifications to operations;
 
  if we do not have enough cash flow in the future to make interest or principal payments on this debt, we may be required to refinance all or a portion of this debt or to raise additional capital, which refinancing or additional capital we cannot assure you will be available on acceptable terms, if at all; and
 
  substantial debt may make us more vulnerable to a downturn in business or the economy generally.

4


 

We might require additional capital to support business growth, and this capital might not be available on favorable terms, or at all.
     Our integration, operations or expansion efforts may require substantial additional financial, operational and managerial resources. As of September 30, 2007, we had approximately $2.1 million in cash and cash equivalents. We may have insufficient cash to fund our working capital or other capital requirements (including our outstanding debt obligations), and may be required to raise additional funds to continue or expand our operations. If we are required to obtain additional funding in the future, we may have to sell assets, seek debt financing or obtain additional equity capital. Additional capital may not be available to us, or may only be available on terms that adversely affect our existing stockholders or that restrict our operations. For example, if we raise additional funds through issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of holders of our common stock. In addition, certain promissory notes that we have issued contain anti-dilution provisions related to their conversion into our common stock. The issuance of new equity securities or convertible debt securities could trigger an anti-dilution adjustment pursuant to these promissory notes and our existing stockholders would suffer dilution if these notes are converted into shares of our common stock.
We are obligated to repay several debt instruments that mature during 2010. If we are unable to raise additional capital or to renegotiate the terms of that debt, we may be unable to make the required principal payments with respect to one or more of these debt instruments.
     In the aggregate, we are obligated to pay approximately $4.8 million in principal, plus accrued interest, in December 2010 with respect to promissory notes we issued in November 2007 to certain holders of our promissory notes and certain other accredited investors. In addition, we are obligated to pay $4.0 million in principal, plus accrued interest, with respect to an additional set of promissory notes issued to the former GII shareholders that also mature in December 2010. We are also obligated to pay accrued interest on several earlier dates with respect to the latter set of promissory notes. If we are unable to raise additional capital or arrange other re-financing options, we may be unable to make the principal payments and/or payments of accrued interest when due with respect to one or more of these promissory notes.

5


We depend on several large customers, and the loss of one or more of these clients, or a significant decrease in total revenues from any of these customers, would likely significantly reduce our revenue and income.
     A sizeable portion of our service revenues come from a limited number of clients. For the three months ended September 30, 2007, our four largest customers accounted for approximately 38% of our total service revenues. If we were to lose one or more of our large clients, or if one or more of our large clients were to reduce the services purchased from us or otherwise renegotiate the terms on which services are purchased from us, our revenues could decline and our results of operations would suffer.
If our customers elect to terminate their agreements with us, our business, financial condition and results of operations will be adversely affected.
     Our services are sold under agreements that generally have initial terms of between one and three years. Following the initial terms, these agreements generally automatically renew for successive month-to-month, quarterly or annual periods, but can be terminated by the customer without cause with relatively little notice during a renewal period. In addition, certain government customers may have rights under federal law with respect to termination for convenience that can serve to minimize or eliminate altogether the liability payable by that customer in the event of early termination. Our customers may elect to terminate their agreements as a result of a number of factors, including their level of satisfaction with the services they are receiving, their ability to continue their operations due to budgetary or other concerns, and the availability and pricing of competing services. If customers elect to terminate their agreements with us, our business, financial condition and results of operation may be adversely affected.
Competition in the industry in which we do business is intense and growing, and our failure to compete successfully could make it difficult for us to add and retain customers or increase or maintain revenues.
     The markets in which we operate are rapidly evolving and highly competitive. We currently or potentially compete with a variety of companies, including some of our transport suppliers, with respect to their products and services, including:
  international, national, and local carriers, such as British Telecom, COLT, AT&T, Level 3, Qwest, Sprint and Verizon;
 
  companies that provide collocation facilities, such as Switch & Data, AT&T and Equinix;
 
  competitive access providers and local exchange carriers, such as XO Communications and RCN; and
 
  virtual network operators including Vanco Plc and Azzuri Communications Limited.

65


 

     The industry in which we operate is consolidating, which is increasing the size and scope of our competitors. Competitors could benefit from assets or businesses acquired from other carriers or from strategic alliances in the telecommunications industry. New entrants could enter the market with a business model similar to ours. Our target markets may support only a limited number of competitors. Operations in such markets with multiple competitive providers may be unprofitable for one or more of such providers. Prices in both the long-distance business and the data transmission business have declined significantly in recent years and may continue to decline.
     Many of our potential competitors have certain advantages over us, including:
  substantially greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources, including brand or corporate name recognition;
 
  substantially lower cost structures, including cost structures of facility-based providers who have significantly reduced debt and other obligations through bankruptcy or other restructuring proceedings;
 
  larger client bases;
 
  longer operating histories;
 
  more established relationships in the industry; and
 
  larger geographic coverage.
     Our competitors may be able to use these advantages to:
  develop or adapt to new or emerging technologies and changes in client requirements more quickly;
 
  take advantage of acquisitions and other opportunities more readily;
 
  enter into strategic relationships to rapidly grow the reach of their networks and capacity;
 
  devote greater resources to the marketing and sale of their services;
 
  adopt more aggressive pricing and incentive policies, which could drive down margins; and
 
  expand their offerings more quickly.
     If we are unable to compete successfully against our current and future competitors, our gross margins could decline and we could lose market share, which could materially and adversely affect our business.
Because our business consists primarily of reselling telecommunications network capacity purchased from third parties, the failure of our suppliers and other service providers to provide us with services, or disputes with those suppliers and service providers, could affect our ability to provide quality services to our customers and have an adverse effect on our operations and financial condition.
     The majority of our business consists of integrating and reselling network capacity purchased from traditional telecommunications carriers. Accordingly, we will be largely dependent on third parties to supply us with services. Occasionally in the past, our operating companies have experienced delays or other problems in receiving services from third party providers. Disputes also arise from time to time with suppliers with respect to billing or interpretation of contract terms. Any failure on the part of third parties to adequately supply us or to maintain the quality of their facilities and services in the future, or the termination of any significant contracts by a supplier, could cause customers to experience delays in service and lower levels of customer care, which could cause them to switch providers. Furthermore, disputes over billed amounts or interpretation of contract terms could lead to claims against us, some of which if resolved against us could have an adverse impact on our results of operations and/or financial condition. Suppliers may also attempt to impose onerous terms as part of purchase contract negotiations. For example, in its first few years of existence, certain suppliers required one of our operating companies to agree to onerous terms such as the granting of a security lien with respect to that operating company’s accounts receivable and certain other collateral and clauses providing for the opportunity to match other suppliers’ offers. The operating company renegotiated such terms with the applicable suppliers prior to consummation of the Acquisitions. Although we know of no pending or threatened claims with respect to past compliance with any such terms, claims asserting any past noncompliance, if successful, could have a material adverse effect on our operations and/or financial condition. Moreover, to the extent that key suppliers were to attempt to impose such provisions as part of future contract negotiations, such developments could have an adverse impact on the company’s operations. Finally, some of our suppliers are potential competitors. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to obtain use of facilities or services in a timely manner or on terms acceptable and in quantities satisfactory to us.

76


 

Failure to satisfy term or volume commitments agreed to with suppliers could affect operating margins.
     We typically enter into contracts with suppliers that are matched with respect to term and volume with the sale of services to underlying customers. Nevertheless, our Americas operating company has entered into contracts with three suppliers under which it is subject to monthly minimum purchase commitments that are effective as of December 31, 2006 in exchange for improved pricing from the suppliers. We may also enter into additional contracts with similar commitments in the future. Since each contract’s inception through December 31, 2006, the Americas operating company has had sufficient customer demand to satisfy its minimum purchase commitments with each of those suppliers, but we cannot assure you that in the future our customer demand will meet or exceed such purchase levels with each vendor. If we are unable to resell any of the network availability we have committed to purchase, our operating margins could be adversely affected.
     In addition, our Americas operating company has from time to time purchased capacity under multiple-year commitments from several vendors in order to secure more competitive pricing. These multiple-year purchase commitments are not, in all cases, matched with multiple-year supply agreements to customers. In these cases, if a customer were to disconnect its service before the multiple-year term ordered from the vendor expired, and if we were unable to find another customer for the capacity, we would be subject to an early termination liability, which could adversely impact our operating margin. As of December 31, 2006, our Americas operating company’s total potential early termination liability, if all such services terminated as of that date, and if we could not obtain a waiver of termination liability (by contractual right or otherwise) with respect to such terminations, was approximately $382,000.
The networks on which we depend may fail, which would interrupt the network availability they provide and make it difficult to retain and attract customers.
     Our customers depend on our ability to provide network availability with minimal interruption. The ability to provide this service depends in part on the networks of third party transport suppliers. The networks of transport suppliers may be interrupted as a result of various events, many of which they cannot control, including fire, human error, earthquakes and other natural disasters, disasters along communications rights-of-way, power loss, telecommunications failures, terrorism, sabotage, vandalism or financial distress or other event adversely affecting a supplier, such as bankruptcy or liquidation.
     We may be subject to legal claims and be liable for losses suffered by customers for our inability to provide service. If our network failure rates are higher than permitted under the applicable customer contracts, we may incur significant expenses related to network outage credits, which would reduce our revenues and gross margins. Our reputation could be harmed if we fail to provide a reasonably adequate level of network availability, and in certain cases, customers may be entitled to seek to terminate their contracts with us in case of prolonged or severe service disruptions or other outages.
System disruptions could cause delays or interruptions of our services, which could cause us to lose customers or incur additional expenses.
     Our success depends on our ability to provide reliable service. Although we have attempted to design our network services to minimize the possibility of service disruptions or other outages, in addition to risks associated with third party provider networks, our services may be disrupted by problems on our own systems, including events beyond our control such as terrorism, computer viruses or other infiltration by third parties that affect our central offices, corporate headquarters, network operations centers, or network equipment. Such events could disrupt our service, damage our facilities and damage our reputation. In addition, customers may, under certain contracts, have the ability to terminate services in case of prolonged or severe service disruptions or other outages. Accordingly, service disruptions or other outages may cause us to, among other things, lose customers and could harm our results of operations.

87


 

If the products or services that we market or sell do not maintain market acceptance, our results of operations will be adversely affected.
     Certain segments of the telecommunications industry are dependent on developing and marketing new products and services that respond to technological and competitive developments and changing customer needs. We cannot assure you that our products and services will gain or obtain increased market acceptance. Any significant delay or failure in developing new or enhanced technology, including new product and service offerings, could result in a loss of actual or potential market share and a decrease in revenues.
If carrier and enterprise connectivity demand does not continue to expand, we may experience a shortfall in revenues or earnings or otherwise fail to meet public market expectations.
     The growth of our business will be dependent, in part, upon the increased use of carrier and enterprise connectivity services and our ability to capture a higher proportion of this market. Increased usage of enterprise connectivity services depends on numerous factors, including:
  the willingness of enterprises to make additional information technology expenditures;
 
  the availability of security products necessary to ensure data privacy over the public networks;
 
  the quality, cost and functionality of these services and competing services;
 
  the increased adoption of wired and wireless broadband access methods;
 
  the continued growth of broadband-intensive applications; and
 
  the proliferation of electronic devices and related applications.
     If the demand for carrier and enterprise connectivity services does not continue to grow, we may not be able to grow our business, achieve profitability or meet public market expectations.
Our long sales and service deployment cycles require us to incur substantial sales costs that may not result in related revenues.
     Our business is characterized by long sales cycles, which are often in the range of 60 days or more, between the time a potential customer is contacted and a customer contract is signed. Furthermore, once a customer contract is signed, there is typically an extended period of between 30 and 120 days before the customer actually begins to use the services, which is when we begin to realize revenues. As a result, we may invest a significant amount of time and effort in attempting to secure a customer, which investment may not result in any revenues. Even if we enter into a contract, we will have incurred substantial sales-related expenses well before we recognize any related revenues. If the expenses associated with sales increase, if we are not successful in our sales efforts, or if we are unable to generate associated offsetting revenues in a timely manner, our operating results will be harmed.
Because much of our business is international, our financial results may be affected by foreign exchange rate fluctuations.
     Our EMEA operating company generated approximately 64% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2006. The EMEA operating company generates a substantial portion of its revenues from business conducted outside the United States. As such, our financial results, particularly with respect to our EMEA operating company, are subject to fluctuations in the exchange rates of the currencies in which we operate.

98


 

Because much of our business is international, we may be subject to local taxes, tariffs or other restrictions in foreign countries, which may reduce our profitability.
     Revenues from our foreign subsidiaries, or other locations where we provide or procure services internationally, may be subject to additional taxes in some foreign jurisdictions. Additionally, some foreign jurisdictions may subject us to additional withholding tax requirements or the imposition of tariffs, exchange controls or other restrictions on foreign earnings. Any such taxes, tariffs, controls and other restrictions imposed on our foreign operations may increase our costs of business in those jurisdictions, which in turn may reduce our profitability.
The ability to implement and maintain our databases and management information systems is a critical business requirement, and if we cannot obtain or maintain accurate data or maintain these systems, we might be unable to cost-effectively provide solutions to our customers.
     To be successful, we must increase and update information in our databases about network pricing, capacity and availability. In addition to continuing to update the databases that have been historically used by our Americas operating company in connection with its CMD™ system, we are in the process of extending the CMD™ system to our rest-of-world operations, to compile and analyze data regarding potential suppliers. Our ability to provide cost-effective network availability and access depends upon the information we collect from our transport suppliers regarding their networks. These suppliers are not obligated to provide this information and could decide to stop providing this information to us at any time. Moreover, we cannot be certain that the information that these suppliers share with us is accurate. If we cannot continue to maintain and expand the existing databases, we may be unable to increase revenues or to facilitate the supply of services in a cost-effective manner.
     Furthermore, we are in the process of reviewing, integrating and augmenting our management information systems to facilitate management of client orders, client service, billing and financial applications. Our ability to manage our businesses could be materially adversely affected if we fail to successfully and promptly maintain and upgrade the existing management information systems.
If we are unable to protect our intellectual property rights, competitors may be able to use our technology or trademarks, which could weaken our competitive position.
     We own certain proprietary programs, software and technology. However, we do not have any patented technology that would preclude competitors from replicating our business model; instead, we rely upon a combination of know-how, trade secret laws, contractual restrictions and copyright, trademark and service mark laws to establish and protect our intellectual property. Our success will depend in part on our ability to maintain or obtain (as applicable) and enforce intellectual property rights for those assets, both in the United States and in other countries. Although our Americas operating company has registered some of its service marks in the United States, we have not otherwise applied for registration of any marks in any jurisdiction. Instead, with the exception of the few registered service marks in the United States, we rely exclusively on common law trademark rights in the countries in which we operate.
     We may file applications for patents, copyrights and trademarks as our management deems appropriate. We cannot assure you that these applications, if filed, will be approved, or that we will have the financial and other resources necessary to enforce our proprietary rights against infringement by others. Additionally, we cannot assure you that any patent, trademark or copyright obtained by us will not be challenged, invalidated or circumvented, and the laws of certain foreign countries may not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as do the laws of the United States or the member states of the European Union. Finally, although we intend to undertake reasonable measures to protect the proprietary assets of the combined operations, we cannot guarantee that we will be successful in all cases in protecting the trade secret status of certain significant intellectual property assets. If these assets should be misappropriated, if our intellectual property rights are otherwise infringed, or if a competitor should independently develop similar intellectual property, this could harm our ability to attract new clients, retain existing customers and generate revenues.

109


 

Intellectual property and proprietary rights of others could prevent us from using necessary technology to provide our services or otherwise operate our business.
     We utilize data and processing capabilities available through commercially available third-party software tools and databases to assist in the efficient analysis of network engineering and pricing options. Where such technology is held under patent or other intellectual property rights by third parties, we are required to negotiate license agreements in order to use that technology. In the future, we may not be able to negotiate such license agreements at acceptable prices or on acceptable terms. If an adequate substitute is not available on acceptable terms and at an acceptable price from another software licensor, we could be compelled to undertake additional efforts to obtain the relevant network and pricing data independently from other, disparate sources, which, if available at all, could involve significant time and expense and adversely affect our ability to deliver network services to customers in an efficient manner.
     Furthermore, to the extent that we are subject to litigation regarding the ownership of our intellectual property or the licensing and use of others’ intellectual property, this litigation could:
  be time-consuming and expensive;
 
  divert attention and resources away from our daily business;
 
  impede or prevent delivery of our products and services; and
 
  require us to pay significant royalties, licensing fees and damages.
     Parties making claims of infringement may be able to obtain injunctive or other equitable relief that could effectively block our ability to provide our services and could cause us to pay substantial damages. In the event of a successful claim of infringement, we may need to obtain one or more licenses from third parties, which may not be available at a reasonable cost, if at all. The defense of any lawsuit could result in time-consuming and expensive litigation, regardless of the merits of such claims, and could also result in damages, license fees, royalty payments and restrictions on our ability to provide our services, any of which could harm our business.
We may incur operational and management inefficiencies if we acquire new businesses or technologies, and our results of operations could be impaired.
     To further our strategy for having combined the Americas and EMEA operating companies through the Acquisitions, we may seek to acquire additional businesses and technologies that we believe will complement the existing businesses. Any such acquisitions would likely involve some or all of the following risks:
  difficulty of assimilating acquired operations and personnel and information systems;
 
  potential disruption of our ongoing business;
 
  increased indebtedness to finance the acquisitions;
 
  possibility that we may not realize an acceptable return on our investment in these acquired companies or assets;
 
  diversion of resources;
 
  difficulty maintaining uniform standards, controls, procedures and policies;
 
  risks of entering markets in which we have little or no experience; and
 
  potential impairment of relationships with employees, suppliers or clients.
     We may need to complete transactions of this kind in order to remain competitive. We cannot be sure that we will be able to obtain any required financing or regulatory approvals for these transactions or that these transactions will occur.

1110


 

Our efforts to develop new service offerings may not be successful, in which case our revenues may not grow as we anticipate or may decline.
     The market for telecommunications services is characterized by rapid change as new technologies are developed and introduced, often rendering established technologies obsolete. For our business to remain competitive, we must continually update our service offerings to make new technologies available to our customers and prospects. To do so, we may have to expend significant management and sales resources, which may increase our operating costs. The success of our potential new service offerings is uncertain and would depend on a number of factors, including the acceptance by end-user customers of the telecommunications technologies which would underlie these new service offerings, the compatibility of these technologies with existing customer information technology systems and processes, the compatibility of these technologies with our then-existing systems and processes, and our ability to find third-party vendors that would be willing to provide these new technologies to us for delivery to our users. If we are unsuccessful in developing and selling new service offerings, our revenues may not grow as we anticipate, or may decline.
If we do not continue to train, manage and retain employees, clients may significantly reduce purchases of services.
     Our employees are responsible for providing clients with technical and operational support, and for identifying and developing opportunities to provide additional services to existing clients. In order to perform these activities, our employees must have expertise in areas such as telecommunications network technologies, network design, network implementation and network management, including the ability to integrate services offered by multiple telecommunications carriers. They must also accept and incorporate training on our systems and databases developed to support our operations and business model. Employees with this level of expertise tend to be in high demand in the telecommunications industry, which may make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified employees. If we fail to train, manage and retain our employees, we may be limited in our ability to gain more business from existing clients, and we may be unable to obtain or maintain current information regarding our clients’ and suppliers’ communications networks, which could limit our ability to provide future services.
The regulatory framework under which we operate could require substantial time and resources for compliance, which could make it difficult and costly for us to operate the businesses.
     In providing certain interstate and international telecommunications services, we must comply, or cause our customers or carriers to comply, with applicable telecommunications laws and regulations prescribed by the FCC and applicable foreign regulatory authorities. In offering services on an intrastate basis, we may also be subject to state laws and to regulation by state public utility commissions. Our international services may also be subject to regulation by foreign authorities and, in some markets, multinational authorities, such as the European Union. The costs of compliance with these regulations, including legal, operational and administrative expenses, may be substantial. In addition, delays in receiving or failure to obtain required regulatory approvals or the enactment of new or adverse legislation, regulations or regulatory requirements may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operation and cash flow.
     If we fail to obtain required authorizations from the FCC or other applicable authorities, or if we are found to have failed to comply, or are alleged to have failed to comply, with the rules of the FCC or other authorities, our right to offer certain services could be challenged and/or fines or other penalties could be imposed on us. Any such challenges or fines could be substantial and could cause us to incur substantial legal and administrative expenses as well; these costs in the forms of fines, penalties, and legal and administrative expenses could have a material adverse impact on our business and operations. Furthermore, we are dependent in certain cases on the services other carriers provide and therefore on other carriers’ abilities to retain their respective licenses in the regions of the world in which they operate. We are also dependent in some circumstances on our customers’ abilities to obtain and retain the necessary licenses. The failure of a customer or carrier to obtain or retain any necessary license could have an adverse effect on our ability to conduct operations.
Future changes in regulatory requirements or new interpretations of existing regulatory requirements may impair our ability to provide services, or may reduce our profitability.
     Many of the laws and regulations that apply to providers of telecommunications services are subject to frequent changes and different interpretations and may vary between jurisdictions. Changes to existing legislation or regulations in particular markets may limit the opportunities that are available to enter into markets, may increase the legal, administrative or operational costs of operating in those markets, or may constrain other activities, including our ability to complete subsequent acquisitions or purchase services or products, in ways that we cannot anticipate. Because we purchase telecommunications services from other carriers, our costs and manner of doing business can also be adversely affected by changes in regulatory policies affecting these other carriers.

1211


 

Required regulatory approvals may interfere with or delay potential future corporate transactions.
     Because certain portions of our business are regulated and require that we obtain licenses to conduct such business, we are or may be required to obtain the approval of the FCC and certain state and foreign regulators before completing certain types of transactions such as changes in ownership, acquisitions of other regulated companies, sales of all or substantial parts of our business, issuances of stock, and incurrence of certain debt obligations. The regulations and approval requirements imposed on these types of transactions differ between jurisdictions. If the approvals required to complete any future transactions cannot be obtained, or if substantial delays in obtaining such approvals are encountered, it may impair our ability to enter into and/or consummate other transactions on favorable terms (if at all). Such events could have a material adverse effect on our operating results.
We depend on key personnel to manage our businesses effectively in a rapidly changing market, and our ability to generate revenues will suffer if we are unable to retain key personnel and hire additional personnel.
     The future success, strategic development, and execution of our business will depend upon the continued services of our executive officers and other key sales, marketing and support personnel. We do not maintain “key person” life insurance policies with respect to any of our employees, nor are we certain if any such policies will be obtained or maintained in the future. Because our Americas and EMEA operating companies have not worked together until recently following the Acquisitions, we are in the process of integrating those operations. We may need to hire additional personnel in the future, and we believe the success of the combined business depends, in large part, upon our ability to attract and retain key employees. The loss of the services of any key employees, the inability to attract or retain qualified personnel in the future, the inability to integrate successfully the Acquisitions, or delays in hiring required personnel could limit our ability to generate revenues and to operate our business.
If our goodwill or amortizable intangible assets become impaired we may be required to record a significant charge to earnings.
     Under generally accepted accounting principles, we review our amortizable intangible assets for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually. Factors that may be considered a change in circumstances indicating that the carrying value of our goodwill or amortizable intangible assets may not be recoverable include reduced future cash flow estimates, a decline in stock price and market capitalization, and slower growth rates in our industry. We may be required to record a significant charge to earnings in our financial statements during the period in which any impairment of our goodwill or amortizable intangible assets is determined, negatively impacting our results of operations.
Risks Related to our Common Stock and the Securities Markets
We have only recently commenced operations as a public company. Fulfilling our obligations incident to being a public company will be expensive and time consuming, and we may not be able to comply with all of these obligations.
     Prior to the Acquisitions, we had no significant operating activities and therefore relied upon the services of an interim Chief Financial Officer for all finance and accounting functions. Similarly, prior to the Acquisitions, our Americas and EMEA operating companies operated as private companies, and therefore maintained relatively small finance and accounting staffs. We do not currently have an internal audit group. Under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the related rules and regulations of the SEC, we are starting to implement additional corporate governance practices and to adhere to a variety of reporting requirements and complex accounting rules. Compliance with these obligations will require significant management time, place significant additional demands on our finance and accounting staff and on our financial, accounting and information systems, and increase our insurance, legal and financial compliance costs. We may also need to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge. We cannot assure you that we will be able to comply with these obligations in a timely manner, or at all, in which case we could become subject to enforcement actions by the SEC or other regulatory bodies or other adverse consequences.

1312


 

Because we do not currently intend to pay dividends on our common stock, stockholders will benefit from an investment in our common stock only if it appreciates in value.
     We do not currently anticipate paying any dividends on shares of our common stock. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be made by our board of directors and will depend upon results of operations, financial conditions, contractual restrictions, restrictions imposed by applicable law and other factors our board of directors deems relevant. Accordingly, realization of a gain on stockholders’ investments will depend on the appreciation of the price of our common stock. There is no guarantee that our common stock will appreciate in value or even maintain the price at which stockholders purchased their shares.
Our outstanding warrants may have an adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.
     In connection with our initial public offering, we issued warrants to purchase 16,330,000 shares of common stock. Certain of our former and current officers and directors and/or certain of their affiliates also hold warrants to purchase 4,950,000 shares of common stock at $5.00 per share. We also issued an option to purchase 25,000 Series A units (each now representing two shares of common stock, five Class W warrants, and five Class Z warrants) and/or 230,000 Series B units (each now representing two shares of common stock, one Class W warrant, and one Class Z warrant) to the representative of the underwriters of our initial public offering which, if exercised, would result in the issuance of an additional 710,000 warrants. In connection with the purchase of GII, we have issued warrants to the former shareholders of that company to purchase an additional 2,900,000 shares of our common stock. The sale, or even the possibility of a sale, of the shares underlying the warrants and the exercise of any purchase options could have an adverse effect on the market price for our securities or on our ability to obtain future public financing. If and to the extent these warrants are exercised, you may experience dilution to your holdings.
If our stockholders exercise their registration rights, it may have an adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.
     In addition to the right of the selling stockholders to have their shares of common stock registered pursuant to this prospectus, some of our existing stockholders are entitled to demand that we register the resale of their shares of our common stock and Class W and Class Z warrants and shares of common stock underlying their Class W and Class Z warrants at any time after we consummated the Acquisitions. If these stockholders were to exercise their registration rights with respect to all of these shares and warrants (excluding the shares of common stock registered pursuant to this registration statement), there would be an additional 4,950,100 shares of common stock and 4,950,000 warrants eligible for trading in the public market.
     The consideration issued to the former GII shareholders upon the closing of our Acquisition of GII included 1,300,000 shares of our common stock, 1,450,000 of our Class W Warrants, each of which entitles the holder to purchase one share of our common stock at $5.00 per share, and 1,450,000 of our Class Z Warrants, each of which entitles the holder to purchase one share of our common stock at $5.00 per share. These securities are currently not registered, and their resale is restricted. However, the recipients of those shares and warrants in connection with our purchase of GII have certain registration rights, including the right to demand registration beginning on January 15, 2007, and will be able to sell their shares in the public market if registration is effected. The presence of this additional number of shares of common stock and warrants eligible for trading in the public market may have an adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.
Our future financial results could be adversely impacted by asset impairments or other charges.
     Under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” (“SFAS No. 142”), we are required to test both goodwill and other intangible assets for impairment on an annual basis based upon a fair value approach, rather than amortizing them over time. We are also required to test goodwill for impairment between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce our enterprise fair value below its book value.

1413


 

     The value of telecommunications businesses is often volatile, and the assumptions underlying our estimates made in connection with our assessments under SFAS No. 142 may change as a result of that volatility or other factors outside of our control and may result in impairment charges. The amount of any such impairment charges under SFAS No. 142 could be significant and could have a material adverse effect on our reported financial results for the period in which the charge is taken and could have an adverse effect on the market price of our securities.
The concentration of our capital stock ownership will likely limit a stockholder’s ability to influence corporate matters, and could discourage a takeover that stockholders may consider favorable and make it more difficult for a stockholder to elect directors of its choosing.
     Based on public filings with the SEC made by J. Carlo Cannell, we believe that funds associated with him own approximately 5,782,597 shares of our common stock and warrants to acquire 2,224,000 additional shares of our common stock. Based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding on September 30, 2007, without taking into account their unexercised warrants, we understand those funds to own approximately 48.5% of our common stock. In addition, as of September 30, 2007, our executive officers, directors and affiliated entities together beneficially owned warrants which, if exercised, would result in their beneficial ownership of approximately 36% of our outstanding common stock. As a result, these stockholders have the ability to exert significant control over matters that require approval by our stockholders, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions. The interests of these stockholders might conflict with your interests as a holder of our securities, and it may cause us to pursue transactions that, in their judgment, could enhance their equity investments, even though such transactions may involve significant risks to you as a security holder. The large concentration of ownership in a small group of stockholders might also have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control of our company that other stockholders may view as beneficial.
It may be difficult for you to resell shares of our common stock if an active market for our common stock does not develop.
     Our common stock is not actively traded on a securities exchange and we currently do not meet the initial listing criteria for any registered securities exchange, including the Nasdaq National Market System. It is quoted on the less recognized Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board. This factor may further impair your ability to sell your shares when you want and/or could depress our stock price. As a result, you may find it difficult to dispose of, or to obtain accurate quotations of the price of, our securities because smaller quantities of shares could be bought and sold, transactions could be delayed and security analyst and news coverage of our company may be limited. These factors could result in lower prices and larger spreads in the bid and ask prices for our shares.
Our common stock is “penny stock,” with the result that trading of our common stock in any secondary market may be impeded.
     Due to the current price of our common stock, many brokerage firms may not be willing to effect transactions in our securities, particularly because low-priced securities are subject to SEC rules imposing additional sales requirements on broker-dealers who sell low-priced securities (generally defined as those having a per share price below $5.00). These disclosure requirements may have the effect of reducing the trading activity in the secondary market for our stock as it is subject to these penny stock rules. Therefore, stockholders may have difficulty selling those securities. These factors severely limit the liquidity, if any, of our common stock, and will likely continue to have a material adverse effect on its market price and on our ability to raise additional capital.

1514


 

     The penny stock rules require a broker-dealer, prior to a transaction in a penny stock, to deliver a standardized risk disclosure document prepared by the SEC, that:
  contains a description of the nature and level of risk in the market for penny stocks in both public offerings and secondary trading;
 
  contains a description of the broker’s or dealer’s duties to the customer and of the rights and remedies available to the customer with respect to a violation to such duties or other requirements of securities laws;
 
  contains a brief, clear, narrative description of a dealer market, including bid and ask prices for penny stocks and the significance of the spread between the bid and ask price;
 
  contains a toll-free telephone number for inquiries on disciplinary actions;
 
  defines significant terms in the disclosure document or in the conduct of trading in penny stocks; and
 
  contains such other information and is in such form, including language, type, size and format, as the SEC may require by rule or regulation.
     In addition, the broker-dealer also must provide, prior to effecting any transaction in a penny stock, the customer with:
  bid and ask quotations for the penny stock;
 
  the compensation of the broker-dealer and its salesperson in the transaction;
 
  the number of shares to which such bid and ask prices apply, or other comparable information relating to the depth and liquidity of the market for such stock; and
 
  monthly account statements showing the market value of each penny stock held in the customer’s account.
     Also, the penny stock rules require that prior to a transaction in a penny stock not otherwise exempt from those rules, the broker-dealer must make a special written determination that the penny stock is a suitable investment for the purchaser and receive the purchaser’s written acknowledgment of the receipt of a risk disclosure statement, a written agreement to transactions involving penny stocks, and a signed and dated copy of a written suitability statement.

1615


 

CAUTIONARY NOTES REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
     We believe that some of the information contained in this prospectus constitutes forward-looking statements within the definition of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. You can identify these statements by forward-looking words such as “may,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “contemplate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan” and “continue” or similar words. You should read statements that contain these words carefully because they:
  discuss future expectations;
 
  contain projections of future results of operations or financial condition; or
 
  state other “forward-looking” information.
     We believe it is important to communicate our expectations to our stockholders. However, there may be events in the future that we are not able to accurately predict or over which we have no control. The risk factors and cautionary language discussed in this prospectus provide examples of risks, uncertainties and events that may cause actual results to differ materially from the expectations described by us in our forward-looking statements, including among other things:
  our ability to integrate the operations of our operating company subsidiaries;
 
  our ability to obtain capital;
 
  our ability to develop and market new products and services that meet customer demands and generate acceptable margins;
 
  our reliance on several large customers;
 
  our ability to negotiate and enter into acceptable contract terms with our suppliers;
 
  our ability to attract and retain qualified management and other personnel;
 
  competition in the industry in which we do business;
 
  failure of the third-party communications networks on which we depend;
 
  legislation or regulatory environments, requirements or changes adversely affecting the businesses in which we are engaged;
 
  general economic conditions; and
 
  our ability to maintain our databases, management systems and other intellectual property.
     You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this report. Forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties that may cause our actual future results to differ materially from those projected or contemplated in the forward-looking statements.
     All forward-looking statements included herein attributable to us or any person acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained or referred to in this section. Except to the extent required by applicable laws and regulations, we undertake no obligation to update these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this report or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. You should be aware that the occurrence of the events described in the “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this prospectus could have a material adverse effect on us.

1716


 

USE OF PROCEEDS
     We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholders.
     The selling stockholders will pay any underwriting discounts and commissions and expenses incurred by the selling stockholders for brokerage, accounting, tax or legal services or any other expenses incurred by the selling stockholders in disposing of these shares. We will bear all other costs, fees and expenses incurred in effecting the registration of the shares covered by this prospectus, including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees and fees and expenses of our counsel and our accountants.
MARKET FOR EQUITY SECURITIES
     Following our initial public offering in April 2005, our Series A units, Series B units, shares of common stock, shares of Class B common stock, Class W warrants and Class Z warrants were listed on the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board under the symbols MPAQU, MPABU, MPAQ, MPAQB, MPAQW and MPAQZ, respectively.
     Following the consummation of the Acquisitions in October 2006, our Class B common stock ceased trading and was thereafter deregistered. All outstanding shares of our Class B common stock were converted into common stock, subject to the rights of certain holders of our former Class B common stock who voted against the Acquisitions and properly exercised their conversion rights to have such shares converted into cash equal to their pro rata portion of the trust account into which a substantial portion of the net proceeds of the Company’s initial public offering was deposited. This conversion right amounted to $5.35 per share. As of March 31, 2007, the Company had determined that 1,860,850 shares qualified for conversion and had made the applicable payments with respect to those shares; accordingly, those shares have been canceled.
     Our Series A units and Series B units ceased trading independently of the underlying shares of common stock and warrants and were deregistered in January 2007. Each Series A unit consisted of two shares of common stock, five Class W warrants and five Class Z warrants. Each Series B unit consisted of two shares of Class B common stock, one Class W warrant and one Class Z warrant. Our common stock now trades on the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board under the symbol GTLT, and our Class W warrants and Class Z warrants trade under the symbols GTLTW and GTLTZ, respectively.
     Each Class W and Class Z warrant entitles the holder to purchase from us one share of common stock at an exercise price of $5.00. The Class W warrants will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on April 10, 2010, or earlier upon redemption. The Class Z warrants will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on April 10, 2012, or earlier upon redemption. Prior to April 11, 2005, there was no established public trading market for our common stock. The trading of our securities, especially our Class W warrants and Class Z warrants, is limited, and therefore there may not be deemed to be an established public trading market under guidelines set forth by the SEC.
     The following table sets forth, for the calendar quarter indicated, the quarterly high and low closing sale prices of our common stock, warrants and units as reported on the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board. The quotations listed below reflect interdealer prices, without retail markup, markdown or commission and may not necessarily represent actual transactions.
                          
                
  Common Stock   Class W Warrants  Class Z Warrants 
  High  Low   High  Low  High  Low 
2005                         
Second Quarter $2.75  $2.25   $0.41  $0.36  $0.45  $0.40 
Third Quarter $3.00  $2.50   $0.38  $0.35  $0.52  $0.40 
Fourth Quarter $2.50  $2.25   $0.45  $0.345  $0.52  $0.36 
2006                         
First Quarter $3.30  $2.45   $0.54  $0.36  $0.66  $0.39 
Second Quarter $4.50  $2.50   $0.57  $0.30  $0.65  $0.33 
Third Quarter $2.90  $1.50   $0.32  $0.16  $0.35  $0.19 
Fourth Quarter $4.50  $0.66   $0.62  $0.06  $0.74  $0.10 
2007                         
First Quarter $3.48  $1.75   $0.52  $0.26  $0.46  $0.18 
Second Quarter $2.50  $1.69   $0.37  $0.27  $0.38  $0.21 
Third Quarter $2.35  $1.20   $0.35  $0.23  $0.24  $0.07 
Fourth Quarter $1.85  $1.02   $0.12  $0.04  $0.26  $0.11 
Dividend Policy
     We have not paid any dividends on our common stock to date and do not anticipate paying any dividends in the foreseeable future. We intend to retain future earnings, if any, in the operation and expansion of our business. Any future determination to pay cash dividends will be made at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements and other factors that our Board of Directors deems relevant. Investors should not purchase our common stock with the expectation of receiving cash dividends.

1817


 

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
     The selected financial data of the Company and its subsidiaries appear below. We have also provided below selected financial data for our predecessors.
     Our historical information is derived from our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2006 and 2005 and for the year ended December 31, 2006 and the period from inception (January 3, 2005) to December 31, 2005, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The data as of September 30, 2007 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and 2007 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated financial statements include, in the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that management considers necessary for the fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those statements.
     The historical information for GII as predecessor is derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of GII for the period from October 1, 2006 to October 15, 2006 and the audited consolidated financial statements of GII as of and for each of its fiscal years ended September 30, 2006, 2005, and 2004, included elsewhere in this prospectus. GII’s historical information as of and for its fiscal years ended September 30, 2003 and 2002 is derived from GII’s audited financial statements, which are not included in this prospectus.
     The historical information for ETT as predecessor is derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of ETT for the period from January 1, 2006 to October 15, 2006 and the audited consolidated financial statements of ETT as of and for each of the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, included elsewhere in this prospectus. ETT’s historical information as of and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 is derived from ETT’s unaudited financial statements which are not included in this prospectus.
     The historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in any future period and the results for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 should not be considered indicative of results expected for the full year. The information provided below is only a summary and should be read in conjunction with each company’s consolidated financial statements and related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” contained elsewhere in this prospectus.
Historical Financial Information of the Company
                 
      For the Period from  
      Inception (January  
  Year Ended December 3, 2005) to Nine Months Ended September 30,
  31, 2006 December 31, 2005 2007 2006
Revenues $10,470,502  $  $42,115,072  $ 
Operating loss  (1,816,968)  (358,892)  (5,996,346)  (578,469)
Interest income, net of expense  2,108,716   1,258,203   (486,412)  1,955,169 
Gain (loss) on derivative liabilities  (1,927,350)  776,750      2,990,400 
Net (loss) income  (1,847,281)  1,369,061   (5,751,248)  3,898,100 
Net (loss) income per share, basic and diluted $(0.15) $0.16  $(0.48) $0.33 
Cash dividends per share $  $  $  $ 
                 
  As of December 31, As of December 31, As of September 30,
  2006 2005 2007 2006
Total assets (including US Government Securities held in Trust Fund) $98,275,028  $56,100,887  $83,773,063  $58,229,531 
Derivative liabilities  8,435,050   6,507,700      3,517,300 
Total current liabilities  46,059,301   6,711,733   20,547,161   4,936,069 
Long-term liabilities  8,422,540      14,344,349    
Common stock subject to possible conversion     10,926,022      11,311,658 
Stockholders’ equity $43,793,187  $38,463,132  $48,881,533  $41,981,804 

18


Historical Financial Information of GII as Predecessor
                         
  Oct 1 - Oct 15, Year Ended September 30,
  2006 2006 2005 2004 2003 2002
Revenues $825,082  $17,960,062  $14,167,849  $9,263,497  $8,671,583  $8,711,085 
Income (loss) from operations  65,633   (371,932)  (701,303)  (429,188)  560,903   503,141 
Net income (loss)  35,002   (350,981)  (444,964)  (223,560)  379,456   339,941 
Net income (loss) per share, basic and diluted $0.01  $(0.14) $(0.18) $(0.09) $0.15  $0.14 
                     
  As of September 30,
  2006 2005 2004 2003 2002
Total assets $4,214,996  $3,971,281  $3,103,690  $2,999,374  $2,512,937 
Total current liabilities  4,095,979   3,598,492   2,357,929   2,049,226   1,942,246 
Long-term liabilities  187,874   90,665   19,175       
Stockholders’ (deficit) equity $(68,857) $282,124  $726,586  $950,148  $570,691 
Historical Information of ETT as Predecessor
                     
  Jan 1 - Oct 15, Year Ended December 31,
  2006 2005 2004 2003 2002
Revenues $26,122,950  $34,711,639  $35,075,501  $26,328,311  $19,698,614 
Income (loss) from operations  (1,280,531)  (234,805)  (560,006)  (2,874,761)  (4,315,764)
Net income (loss)  (1,268,146)  (231,000)  (490,198)  (2,858,363)  (4,210,986)
Net income (loss) per share, basic and diluted $(0.01) $  $  $(0.02) $(0.03)
                 
  As of December 31,
  2005 2004 2003 2002
Total assets $11,276,787  $14,294,212  $8,854,789  $11,470,064 
Total current liabilities  14,006,156   15,872,666   11,074,117   11,098,262 
Long-term liabilities  657,896   2,085,266   753,691   120,550 
Stockholders’ (deficit) equity $(3,387,265) $(3,663,720) $(2,973,019) $251,252 

19


 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere in this registration statement.
 
Overview
 
We were incorporated in Delaware on January 3, 2005 under the name Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp. to serve as a vehicle to effect a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition or other similar business combination with a then-unidentified operating business or businesses.
 
On October 15, 2006, we acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of GII pursuant to a stock purchase agreement dated May 23, 2006, as amended. Under that agreement and further agreements between the Company and the GII shareholders, those shareholders received the following aggregate consideration for their sale of stock:
 
 • $14,000,000 in cash (less an aggregate of $1,250,000 which the shareholders agreed to defer in the form of promissory notes with an interest rate of 6%, originally due on June 30, 2007);
 
 • 1,300,000 shares of common stock valued at $6,731,400;
 
 • $4,000,000 in promissory notes with an interest rate of 6%, originally due on December 29, 2008; and
 
 • 1,450,000 Class W warrants and 1,450,000 Class Z warrants with an aggregate value of $467,287 based upon the Black-Scholes pricing model valuation.
 
The notes originally due on June 30, 2007 have subsequently been amended and partially exchanged for shares of our common stock. The remaining principal balance and accrued interest due with respect to these notes is now due on December 31, 2010. Further details with respect to the amendment of these notes are provided in the “Liquidity and Capital Resources” discussion below.
 
The notes originally due on December 29, 2008 have subsequently been amended so that the maturity date for these notes is now December 31, 2010. Further details with respect to the amendment of these notes are provided in the “Liquidity and Capital Resources” discussion below.
 
On October 15, 2006, we also acquired the outstanding voting stock of ETT pursuant to an offer made to its stockholders under the laws of England and Wales. Under that offer and further agreements between the Company and certain ETT shareholders, those shareholders received an aggregate of $37.0 million in cash, less an aggregate of approximately $4.7 million which certain shareholders agreed to defer in the form of promissory notes with an interest rate of 6%, originally due on June 30, 2007. These have subsequently been amended and partially exchanged for shares of our common stock. The remaining principal balance and accrued interest due with respect to these notes is now due on December 31, 2010. Further details with respect to the amendment of these notes are provided in the “Liquidity and Capital Resources” discussion below. Following completion of the Acquisitions of GII and ETT, we changed our name to Global Telecom & Technology, Inc.
 
GII and ETT were both founded in 1998, and each company’s primary business was the design, delivery, and management of data networks and related value-added services. During the mid- tolate-1990s, in the wake of the Telecommunications Act of 1996 and other comparable market-opening efforts overseas, numerous competitive telecommunications providers devoted significant resources to the deployment of physical networks. In many cases, these networks were located within the same general vicinity within larger metropolitan areas, although a number of providers also deployed network facilities in second- and third-tier metropolitan and close-in suburban markets. Rather than following many of these competitors in the capital-intensive process of building networks, GII and ETT decided to focus on identifying network assets, establishing contractual relationships with the numerous facilities-based providers that were deploying such networks, and constructing an efficient means to identify service options and deliver services using the various networks deployed by others.
 
As a result of the Acquisitions, GII became the Americas operating subsidiary of the business, and ETT became the EMEA operating subsidiary of the business. Through these operating companies, we provide services as amulti-network operator, or MNO. MNOs are facilities-free, technology-neutral telecommunications providers. MNOs do not own the infrastructure upon which their services are provided. Instead, they procure network capacity from existing telecommunications carriers, and integrate and resell this capacity to their customers, including enterprise customers, government agencies and other telecommunications carriers. Building upon this foundation, as of December 31, 2006, GTT acted as a global supplier of managed network services for over 200 customers to more than 50 countries. To support this model and deliver our services, as of December 31, 2006, we had entered into purchasing agreements with over 100 suppliers, and have collected information from dozens more in order to identify more than 90,000 individual locations where network providers can deliver higher-speed fiber-optic services. We have also developed a proprietary suite of network planning, management and pricing software that analyzes options from among these various networks in order to identify optimal choices for design and procurement in any given case. Our revenue is derived primarily from the sale and activation of data networking services under contracts that can range from 12 to 60 months or more in duration.

1920


 

 
Today, we believe that a number of economic factors may drive the growth of our addressable market:
 
 • End-user demand for bandwidth intensive business processes, services and applications.  These include high speed data storage, replication andback-up for data mining, disaster recovery and business continuity applications; continued deployment of client/server and remote computing network architectures; end-user demand for streaming video and audio; and supply-chain globalization, which requires members of an industry supply chain to share large amounts of data instantaneously over multiple global regions.
 
 • Growing awareness of the importance of network diversity.  In an era where security, business continuity, and disaster recovery are of significant interest across all aspects of the economy, governments and businesses are likely increasingly aware of the inherent value of having a highly resilient and redundant telecommunications network. Consequently, governments and enterprises may recognize the value of using a facilities-neutral approach to network design, to ensure that their mission critical applications are not being routed over a single network (and therefore a single point of failure).
 
 • Fragmentation of global telecom service provider market.  Despite recent mergers and acquisitions, businesses that need to operate across geographies and country borders face a complex and fragmented telecom service provider market. In the United States, notwithstanding consolidation, there are a large number of licensed telecommunications carriers, many of which specialize in limited geographic markets and regions. For businesses operating in regions such as Asia, Latin America and Europe, where cross-border supply chains are the norm, the problem is particularly acute because each country in the region has its own incumbent telecom carrier, its own set of telecom licensing requirements and its own telecom tariffs. In these environments, businesses may become increasingly receptive to a carrier-neutral telecom service provider that can source, integrate and maintain telecom services from multiple geographic regions while presenting a single point of contact to the end user customer.
 
 • Increasing complexity of network technologies.  The last ten years have witnessed a technological revolution within the telecommunications industry. Traditional circuit-based, time-division-multiplexed telecom networks, which were the norm for decades, and which were well-understood by end-users, are being rapidly migrated to Internet Protocol-based networks. While this migration creates opportunities for end users to reduce costs and introduce new services, it also requires technical expertise that many end-users do not have. This skills gap could drive demand for managed network services — in which a business customer outsources network management to a third party — and for professional services, especially in the area of network security assessment and mitigation, network migration planning and IP network design.
 
 • Growing acceptance of network outsourcing to independent systems integrators.  In an effort to control costs, simplify operations and maintain a focus on their core business objectives, businesses are increasingly receptive to outsourcing some or all of their IT and telecommunications networks to a third party. Furthermore, businesses are increasingly receptive to outsourcing their IT and telecommunications networks to systems integrators, rather than traditional facilities-based telecom carriers. This is because the systems integrators have the ability to create optimal solutions, using whatever combination of underlying vendors are needed to achieve a customer’s objectives. The systems integrator has the knowledge base to identify alternative vendors in the event the incumbent vendor does not perform adequately. The Company believes that the growing acceptance by leading businesses of outsourcing to systems integrators could drive growth in the use of multiple network operators.


2021


 

 
 
Revenues, Lines of Business and Principal Services
 
Our focus is on the delivery of carrier-neutral, facilities-neutral and technology-neutral telecommunications and Internet service solutions. We do not own a network, but rather identify what we consider to be the best choices available (based upon factors such as technology, cost, and other operational considerations) from a variety of vendors in providing data networking solutions to customers.
 
We currently provide and generate revenues from customer payments for the following kinds of services:
 
 • Data Connectivity:  This category includespoint-to-point connectivity such as United States and international private lines, ethernet, dedicated internet access, wavelengths and dark fiber. In many cases, these connectivity services could be considered “managed” in that they often require the integration and management by us of multiple vendor networks within a single solution. This category also includes more value-added services, such as access aggregation and hubbing, which seek to improve cost efficiency and capacity management across individual circuit requirements. Examples include multi-hub solutions (which permit carriers and enterprises to aggregate capacity and order further circuits on an “as-needed” basis) and gateway hub solutions (which provideinternational-to-United States (or vice versa) standard rate conversion as well as aggregation). From time to time, we also sell equipment to assist with customer networking requirements. The main customers for these services are United States and international telecommunications service providers, voice over internet protocol, or VoIP, service providers, information service providers, large enterprises and government agencies. These customers buy these services either for their own internal communications networks or for resale to third parties. Approximately 68.5% of our consolidated revenues for the year ended December 31, 2006 were attributable to either single-supplier or integrated multiple-supplier data connectivity services provided to customers.
 
 • Managed Network Services:  These services include engineering solutions tailored to a customer’s needs with respect to matters such as network deployment, monitoring, management and maintenance. Examples include roaming Internet access for enterprise customers, colocation and related environmental and power support for equipment, network security solutions, outsourced management of networks or circuits, and deployment of private managed networks to replace or supplement existingpoint-to-point connectivity across multiple sites. The target customers for these solutions aremedium-to-large business enterprises that have multiple business locations that need to be connected with each other. Approximately 31.5% of our consolidated revenues for the year ended December 31, 2006 were attributable to managed network services provided to customers.
 
 • Professional Services:  These services entail providing guidance and analysis to customers on network- and telecommunications-related requirements such as network design, continuity planning, facilities management and cost and traffic management and analysis. Customers for these services include medium and large business enterprises as well as traditional telecommunications service providers, internet service providers, government agencies, wireless carriers and cable television system operators. Less than 1% of our consolidated revenues for the year ended December 31, 2006 were attributable to professional services provided to customers.


2122


 

 
Please see “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates — Revenue Recognition” for more information regarding our revenues.
 
Locations of Offices and Origins of Revenue
 
We are headquartered in McLean, Virginia, and we have offices in London, New York, Paris, Düsseldorf, and New Delhi. We also have sales employees based in Maryland and Florida. We maintain network operations centers in both McLean and in London. For the period ended December 31, 2006, approximately 45.5% of our consolidated revenue was earned from operations based in the United States (including revenues from operations in the United States conducted by our EMEA operating company). Approximately 24.5% of our revenues were generated from operations based in the United Kingdom, 16% from operations in Germany, and 14% from the rest of the world.
 
Costs and Expenses
 
Our cost of revenue consists almost entirely of the costs for procurement of services associated with customer solutions. The key terms and conditions appearing in both supplier and customer agreements are substantially the same, with margin applied to the suppliers’ costs. There are no wages or overheads included in these costs. We balance the need for vendor diversity, which is necessary for the supply of services to multinational enterprises and other carriers, with the need to use a core, consolidated base of suppliers in order to obtain more favorable pricing from those suppliers.
 
In most cases, we match the length of each purchase contract with a supplier to each sales contract with a customer, typically between one and three years. The provisions of such customer contracts and supplier contracts are typically fixed for their stated terms unless both parties agree to any modifications. This generally allows us to maintain a predictable margin for the term of each such service, and our contract terms typically require customers to pay the full amount of their contract liability (or at a minimum, our underlying liability) in the event of customer cancellation or early termination.
 
Our supplier contracts do not have any market related net settlement provisions. We have not entered into, and have no plans to enter into, any supplier contracts which involve financial or derivative instruments. The supplier contracts are entered into solely for the direct purchase of telecommunications capacity, which is resold by us in the normal course of business. As such, we consider our contracts with our suppliers to be normal purchases, according to the criteria in paragraph 10(b) of SFAS 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” as amended.
 
We may occasionally have certain sales commitments to customers that extend beyond our commitments from our underlying suppliers. It is therefore possible that our margins could be adversely affected if we were unable to purchase extended service from a supplier at a cost sufficiently low to maintain our margin for the remaining term of our commitment to the customer. Historically, we have not encountered material price increases from suppliers with respect to continuation or renewal of services after expiration of initial contract terms. Although infrequent, in most cases where we have faced any price increase from a supplier following contract expiration, we have been able to locate another supplier to provide the service at a similar or reduced future cost. Based upon this historical experience and given that most of our customer contract terms are matched in duration with supplier contract terms, we do not believe that our existing long-term fixed-rate customer contracts are subject to any material reduction in margins that would have a material impact on our liquidity.
 
From time to time, we have agreed to certain special commitments with vendors in order to obtain better rates, terms and conditions for the procurement of services from those vendors. These commitments include volume purchase commitments and purchases on a longer-term basis than the term for which the applicable customer has committed.
 
 • Volume Purchase Commitments.  Some of the service purchase contracts entered into by our Americas operating company call for certain levels of monthly payments to vendors whether or not our Americas operating company is currently utilizing the underlying capacity from those specific vendors, commonly


2223


 

 referred to in the industry as“take-or-pay” commitments. As of December 31, 2006, the aggregate monthly obligations under all suchtake-or-pay commitments over the remaining terms of all of those contracts totaled approximately $975,000. All of the aggregate commitments existing as of December 31, 2006 expire by June 2008. If we were not able to satisfy such commitments via sales to underlying customers in a given month, our Americas operating company would be liable to the vendors for the shortfall in that month. In turn, a shortfall payment would have an adverse effect upon our gross margins, by increasing the cost of circuit access without the receipt of any corresponding revenue from customers against the shortfall. However, all monthly purchase commitments undertake-or-pay contracts had been fully utilized by our Americas operating company through December 31, 2006, and we do not anticipate material shortfalls (if any) arising under these agreements in the foreseeable future.
 
 • Term Commitments.  To the extent practicable, we match the quantity, duration and other terms of individual purchases of communications services with sales to individual customers on aservice-by-service basis. Our Americas operating company has, however, from time to time selectively purchased capacity under multiple-year commitments from some of its vendors in order to secure more competitive pricing. These multiple-year purchase commitments may not be, in all cases, matched with corresponding multiple-year commitments from customers. In such cases, if a customer were to disconnect its service before the multiple-year term ordered from the vendor expired, and if we were unable to find another customer for the capacity, our Americas operating company would either be subject to an early termination liability payable to the vendor or it would be forced to continue to pay for the service without any corresponding customer revenue attributable to the circuit. Such early termination liability would have an adverse effect upon our gross margins, by either accelerating our Americas operating company’s liability with respect to the circuit or increasing the cost of circuit access, in either case without the receipt of any corresponding revenue from customers against the liability. As of December 31, 2006, our Americas operating company’s total potential early termination liability, if all such services terminated as of that date, and if we could not obtain a waiver of termination liability (pursuant to contractual right or otherwise) with respect to such terminations, was approximately $382,000.
 
Our most significant operating expenses are employment costs. As of December 31, 2006, we had 92 employees, and employment costs comprised approximately 52% of total operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2006.
 
Opportunities, Challenges, Risks, Trends and Uncertainties
 
As a facilities-neutral provider, our most significant cost of revenue is the cost of network access, consisting of payments to our capacity suppliers for network services under corresponding customer contracts. We must therefore be diligent in updating the pricing and network capabilities available from each supplier, in managing existing supplier relationships, and in identifying and cultivating new supplier relationships both in existing markets and as part of expansion efforts. Likewise, consolidation in the industry requires that we regularly assess the presence of competitive facilities in each market to locate alternative network providers wherever possible. We believe, however, that consolidation also presents opportunity since enterprise customers who see little choice other than their incumbent provider in the market may view a MNO such as the Company — with its ability to integrate and manage multiple underlying suppliers and provide customized network solutions — as an attractive option for alternative service delivery.
 
Opportunities may also exist as enterprises look to outsource more non-core functions for cost or administrative reasons. With its intellectual property in the form of software tools and information on the deployment of telecommunications networks, we believes we can effectively act as an outsourced telecommunications manager for the enterprise customer. Although enterprises may be reluctant to undergo transitions and leave the service of an incumbent provider, we believe that a consultative process (such as a professional service engagement) may allow customers to recognize the benefits of moving to an alternative carrier. Specifically, with our ability to integrate networks from a variety of providers and across a broad geographical range, we can provide enterprises with consultative services in the beginning to help the customer identify a service solution that fits that customer’s specific needs, and we can then execute and implement that strategy through a multiple-vendor, multi-


2324


 

region solution that, unlike a facilities-based provider’s proposal, is not necessarily premised from the beginning on use of any one network infrastructure.
 
Another factor that presents both challenge and opportunity is technological change. The last decade has witnessed a technological revolution within the telecommunications industry with migration from traditional time division-multiplexed circuit networks toIP-based networks. This migration promises significant benefits for end users and efficiencies for providers, but it also requires that providers such as our Company gain a detailed understanding of and exposure to the various kinds of newer technologies in order to remain competitive in the marketplace. We believe that we are well-positioned as a facilities-neutral, technology-neutral provider to gain such understanding and exposure and to use that knowledge in serving customers, while minimizing the risk of investing in a technology platform that may be quickly superseded.
 
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
 
Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 2 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements. We consider the following accounting policies to be those that require the most significant judgments and estimates in the preparation of our financial statements, and believe that an understanding of these policies is important to a proper evaluation of the reported financial results.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
Data Connectivity and Managed Network Services
 
We provides data connectivity solutions, such as dedicated circuit access, access aggregation and hubbing, managed network services and professional services to our customers. Many of these services involve arrangements with multiple elements, such as recurring and installation charges, equipment charges, and usage charges. When a sale involves multiple elements, the entire fee from the arrangement is evaluated under EITF00-21,“Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables.” The consideration is allocated to respective elements based on their relative fair values and is recognized when revenue recognition criteria for each element are met. The units of accounting are based on the following criteria: (1) the delivered items have value to the customer on a standalone basis, (2) there is objective and reliable evidence of the fair value of the undelivered items and (3) if the arrangement includes a general right of return, delivery or performance of the undelivered items is probable and substantially in our control.
 
Data connectivity and managed network services are provided under service contracts that typically provide for an installation charge along with payments of recurring charges on a monthly (or other periodic) basis for use of the services over a committed term. Our contracts with customers for data connectivity and managed network services specify the terms and conditions for providing such services. These contracts call for us to provide the service in question (e.g., data transmission between point A and point Z), to manage the activation process, and to provide ongoing support (in the form of service maintenance and trouble-shooting) during the service term. The contracts do not typically provide the customer any rights to use specifically identifiable assets. Furthermore, the contracts generally provide us with discretion to engineer (or re-engineer) a particular network solution to satisfy each customer’s data transmission requirement, and typically prohibit physical access by the customer to the network infrastructure used by the Company and its suppliers to deliver the services. Therefore, for accounting purposes, we consider these contracts to be service contracts rather than leases pursuant to EITF01-08.
 
We recognize revenue for data connectivity and managed network services as follows:
 
 • Recurring Revenue.  Recurring charges are generally billed pursuant to fixed price contracts, and are recognized ratably over the term of the contract from the date of installation. Where such charges are billed in advance, they are recorded as unearned revenue when billed. This unearned revenue is recognized monthly for as long as such service is provided and collectibility is reasonably assured. Under the service contracts, service is first considered to have been provided upon the issuance of a start of service notice. Recurring costs relating to supply contracts are recognized ratably over the term of the contract.
 
 • Non-recurring Fees.  Non-recurring fees typically take the form of one-time, nonrefundable provisioning fees established pursuant to service contracts. The amount of the provisioning fee included in each contract


2425


 

 is generally determined by marking up or passing through the corresponding charge from our supplier imposed pursuant to our purchase agreement. Non-recurring fees related to provisioning in connection with the delivery of recurring communications services do not have value to the customer on a standalone basis, and we have concluded therefore that these revenues are not a separate unit of accounting. As a result, non-recurring fees are recognized ratably over the term of service starting upon commencement of the service contract term. Installation costs related to provisioning that are incurred from independent third party suppliers, that are directly attributable and necessary to fulfill a particular service contract, and which costs would not have been incurred but for the occurrence as cost of revenues of that service contract, are capitalized as deferred contract costs and expensed proportionally over the term of service in the same manner as the deferred revenue arising from that contract.
 
 • Other Revenue.  From time to time, we recognize revenue in the form of fixed or determinable cancellation (pre-installation) or termination (post-installation) charges imposed pursuant to the service contract. These revenues are earned when a customer cancels or terminates a service agreement prior to the end of its committed term. These revenues are recognized when billed if collectibility is reasonably assured. In addition, we occasionally sell equipment in connection with data networking and managed service applications. We recognize revenue from the sale of equipment at the fixed contracted selling price when title to the equipment passes to the customer (generally F.O.B. origin) and when collectibility is reasonably assured.
 
 • Usage.  Usage fees are recognized as the usage occurs. Unbilled revenue at the end of a period is accrued.
 
Professional Services
 
Fees for professional services are typically specified on a fee per hour basis pursuant to agreements with customers and are computed based on the hours of service provided by us. Invoices for professional services performed on an hourly basis are rendered in the month following that in which the professional services have been performed. Because such invoices for hourly fees are for services that have already been performed by us and because such work is undertaken pursuant to an executed statement of work with the customer that specifies the applicable hourly rate, we recognize revenues based upon hourly fees as billed if collectibility is reasonably assured. Less than 1% of our consolidated revenues for the year ended December 31, 2006 were attributable to professional services provided to customers, and accordingly, such revenues were not material during any period presented.
 
In certain circumstances, we engage in professional services projects pursuant to master agreements and statements of work for each project. Our professional service arrangements have typically provided for the performance of servicesand/or provision of deliverables on a short-term (e.g., immediate to21-day) basis, and have involved services such as providing technical support and guidance to clients within a single day or performing assessment and analysis activities over a multi-week period. Fees from the performance of projects are specified in each executed statement of work by reference to certainagreed-upon and defined milestonesand/or the project as a whole. Invoices for professional services projects are rendered pursuant to the payment plans that are specified in the executed statement of work with the customer.
 
Recognition of professional service revenue is determined independently of issuance of the invoice to the customer or receipt of payment from the customer. Instead, such revenue is recognized based upon the degree of delivery, performance, and completion of such professional services projects as stated expressly in the contractual statement of work. The performance, completion and delivery of obligations on projects are determinable by the Company based upon the underlying contract or statement of work terms, particularly by reference to any customer acceptance provisions or other performance criteria that may be defined in the contract or statement of work. Furthermore, even if a project has been performed, completed and delivered in accordance with all applicable contractual requirements and an invoice has been issued consistent with those contractual requirements, professional services revenues are not recognized unless collectibility is reasonably assured (assuming payment has not already been made).
 
In cases where a project is billed on a milestone or other partial basis, revenue is allocated for recognition purposes based upon the fair market value of the individual milestone or deliverable. For this purpose, fair market


2526


 

value is determined by reference to factors such as how we would price the particular deliverable on a standalone basisand/or what competitors may charge for a similar standalone product. Where we are unable for whatever reason to make an objective determination of fair market value of a deliverable by reference to such factors, the amount paid will only be recognized upon performance, completion and delivery of the project as a whole.
 
Use of Estimates
 
We do not use estimates in determining amounts of revenue to be recognized with respect to data connectivity and managed services. Each service contract for data connectivity and managed services has a fixed monthly cost and a fixed term, in addition to a fixed installation charge (if applicable). At the end of the initial term of most service contracts for data connectivity and managed services, the contracts roll forward on amonth-to-month or other periodic basis and we continue to bill at the same fixed recurring rate. If any cancellation or termination charges become due from the customer as a result of early cancellation or termination of a service contract, those amounts are calculated pursuant to a formula specified in each contract. With respect to professional services, as described in the preceding section, each service contract has a specified project scope and terms for payments on either an hourly basis or on a project milestone basis.
 
Estimating Allowances and Accrued Liabilities
 
We employ the “allowance for bad debts” method to account for bad debts. Specifically, our Americas operating company records 0.55% of monthly gross revenues as an allowance for bad debts; this figure has been derived based on the historical experience of the Americas operating company in connection with bad debts. The EMEA operating company states its accounts receivable balances at amounts due from the customer net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. The EMEA operating company determines this allowance by considering a number of factors, including the length of time receivables are past due, its previous loss history, and the customer’s current ability to pay. Specific reserves are also established on acase-by-case basis by management.
 
In the normal course of business from time to time, we identify errors by suppliers with respect to the billing of services. We perform bill verification procedures to attempt to ensure that errors in our suppliers’ billed invoices are identified and resolved. The bill verification procedures include the examination of bills, comparison of billed rates to rates shown on the actual contract documentation and logged in our operating systems, comparison of circuits billed to our database of active circuits, and evaluation of the trend of invoiced amounts by suppliers, including the types of charges being assessed. If we conclude by reference to such objective factors that we have been billed inaccurately, we accrue for the amount that we believe is owed with reference to the applicable contractual rate and, in the instances where the billed amount exceeds the applicable contractual rate, the likelihood of prevailing with respect to any dispute.
 
These disputes with suppliers generally fall into three categories: pricing errors, network design or disconnection errors, and taxation and regulatory surcharge errors. In the instances where the billed amount exceeds the applicable contractual rate we do not accrue the full face amount of obvious billing errors in accounts payable because to do so would present a misleading and confusing picture of our current liabilities by accounting for liabilities that are erroneous based upon a detailed review of objective evidence. If we ultimately pay less than the corresponding accrual in resolution of an erroneously over-billed amount, we recognize the resultant decrease in expense in the period in which the resolution is reached. If we ultimately pay more than the corresponding accrual in resolution of an erroneously billed amount, we recognize the resultant expense increase in the period in which the resolution is reached and during which period we make payment to resolve such account.
 
Although we may dispute erroneously billed amounts in good faith and historically have prevailed in most cases, we recognize that we may not prevail in all cases (or in full) with a particular supplier with respect to such billing errors or we may choose to settle the matter because of the quality of the supplier relationship or the cost and time associated with continuing the dispute. Therefore, as stated above, notwithstanding the objective nature of many of the billing errors at issue, we reserve an amount for potential supplier losses related to erroneous billings where the billed amount exceeds the applicable contractual rate. Careful judgment is required in estimating


2627


 

the ultimate outcome of disputing each error, and each reserve is based upon a specific evaluation by management of the merits of each billing error (based upon the bill verification process) and the potential for loss with respect to that billing error. In making such acase-by-case evaluation, we consider, among other things, the documentation available to support our assertions with respect to the billing errors, our past experience with the supplier in question, and our past experience with similar errors and disputes. To the extent that we prevail with respect to a billing error, any amount in reserve that we are not required to pay to the supplier would represent a reduction to our cost of revenue during the period in which the resolution is reached. As of December 31, 2006, we had $287,301 in billing errors disputed with suppliers, for which we have accrued $88,979 in liabilities.
 
In instances where we have been billed less than the applicable contractual rate the accruals remain on our financial statements until the vendor invoices for the under-billed amount or until such time as the obligations related to the under-billed amounts, based upon applicable contract terms and relevant statutory periods in accordance with our internal policy, have passed. If we ultimately determine we have no further obligation related to the under-billed amounts, we recognize a decrease in expense in the period in which the determination is made. Any amount in reserve that we are not required to pay to the supplier would represent a reduction to our cost of revenue.
 
Accounting for Derivative Instruments
 
SFAS No. 133, as amended, requires all derivatives to be recorded on the balance sheet at fair value. However, paragraph 11(a) of SFAS No. 133 provides that contracts issued or held by a reporting entity that are both (1) indexed to its own stock and (2) classified as stockholders’ equity in its statement of financial position are not treated as derivative instruments. EITF00-19 provides criteria for determining whether freestanding contracts that are settled in a company’s own stock, including common stock warrants, should be designated as either an equity instrument, an asset or as a liability under SFAS No. 133. Under the provisions of EITF00-19, a contract designated as an asset or a liability must be carried at fair value on a company’s balance sheet, with any changes in fair value recorded in a company’s results of operations. A contract designated as an equity instrument is included within equity, and no fair value adjustments are required from period to period. In accordance with EITF00-19, the 8,165,000 Class W and 8,165,000 Class Z Warrants to purchase Common Stock included in the Series A units and Series B units sold in our initial public offering and the option issued to the underwriters in that initial public offering (the “UPO”) to purchase up to 25,000 Series A unitsand/or up to 230,000 Series B units are separately accounted for as liabilities. The agreements related to the Class W and Class Z Warrants and the UPO provides for us to register and maintain the registration of the shares underlying the securities and is silent as to the penalty to be incurred in the absence of the Company’s ability to deliver registered shares to the holders upon exercise of the securities. Under EITF00-19, registration of the common stock underlying the warrants and UPO is not within our control and as a result, we must assume that we could be required to settle the securities on a net-cash basis, thereby necessitating the treatment of the potential settlement obligation as a liability. The fair value of these securities is presented on our balance sheet in “Derivative liabilities” and the unrealized changes in the values of these derivatives are shown in our statement of operations as “Gain (loss) on derivative liabilities.”
 
Fair values for traded securities and derivatives are based on quoted market prices. Where market prices are not readily available, fair values are determined using market-based pricing models incorporating readily observable market data and requiring judgment and estimates. The Class W and Class Z Warrants sold in our initial public offering are publicly traded and consequently the fair value of these warrants is estimated as the market price of a warrant at each period end. To the extent that the market prices of our warrants and units increase or decrease, our derivative liabilities will also increase or decrease with a corresponding impact on our statement of operations.
 
The UPO issued to the underwriters to purchase up to 25,000 Series A unitsand/or up to 230,000 Series B units is a derivative which is separately valued and accounted for on our balance sheet. While the underlying common stock shares and warrants are indexed to our common stock, the fact that the UPO, the shares underlying the UPO and the shares underlying the Class W and Class Z Warrants sold in the offering contain certain registration rights and requirements in accordance with their agreements, we have classified these instruments as a liability in accordance with EITF00-19. These derivative liabilities have been, and will continue to be, adjusted to fair value at each period end.


2728


 

 
The pricing model we use for determining fair value of the UPO at the end of each period is the Black Scholes option-pricing model. Valuations derived from this model are subject to ongoing internal and external verification and review. The model uses market-sourced inputs such as interest rates, market prices and volatilities. Selection of these inputs involves management’s judgment and may impact net income (loss). We use a risk-free interest rate, which is the rate on U.S. Treasury instruments, for a security with a maturity that approximates the estimated remaining contractual life of the derivative. Due to our limited history, we use volatility rates based upon a sample of comparable corporations. The volatility factor used in the Black Scholes model has a significant effect on the resulting valuation of the derivative liabilities on our balance sheet and this volatility rate will continue to change in the future. We use the closing market price of the stock and warrant securities underlying the UPO at the end of a period in the Black Scholes model for the valuation of the UPO. The prices for our common stock and warrants will also change in the future. To the extent that the stock and warrant prices increase or decrease, our UPO derivative liability will also increase or decrease, absent any change in volatility rates and risk-free interest rates.
 
Goodwill
 
Under SFAS No. 141,“Business Combinations,” goodwill represents the excess of cost (purchase price) over the fair value of net assets acquired. Acquired intangibles are recorded at fair value as of the date acquired using the purchase method. Under SFAS No. 142,“Goodwill and Intangible Assets,”goodwill and other intangibles determined to have an indefinite life are not amortized, but are tested for impairment at least annually or when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the assets might be impaired.
 
Goodwill represents the Company’s allocation of the purchase price to acquire GII and ETT in excess of the fair value of the assets acquired at the date of the Acquisitions. The allocation of purchase price, to reflect the values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, has been based upon management’s evaluation and certain third-party appraisals and has been finalized.
 
The goodwill impairment test is a two-step process, which requires management to make judgments in determining what assumptions to use in the calculation. The first step requires estimating the fair value of our reporting units based on discounted cash flow models, using revenue and profit forecasts and comparing the estimated fair values with the carrying values of our reporting units, which include the goodwill. If the estimated fair values are less than the carrying values, a second step is performed to compute the amount of the impairment by determining an “implied fair value” of goodwill. The determination of our “implied fair value” requires us to allocate the estimated fair value to the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit. Any unallocated fair value represents the “implied fair value” of goodwill, which is compared to the corresponding carrying value.
 
Under SFAS No. 142, our measure impairment of our indefinite lived intangible assets, which consist of assembled workforce, based on projected discounted cash flows. We also re-evaluate the useful life of these assets annually to determine whether events and circumstances continue to support an indefinite useful life. We perform our annual goodwill impairment testing, by reportable segment, in the third quarter of each year, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that goodwill may be impaired
 
Application of the goodwill impairment test requires significant judgments including estimation of future cash flows, which is dependent on internal forecasts, estimation of the long-term rate of growth for the acquired Americas and EMEA operating companies, the useful life over which cash flows will occur, and determination of the acquired companies’ cost of capital. Changes in these estimates and assumptions could materially affect the determination of fair valueand/or conclusions on goodwill impairment.
 
Income Taxes
 
We account for income taxes in accordance with SFAS No. 109,“Accounting for Income Taxes.”Under SFAS No. 109, deferred tax assets are recognized for future deductible temporary differences and for tax net operating loss and tax credit carry-forwards, and deferred tax liabilities are recognized for temporary differences that will result in taxable amounts in future years. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the periods in which the deferred tax asset or liability is expected to


2829


 

be realized or settled. A valuation allowance is provided to offset the net deferred tax asset if, based upon the available evidence, management determines that it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized.
 
Share-Based Compensation
 
On October 16, 2006, following the completion of the Acquisitions, we adopted SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004),“Share-Based Payment,” (“SFAS 123(R)”) which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to employees, directors, and consultants based on estimated fair values. In March 2005, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107 (“SAB 107”) relating to SFAS 123(R). We have applied the provisions of SAB 107 in our adoption of SFAS 123(R).
 
We adopted SFAS 123(R) prospectively, as no share-based compensation awards were granted prior to October 16, 2006. SFAS 123(R) requires companies to estimate the fair value of share-based payment awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing model. The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense over the requisite service periods in our consolidated statement of operations. We follow the straight-line single option method of attributing the value of stock-based compensation to expense. As stock-based compensation expense recognized is based on awards ultimately expected to vest, it has been reduced for estimated forfeitures. SFAS 123(R) requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.
 
Upon adoption of SFAS 123(R), the Company elected the Black-Scholes option-pricing model as its method of valuation for share-based awards granted. The Company’s determination of fair value of share-based payment awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing model is affected by the Company’s stock price as well as assumptions regarding a number of highly complex and subjective variables. These variables include, but are not limited to our expected stock price volatility over the term of the awards and the expected term of the awards. We account for non-employee compensation expense in accordance with EITF IssueNo. 96-18,Accounting for Equity Instruments That Are Issued to Other Than Employees for Acquiring, or in Conjunction with Selling, Goods or Services.
 
Use of Estimates and Assumptions
 
The preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect certain reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results can, and in many cases will, differ from those estimates.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
In May 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 156,“Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets: an amendment of FASB Statement No. 140”(“SFAS No. 156”). SFAS No. 156 requires that all separately recognized servicing assets and liabilities be initially measured at fair value, if practicable. SFAS No. 156 also permits an entity to choose to subsequently measure each class of recognized servicing assets or servicing liabilities using either the amortization method specified in SFAS No. 140 or the fair value measurement method. The adoption of SFAS No. 156 is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
 
In June 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 48,“Accounting For Uncertainty in Income Taxes”(“FIN 48”). FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with SFAS No. 109,“Accounting For Income Taxes”and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. FIN 48 was effective for the Company


2930


 

beginning January 1, 2007. The adoption of FIN 48 is not expected to have a material effect on our financial position and results of operations.
 
In June 2006, the FASB ratified the consensus on EITF IssueNo. 06-03,“How Taxes Collected from Customers and Remitted to Governmental Authorities Should Be Presented in the Income Statement”(“EITFNo. 06-03”). The scope of EITFNo. 06-03 includes any tax assessed by a governmental authority that is directly imposed on a revenue-producing transaction between a seller and a customer and may include, but is not limited to, sales, use, value added, Universal Service Fund (“USF”) contributions and some excise taxes. The Task Force affirmed its conclusion that entities should present these taxes in the income statement on either a gross or a net basis, based on their accounting policy, which should be disclosed pursuant to APB Opinion No. 22,“Disclosure of Accounting Policies.”If such taxes are significant, and are presented on a gross basis, the amounts of those taxes should be disclosed. The consensus on EITFNo. 06-03 was effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2006. We currently record USF contributions and sales, use, value added and excise taxes billed to our customers on a net basis in our consolidated statements of operations. The adoption of EITFNo. 06-03 is not expected to have a material effect on our financial position and results of operations.
 
In September 2006, the FASB issued FASB Statement No. 157,“Fair Value Measurements”(“SFAS No. 157”), which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value under GAAP, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 applies to other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements. The new guidance is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and for interim periods within those fiscal years. We will evaluate the potential impact, if any, of the adoption of SFAS No. 157 on its consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
 
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159,“The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities — including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115” (“SFAS No. 159”). SFAS No. 159 permits entities to elect to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. Upon adoption of SFAS No. 159, an entity may elect the fair value option for eligible items that exist at the adoption date. Subsequent to the initial adoption, the election of the fair value option should only be made at initial recognition of the asset or liability or upon a remeasurement event that gives rise to new-basis accounting. SFAS No. 159 does not affect any existing accounting literature that requires certain assets and liabilities to be carried at fair value nor does it eliminate disclosure requirements included in other accounting standards. SFAS No. 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 and may be adopted earlier but only if the adoption is in the first quarter of the fiscal year. The adoption of SFAS No. 159 is not expected to have a material effect on our financial position and results of operations.
 
Management does not believe that any other recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards if currently adopted would have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.
Results of Operations of the Company
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2007 compared to the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006
     Overview.Revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 were $42.1 million, resulting entirely from the operations of our subsidiaries. The cost of revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 was $29.2 million and gross margin was 30.7%. We had no significant operating activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2006, and therefore had no revenues, cost of revenue, or gross margin during this period.
     Operating expenses, depreciation, and amortization were $18.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007, representing an increase of $18.4 million over such expenses for the prior period ended September 30, 2006. Operating loss and net loss for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 were $6.0 million and $5.8 million, respectively, as compared to an operating loss of $0.6 million and a net income of $3.9 million for the prior period.
         
  Nine months ended  Nine months ended 
  September 30, 2007  September 30, 2006 
Revenues $42,115,072  $ 
Cost of Revenue  29,178,696    
       
Gross Margin  12,936,376    
Operating Expenses, Depreciation and Amortization  18,932,722   578,469 
       
Operating Loss $(5,996,346) $(578,469)
       
Net (Loss) Income $(5,751,248) $3,898,100 
       


3031


 

     Revenues.We were a special purpose acquisition company until the Acquisitions of GII and ETT on October 15, 2006, and thus there were no sales in 2006 prior to consummation of the Acquisitions, including during the prior period ended September 30, 2006. Revenues during the nine months ended September 30, 2007 were approximately $42.1 million.
     Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin.Because we had no sales prior to consummation of the Acquisitions or during the nine months ended September 30, 2006, we had no corresponding cost of revenue during these periods. For the nine months ended September 30, 2007, cost of revenue was $29.2 million resulting in a gross margin of 30.7%.
     Operating Expenses, Depreciation and Amortization.Operating expenses, depreciation, and amortization were $0.6 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2006. Such expenses during this period consisted primarily of professional fees and travel costs associated with our efforts to identify targets for potential acquisition during our operations as a special purpose acquisition company. Total operating expenses, depreciation, and amortization for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 equaled $18.9 million, consisting primarily of costs associated with compensation of personnel, $3.2 million related to employee termination costs and non-recurring items, and approximately $2.1 million of depreciation and amortization expenses resulting mainly from amortization of intangible assets related to the Acquisitions of GII and ETT.
 
EITF01-34, “Accounting in a Business Combination for Deferred Revenue of an Acquiree,” provides that an acquiring entity should recognize a liability related to the deferred revenue of an acquired entity only if that deferred revenue represents a legal obligation assumed by the acquiring entity and that the amount assigned to that liability should be based on its estimated fair value at the acquisition date. Accordingly, as discussed below, our revenues and cost of revenue as reported below have been affected by the required treatment of deferred revenue and deferred cost on the financial statements of GII and ETT as of October 15, 2006 (the date of the Acquisitions).
 
         
    From Inception
    (January 3, 2005)
  Fiscal 2006 to December 31, 2005
 
Revenues $10,470,502  $ 
Cost of Revenue  7,784,193    
Gross Margin  2,686,309    
Operating Expenses, Depreciation and Amortization  4,503,277   358,892 
Operating (Loss) Income  (1,816,968)  (358,892)
Net Income (Loss) $(1,847,281) $1,369,061 

3132


 

 
 
Revenues.  We were a special purpose acquisition company until our Acquisitions of GII and ETT on October 15, 2006, and thus there were no sales in 2006 prior to consummation of the Acquisitions or during the prior period ended December 31, 2005. Revenues during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 were approximately $10.5 million, reflecting sales during the period from October 16, 2006 through December 31, 2006. The fiscal year 2006 reported revenues for the Company reflect the impact of the purchase accounting treatment of deferred revenue on the financial statements of GII and ETT as of October 15, 2006. The deferred revenue balances of GII and ETT as of October 15, 2006 included non-recurring revenue related to the provisioning in connection with the delivery of recurring communications services recognized ratably over the term of service and advanced billings for recurring communications services. The purchase accounting treatment of these balances lowered our fiscal year 2006 revenues by approximately $0.8 million.
 
Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin.  Because we had no sales prior to consummation of the Acquisitions or during the period ended December 31, 2005, we had no corresponding cost of revenue during these periods. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, cost of revenue was $7.8 million; all of these costs arose from operations after the Acquisitions. The fiscal year 2006 cost of revenue and gross margin for the Company reflect the impact of purchase accounting of deferred revenue and deferred cost on the financial statements of GII and ETT as of October 15, 2006. The deferred cost balances of GII and ETT as of October 15, 2006 included installation costs related to provisioning of service contracts. The purchase accounting treatment of these balances lowered 2006 cost of revenue by $0.1 million and, in combination with the deferred revenue impact listed above, lowered 2006 gross margin by $0.7 million.
 
Operating Expenses, Depreciation and Amortization.  Operating expenses, depreciation, and amortization were $0.4 million during the period ended December 31, 2005. Such expenses during this period consisted primarily of professional fees and travel costs associated with our efforts to identify targets for potential acquisition during our operations as a special purpose acquisition company. An additional approximately $0.5 million in expenses of this kind were incurred during fiscal year 2006 prior to consummation of the Acquisitions on October 15, 2006. Total operating expenses, depreciation, and amortization for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 equaled $4.5 million, consisting primarily of costs associated with compensation of personnel, in addition to the costs noted in the preceding sentence and approximately $0.5 million of expenses resulting mainly from amortization of intangibles related to the Acquisitions of GII and ETT.
 
Income Taxes
 
We account for income taxes in accordance with SFAS No. 109. Under SFAS No. 109, deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences and for tax net operating loss and tax credit carry-forwards, and deferred tax liabilities are recognized for temporary differences that will result in taxable amounts in future years. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the periods in which the deferred tax asset or liability is expected to be realized or settled. A valuation


3233


 

allowance is provided to offset the net deferred tax assets if, based upon the available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of the deferred tax assets depends on the ability to generate sufficient taxable income of the appropriate character in the future and in the appropriate taxing jurisdictions. In the absence of objective evidence of our ability to generate future profits sufficient to absorb future tax benefits created by prior net operating losses, we have recorded a valuation allowance against our calculated deferred tax asset bringing the reported tax asset to zero. During 2006, we recognized, in accordance with SFAS No. 141, a deferred tax liability totaling $4.2 million representing the future tax due on intangible assets acquired as part of the Acquisitions, which had no tax basis at the time of purchase.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
We consummated our initial public offering on April 15, 2005. Gross proceeds from our initial public offering, including the full exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, were $59.5 million. After deducting offering expenses of $4.4 million (including $0.5 million representing the underwriters’ non-accountable expense allowance of 1% of the gross proceeds and underwriting discounts of $3.6 million) net proceeds were $55.0 million. Of this amount, $53.4 million was placed in a trust account and the remaining proceeds were available to be used to provide for business, legal and accounting due diligence on prospective acquisitions and continuing general and administrative expenses. We used the net proceeds of the offering held in the trust account plus accrued interest thereon to fund the $45 million cash portion of the purchase price for the Acquisitions on October 15, 2006.
 
Long-Term Debt
     We issued $9.9 million of unsecured promissory notes in connection with the Acquisitions, bearing interest at 6% per annum, to certain sellers of their stock in GII and ETT as a deferral of cash consideration and/or as a separate component of consideration in the transactions. As originally issued, $5.9 million of these notes matured on June 30, 2007 and $4.0 million of these notes matured on December 29, 2008.
     The notes that were originally scheduled to mature on June 30, 2007 represented deferral of cash consideration payable in connection with the Acquisitions. On March 23, 2007, we entered into agreements with the holders of these notes to extend their maturity date to April 30, 2008 or earlier under certain circumstances. In addition, as part of these amendments, the per annum interest rate for each of these notes was changed from 6% per annum to rates escalating from 8% per annum up to 16% per annum. On November 12, 2007, we entered into agreements with the holders of these notes to convert not less than 30% of the amounts due (including principal and accrued interest) into shares of our common stock, and obtain 10% convertible unsecured subordinated promissory notes due on December 31, 2010, or the December 2010 Notes, for the remaining indebtedness then due under these notes.
     On November 13, 2007, we sold an additional $1.9 million of December 2010 Notes to certain accredited investors. As of December 1, 2007, the aggregate principal amount due for all of the December 2010 Notes was approximately $4.8 million.
     The holders of the December 2010 Notes can convert the principal due under the notes into shares of our common stock, at any time, at a price per share equal to $1.70. We have the right to require the holders of the December 2010 Notes to convert the principal amount due under the notes at any time after the closing price of our common stock shall be equal to or greater than $2.64 for 15 consecutive business days. The conversion provisions of the December 2010 Notes include protection against dilutive issuances of our common stock, subject to certain exceptions. The December 2010 Notes are subordinate to any future credit facility entered into by us, up to an amount of $4.0 million.
     On November 12, 2007, we entered into agreements with the holders of $4.0 million of promissory notes originally due on December 29, 2008, pursuant to which the holders agreed to amend the notes to extend the maturity date to December 31, 2010, subject to increasing the interest rate to 10% per annum, beginning January 1, 2009. Under the terms of these notes, as amended, 50% of all interest accrued during 2008 and 2009 is payable on each of December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively, and all principal and remaining accrued interest is payable on December 31, 2010. All accrued interest and unpaid principal under these notes shall be due and payable within five business days of the earlier of (i) our change of control, (ii) the exercise, by the holders thereof, of no less than 50% of their Class W and Class Z warrants or (iii) the issuance by us of debt or equity securities resulting in an aggregate capital raise of $20.0 million. These notes, as amended, are subordinate to any future credit facility entered into by us, up to an amount of $4.0 million.
     We may prepay any of our promissory notes in full or in part, at any time without notice or penalty.


3334


 

 
Former Class B Common Stock Conversions
 
In connection with the Acquisitions, certain holders of our then-outstanding Class B common stock voted against the Acquisitions and exercised their rights to convert their shares into cash equal to a pro-rata distribution from the trust account established to hold proceeds from the initial public offering. The actual per-share conversion price was equal to the amount in the trust account (inclusive of any interest thereon) as of two business days prior to the Acquisitions, divided by the number of Class B shares sold in the public offering, or approximately $5.35 per share.
 
Following payment of the conversion amount to each former Class B stockholder who voted against the Acquisitions and validly elected conversion of his or her Class B common stock, we will cancel such shares of stock. As of December 31, 2006, we had cash and cash equivalents totaling $14.1 million (including designated cash to be paid to former Class B stockholders who had voted against the Acquisitions and validly exercised their rights to conversion of their shares), and we were in the process as of that date of reviewing submissions from shareholders who had tendered their shares for potential conversion into cash. We had neither redeemed nor canceled any shares in connection with this conversion process as of December 31, 2006. Through March 31, 2007, we had paid approximately $9.96 million to redeem 1,860,850 shares of stock and the converted shares have been canceled.
 
Liquidity Assessment
 
With respect to operations, as a multiple network operator, we typically have very low levels of capital expenditures, especially when compared to infrastructure-owning traditional telecommunications competitors. Our capital expenditures are predominantly related to the maintenance of computer facilities, office fixtures and furnishings and are very low as a proportion of revenue. However, from time to time we may provide capital investment as part of an executed service contract that would typically consist of significant multi-year commitments from the customer.
 
Historically, the combined operations of the acquired companies have not been cash flow positive. As a result of the Acquisitions and the impact of any changes between an operational balance sheet for year-end 2006 and a non-operational entity balance sheet at December 31, 2005, net cash from operations for the Company in 2006 was approximately $0.2 million. Management monitors cash flow and liquidity requirements. Based on our cash and cash equivalents and our analysis of our anticipated working capital requirements, we believe we have sufficient liquidity to fund our business and meet our contractual obligations over the next 15 months from year-end 2006.
 
Although we believe that cash currently on hand and expected cash flows from future operations are sufficient to fund operations, we may seek to raise additional capital as necessary to meet certain capital and liquidity requirements in the future. Due to the dynamic nature of our industry and unforeseen circumstances, if we are


3435


 

unable to fully fund cash requirements through operations and current cash on hand, we will need to obtain additional financing through a combination of equity and debt financingsand/or renegotiation of terms on our existing debt. If any such activities become necessary, there can be no assurance that we would be successful in completing any of these activities on terms that would be favorable to us, if at all.
 
Summary Quarterly Financial Data
 
The table below presents unaudited quarterly statement of operations data of the Company for each of the last eight quarters through December 31, 2006. This information has been derived from unaudited financial statements that have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements included elsewhere in this report and, in our opinion, includes all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, which are necessary for a fair presentation of the information.
 
                 
  Three Months Ended (Unaudited)
  March 31,
 June 30,
 September 30,
 December 31,
  2006 2006 2006 2006
 
Revenues $  $  $  $10,470,502 
Gross margin           2,686,309 
Loss from operations  (317,520)  (104,156)  (156,793)  (1,238,499)
Net income (loss)  (3,504,534)  4,602,244   2,800,391   (5,745,382)
Net income (loss) per share, basic and diluted $(0.30) $0.39  $0.24  $(0.48)
                 
                 
                 
  March 31,
 June 30,
 September 30,
 December 31,
  2005 2005 2005 2005
 
Revenues $  $  $  $ 
Gross margin            
Loss from operations  (9,969)  (109,767)  (93,403)  (145,753)
Net income (loss)  (9,665)  367,705   (590,104)  1,601,125 
Net income (loss) per share, basic and diluted $(96.65) $0.04  $(0.05) $0.14 
 
Our future revenues and operating results may vary significantly from quarter to quarter due to a number of factors, many of which we cannot control.
 
Supplemental Information
 
Non-Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”) Basis Combined Financial Information for the Year Ended December 31, 2006 Compared to the Non-GAAP Basis Combined Financial Information for the Year Ended December 31, 2005.
 
As a result of the Acquisitions of GII and ETT, which occurred on October 15, 2006, we are presenting our financial statements and the financial statements of GII and ETT as predecessors of the Company separately and presenting a separate Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for both GII and ETT. See “— Results of Operations of Global Internetworking, Inc. as Predecessor” and “— Results of Operations of European Telecommunications & Technology Limited as Predecessor.” Because the Company had no material business or operations prior to October 15, 2006, we are presenting below the Company’s results of operations, combined on an arithmetic basis, with those of GII and ETT for the relevant periods of each company during the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006. We refer to such combined financial information as being presented on a “non-GAAP combined” basis and when we refer to “2005” and “2006” in this section, we are referring to the non-GAAP combined years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively. Such non-GAAP combined financial information only constitutes the arithmetic sums described above with respect to those periods and does not give effect to purchase accounting, cost savings, interest expense or other pro forma adjustments resulting from the acquisitions of GII and ETT for periods prior to October 16, 2006. Our


3536


 

historical financial information for the period from October 16, 2006 to December 31, 2006 gives effect to purchase accounting adjustments in accordance with SFAS No. 141.
 
We are presenting and analyzing below non-GAAP combined financial information with respect to the Company and its predecessors for informational purposes only because we believe that presenting such non-GAAP financial information will be useful to investors. Because of the method by which the non-GAAP combined financial information was compiled, our analysis compares results of different companies over different periods, and the non-GAAP combined financial information may not be indicative of our future results or of what our results would have been had the acquisitions of GII and ETT occurred as of the first day of the periods presented. Therefore, you should not consider the non-GAAP combined financial information in isolation or view it as a substitute for any financial information of the Company, GII or ETT that is prepared in accordance with GAAP. You should read the non-GAAP combined financial information and this analysis in conjunction with “Results of Operations of Global Internetworking, Inc. as Predecessor” and “Results of Operations of European Telecommunications & Technology Limited as Predecessor” and the financial statements included in this Prospectus.
 
                                 
  Historical
              
  Predecessor
 Historical
 Historical
   Historical
 Historical
 Historical
  
  GII
 Predecessor
 Successor
 Non-GAAP
 Predecessor
 Predecessor
 Successor
 Non-GAAP
  Twelve Months
 ETT
 Mercator
 Combined
 GII
 ETT
 Mercator/GTT
 Combined
  Ended
 Year Ended
 Year Ended
 Year Ended
 January 1-
 January 1-
 Year Ended
 Year Ended
  December 31,
 December 31,
 December 31,
 December 31,
 October 15,
 October 15,
 December 31,
 December 31,
  2005(1) 2005(5) 2005(5) 2005(2) 2006(3) 2006(5) 2006(5) 2006(4)
  (Unaudited)     (Unaudited) (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)
 
Revenue
                                
Telecommunications revenue sold $15,279,104  $34,711,639  $  $49,990,743  $14,636,595  $26,122,950  $10,470,502  $51,230,047 
Operating Expenses
                                
Cost of Revenue  10,508,255   24,506,895      35,015,150   10,256,797   18,583,780   7,784,193   36,624,770 
Selling, General & Administrative  5,560,857   10,170,036   358,892   16,089,785   4,229,496   8,625,233   3,981,423   16,836,152 
Depreciation and Amortization  124,427   269,513      393,940   11,923   194,468   521,854   728,245 
Operating (loss) income
 $(914,435) $(234,805) $(358,892) $(1,508,132) $138,379  $(1,280,531) $(1,816,968) $(2,959,120)
 
 
(1)Represents the arithmetic combination of (a) the results of operations of GII for its fiscal year ended September 30, 2005, plus (b) the results of operations of GII for its quarter ended December 31, 2005, minus (c) the results of operations of GII for its quarter ended December 31, 2004. GII’s results of operations for the twelve months ended December 31, 2005 are being presented here solely for the purpose of computing ournon-GAAP combined financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2005 and are not indicative of what GII’s results of operations would be for its fiscal year. You should not consider GII’s results of operations for the twelve months ended December 31, 2005 in isolation. Please read GII’s historical financial information contained in this Prospectus as well as “— Results of Operations of Global Internetworking, Inc. as Predecessor.”
 
(2)Represents, on a non-GAAP combined basis, the sum of (a) the results of operations of ETT for the year ended December 31, 2005, plus (b) the results of operations of GII for the twelve months ended December 31, 2005, plus (c) our stand-alone results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2005.
 
(3)Represents the arithmetic combination of (a) the results of operations of GII for its fiscal year ended September 30, 2006, plus (b) the results of operations of GII for its period from October 1, 2006 to October 15, 2006, minus (c) the results of operations of GII for its quarter ended December 31, 2005. GII’s results of operations for the period from January 1, 2006 to October 15, 2006 are being presented here solely for the purpose of computing our non-GAAP combined financial information for the year ended December 31, 2006 and are not indicative of what GII’s results of operations would be for that period. You should not consider GII’s results of operations for the period from January 1, 2006 to October 15, 2006 in isolation. Please read GII’s historical financial statements contained in this Prospectus as well as “— Results of Operations of Global Internetworking, Inc. as Predecessor.”
 
(4)Represents, on a non-GAAP combined basis, the sum of (a) the results of operations of ETT for the period from January 1, 2006 to October 15, 2006, plus (b) the results of operations of GII for the period from January 1, 2006 to October 15, 2006, plus (c) our stand-alone results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2006.


3637


 

 
(5)The historical financial information for ETT for the year ended December 31, 2005 has been audited by BDO Stoy Hayward LLP. The historical financial information for Mercator for the year ended December 31, 2005, for ETT for the period from January 1, 2006 to October 15, 2006, and for Mercator/GTT for the year ended December 31, 2006 has been audited by J.H. Cohn LLP.
 
Revenue.  Revenue on a non-GAAP combined basis grew 2.5% from 2005 to 2006. Under SFAS No. 141, $0.8 million of deferred revenue that existed as of October 15, 2006 and was received during the period from October 15, 2006 to December 31, 2006 was not included in our reported revenues for that period or in our non-GAAP combined revenues for 2006 and was instead recorded as a part of goodwill as a result of the Acquisitions. The associated cost of those revenues was recorded as $0.1 million. Including the $0.8 million of revenues, non-GAAP combined revenues would have grown by 4.1% from 2005 to 2006. Non-GAAP combined revenue growth for 2006 was due primarily to internal sales growth for both operating units. Non-GAAP combined revenues in 2006 were negatively impacted by contract expirations in late 2005 and 2006. In particular, a large multinational customer restructured its European operations and had approximately $4.9 million in annual contract revenue expire in late 2005 and 2006, which negatively impacted the 2006 revenue performance. In 2006,non-GAAP combined revenue also benefited from an increase in the average exchange rate for the US Dollar to the British Pound Sterling of $1.82069 in 2005 to $1.84358 in 2006.
 
Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin.  On a non-GAAP combined basis, our cost of revenue of $35.0 million in 2005 resulted in a non-GAAP combined gross margin of 30%. For 2006, non-GAAP combined cost of revenue of $36.6 million resulted in a non-GAAP combined gross margin of 28.5% for the year. The purchase accounting treatment of the costs related to the deferred revenue mentioned in the preceding paragraph also resulted in a corresponding reduction of non-GAAP combined cost of revenue for 2006 of $0.1 million. Taking account of the deferred revenue and associated deferred cost in 2006, non-GAAP combined gross margin would have been 29.4%. Gross margins were impacted slightly negatively in 2006 by excess circuit costs following the business failure of one customer in early 2006, although the lower margin on new European sales in 2006 was offset to some degree by improved supplier costs.
 
Selling, General and Administrative.  Non-GAAP combined selling, general and administrative expenses for 2006 of $16.8 million increased by $0.7 million over 2005. The increase was due primarily to additional costs of approximately $0.5 million of option exercise expense incurred as a result of the Acquisitions. Additionally, following the Acquisitions, the Company began to incur additional expenses in late 2006 related to being a public company with substantial operations.
 
Results of Operations of Global Internetworking, Inc. as Predecessor
 
Period from October 1, 2006 through October 15, 2006
 
Overview.  This section of management’s discussion and analysis of GII addresses the results of operations for the period of time between October 1, 2006 (the first day of GII’s fiscal year) and October 15, 2006 (the date upon which GII was acquired by the Company). Given that this period is only 15 days, we do not believe that a comparison to any particular preceding period would be of significant meaning or use.
 
During the period between October 1, 2006 and October 15, 2006, sales were $0.8 million. The cost of circuit access was $0.5 million, and gross margin was 34%. Operating expenses, including depreciation and amortization, were $0.2 million during this15-day period. GII did not realize any significant sales between October 1, 2006 and October 15, 2006, and believes that its business was largely carried on in the ordinary course during this15-day period.
 
Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2006 compared to Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2005
 
Overview.  During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2006, sales were $18.0 million, representing a 26.8% increase over sales for the prior fiscal year. The cost of circuit access was $12.8 million, as compared to $9.4 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2005. Gross margin decreased from 33.5% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2005 to 28.6% during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2006. Operating expenses, depreciation


3738


 

and amortization were $5.5 million for fiscal year 2006, representing an increase of 1.2% over such expenses for the prior fiscal year.
 
The following table sets forth certain items from GII’s consolidated statements of operations for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2006 and 2005.
 
         
  Fiscal 2006 Fiscal 2005
 
Revenues $17,960,062  $14,167,849 
Cost of Revenue  12,821,009   9,424,964 
Gross Margin  5,139,053   4,742,885 
Operating Expenses, Depreciation and Amortization  5,510,985   5,444,188 
Operating (Loss)  (371,932)  (701,303)
Net (Loss) $(350,981) $(444,964)
 
Revenues.  Sales during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2006 increased by 26.8%, from $14.2 million to $18.0 million, compared to the preceding fiscal year. This increase reflected continuing returns from prior investments in sales personnel and efforts to market a broader range of services to a diverse set of potential customers and to focus upon improving sales relationships with existing customers. A significant portion of the revenue increase (approximately 84%) during this period was attributable to additional sales to existing customers, although 32 new customers purchased services from GII during fiscal year 2006 as compared to the preceding fiscal year. GII does not believe that pricing changes contributed in any material respect to the increase in revenues, and GII’s rate of disconnection of services by customers decreased slightly with 1.8% of revenue per month during fiscal year 2006 compared to 2.1% of revenue per month during the preceding fiscal year.
 
Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin.  During fiscal year ended September 30, 2006, cost of revenue increased by 36%, from $9.4 million to $12.8 million, as compared to the prior year. The increased cost of revenue in fiscal year 2006 was primarily attributable to the corresponding 26.8% growth in services sold, the business failure of a single customer, which resulted in approximately $0.2 million in total circuit access costs during fiscal year 2006 against which GII received no future benefit, and $0.2 million in charges in fiscal year 2006 associated with other circuits for which GII was liable but for which it had no corresponding customer commitments during the period. As a result of this significant customer’s business failure and these other factors, gross margin declined from 33.5% to 28.6% as compared to the same period in the preceding fiscal year.
 
Operating Expenses, Depreciation and Amortization.  Operating expenses, depreciation, and amortization were $5.5 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2006, a 1.2% increase as compared to such expenses for the preceding fiscal year. As a percentage of revenue, GII’s operating expenses, depreciation, and amortization decreased from 38.4% in the prior fiscal year to 30.7% in the fiscal year ended September 30, 2006. Operating expenses consisted primarily of compensation of personnel. Depreciation and amortization were $47,464 for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2006, compared to $0.1 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2005.
 
Income Taxes
 
GII reported its income taxes in accordance with SFAS No. 109. Under this method, a deferred tax asset or liability is recognized based on the difference between the financial statement and income tax basis of accounting for assets and liabilities, then measured using existing income tax rates. At September 30, 2006, the deferred tax asset consisted principally of net operating loss (NOL) carryforwards and differences in depreciation for book purposes versus tax depreciation, as well as adjustments for deferrals and accruals. At September 30, 2005, the deferred tax asset was comprised principally of NOL carryforwards and differences in depreciation for book purposes versus tax depreciation.
 
During the fiscal years ended September 30, 2006 and 2005, GII incurred taxable losses of $306,970 and $650,153, respectively. The fiscal 2006 NOL created $111,142 of future tax benefit calculated at a 38.62% combined federal and state tax rate, and the 2005 NOL created $277,355 of future tax benefit calculated at a 42.66% combined federal and state tax rate. GII also had a taxable loss of $389,886 during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2004, which created $166,326 of future tax benefit claimed at a 42.66% combined federal and state tax rate.


3839


 

 
Under current tax law, tax NOLs must be carried back for two years before being carried forward. In the event of a change in ownership of GII, these income tax benefits are subjected to limitations described in Internal Revenue Code Section 382 (b)(1), which require GII to limit thepost-change-in-control carryforwards to an amount not to exceed the value of GII immediately before the change of control, multiplied by the Federal long-term tax-exempt rate.
 
The entire $306,970 tax loss in fiscal 2006 will be carried forward through (if not utilized prior to) 2021, net of the deferred tax liability arising from book/tax depreciation and other timing differences. An amount equal to $480,987 of GII’s tax loss in fiscal 2005 was offset by taxable income from the fiscal year ended September 30, 2003, and $169,166 will be offset by future income, net of the deferred tax liability arising from book/tax depreciation differences. GII’s NOL in fiscal 2004 was fully offset by taxable income from the fiscal year ended September 30, 2002. This NOL gives rise to income tax refunds receivable of $205,189 arising from the fiscal 2005 loss, and $166,326 arising from the fiscal 2004 loss, totaling $371,515 in tax refunds receivable at September 30, 2005.
 
In order for GII to recognize the tax benefit arising from the fiscal 2006 and 2005 NOL carryforwards, or from other net tax assets resulting from timing differences, management is required to identify objective factors which indicate that GII is more likely than not to achieve near-term future profitability sufficient to absorb the previous losses. The losses incurred over the current and preceding fiscal years were planned and anticipated by management in connection with its strategic plan to accelerate hiring to promote sales growth through additional market penetration and operational capabilities. GII continued to carefully manage its expenses and its contract and other business risks, and believed that it had made steady progress toward future profitability beginning in fiscal 2007. However, in recognition of the fact that these factors constituted subjective rather than objective evidence of future profitability, GII’s management elected to recognize a valuation allowance of 100% with respect to all future tax benefits at September 30, 2006, bringing the net realizable future value of the net operating loss carryforward to zero. An amount equal to $72,167 of tax benefit arising from the fiscal 2005 loss, less $9,985 of tax liability arising from the book to tax depreciation difference, is the subject of a $62,182 valuation allowance, bringing the net realizable future value of the remaining fiscal 2005 net operating loss carryforward to zero.
 
Amended tax returns for fiscal 2002 and fiscal 2003 were filed during the fourth calendar quarter of 2006 to claim the refunds from the NOL created in fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004.
 
Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2005 compared to Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2004
 
Overview.  Sales increased 52.9% from $9.3 million in fiscal 2004 to $14.2 million in fiscal 2005. The cost of circuit access increased 55.5%, from $6.1 million in fiscal 2004 to $9.4 million in fiscal 2005, causing gross margin to decline from 34.6% to 33.5%. Operating expenses increased by 50.0% during fiscal 2005, from $3.6 million to $5.4 million, due to the hiring of additional personnel to support GII’s current and anticipated continued future growth and a move to larger headquarters space in November 2004. The combination of decreased gross margin and increased operating and administrative expenses resulted in a net loss of $444,964 during fiscal 2005.
 
The following table sets forth certain items from GII’s statements of operations for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2005 and 2004.
 
         
  Fiscal 2005 Fiscal 2004
 
Revenues $14,167,849  $9,263,497 
Cost of Revenue  9,424,964   6,062,912 
Gross Margin  4,742,885   3,200,585 
Operating Expenses, Depreciation and Amortization  5,444,188   3,629,773 
Operating Loss  (701,303)  (429,188)
Net Loss $(444,964) $(223,560)
 
Revenues.  Sales increased 52.9%, from $9.3 million to $14.2 million, between fiscal 2004 and fiscal 2005. This increase was attributable to results from continuing investments in sales personnel and marketing efforts, including significant contracts entered into with several enterprise and government-related customers during this period. In particular, approximately 72.8% of GII’s revenue increase between fiscal 2004 and fiscal 2005 was attributable to


3940


 

additional sales to existing customers, although 40 new customers also purchased services from GII during this period. Furthermore, GII’s monthly rate of service disconnection, representing customers that disconnect services following expiration of the service term, decreased to 2.1% of revenue per month during fiscal 2005, as compared to 3.4% of revenue per month during fiscal 2004, meaning that services tended to remain active and therefore generate revenue for a longer period on average than they did during fiscal 2004. GII does not believe that pricing changes contributed in any material respect to the increase in revenues.
 
Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin.  Cost of revenue increased 55.5%, from $6.1 million in fiscal 2004 to $9.4 million in fiscal 2005. This increase was higher (as a relative percentage) than the increase in revenues over the same period, thereby resulting in a decline in gross margin from 34.6% to 33.5% between fiscal 2004 and fiscal 2005. The decline in gross margin can be attributed to the sale of a significant service to one customer with a gross margin of 18.3%.
 
Operating Expenses, Depreciation and Amortization.  Operating expenses increased by 50.0%, from $3.6 million to $5.4 million, between fiscal 2004 and fiscal 2005. Specifically, of the $1.8 million increase in operating expenses, $1.5 million, or 80.5%, was attributable to increased compensation of personnel as compared to the same period in the prior fiscal year. The increase reflected ongoing hiring of sales and operational personnel in order to support the expected growth of GII’s business. GII further increased its sales staff, hired several experienced operational personnel and increased its marketing expenditures by an additional $67,000. GII also moved to new headquarters during fiscal 2005 to accommodate its growth, resulting in a 45% increase, or $51,000, in annual rental expense. Depreciation and amortization were $109,135 for fiscal 2005, compared to $58,224 for fiscal 2004. Property and equipment are reflected at cost, net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method, over the estimated useful lives of the related assets ranging from three to seven years. Fixed assets primarily consisted of items such as computers, phone systems, and furniture and fixtures for internal use. During fiscal 2005, GII purchased telecommunications equipment assets in connection with the activation of a leased fiber ring for a customer and to deploy a transport hub facility to support future sales. In addition, the move to new headquarters necessitated capital expenditures for equipment and facilities.
 
Income Taxes
 
GII reported its income taxes in accordance with SFAS No. 109. Under this method, a deferred tax asset or liability is recognized based on the difference between the financial statement and income tax basis of accounting for assets and liabilities, then measured using existing income tax rates. At September 30, 2005, the deferred tax asset was comprised principally of NOL carryforwards and differences in depreciation for book purposes versus tax depreciation.
 
During the fiscal years ended September 30, 2005 and 2004, GII incurred taxable losses of $650,153 and $389,886, respectively. The fiscal 2005 NOL creates $277,355 of future tax benefit calculated at a 42.66% combined federal and state tax rate, and the fiscal 2004 NOL creates $166,326 of future tax benefit calculated at a 42.66% combined federal and state tax rate.
 
Under current tax law, tax NOLs must be carried back for two years before being carried forward. In the event of a change in ownership of GII, these income tax benefits are subjected to limitations described in Internal Revenue Code Section 382 (b)(1), which require GII to limit thepost-change-in-control carryforwards to an amount not to exceed the value of GII immediately before the change of control, multiplied by the Federal long-term tax-exempt rate.
 
$480,987 of GII’s tax loss in fiscal 2005 was offset by taxable income from the fiscal year ended September 30, 2003, and $169,166 will be offset by future income, net of the deferred tax liability arising from book/tax depreciation differences. GII’s NOL in fiscal 2004 was fully offset by taxable income from the fiscal year ended September 30, 2002. This NOL gives rise to income tax refunds receivable of $205,189 arising from the fiscal 2005 loss, and $166,326 arising from the fiscal 2004 loss, totaling $371,515 in tax refunds receivable at September 30, 2005.
 
The remaining $72,167 of tax benefit arising from the fiscal 2005 NOL, less $9,985 of tax liability arising from the book to tax depreciation difference, is the subject of a $62,182 valuation allowance, bringing the net realizable


4041


 

future value of the remaining fiscal 2005 remaining net operating loss carryforward to zero. In order for GII to recognize the tax benefit arising from the fiscal 2005 NOL carryforward, management is required to identify objective factors which indicate that GII is more likely than not to achieve near-term future profitability sufficient to absorb the previous losses.
 
The losses over the preceding two fiscal years were planned and anticipated by management in connection with its strategic plan to accelerate hiring to promote sales growth through additional market penetration and operational capabilities. GII continued to manage carefully its expenses and its contract and other business risks, and believed that it had made steady progress toward future profitability beginning in fiscal 2006. However, in recognition of the fact that these factors constitute subjective evidence of future profitability, GII’s management elected to recognize a valuation allowance of 100% with respect to the $62,182 tax benefit for fiscal 2005 in the absence of more precise and objective evidence.
 
Amended tax returns for fiscal 2002 and fiscal 2003 were filed during the fourth calendar quarter of 2006 to claim the refunds from the NOL created in fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004.
 
Summary Quarterly Financial Data
 
The table below presents unaudited quarterly statement of operations data of GII for each of the last eight quarters through September 30, 2006. This information has been derived from unaudited financial statements that have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements included elsewhere in this report and, in our opinion, includes all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, which are necessary for a fair presentation of the information.
 
                 
  Three Months Ended (Unaudited)
  Dec 31,
 March 31,
 June 30,
 Sept 30,
  2005 2006 2006 2006
 
Revenues $4,148,547  $4,378,292  $4,691,481  $4,741,742 
Gross margin  1,038,687   1,346,315   1,349,702   1,404,349 
Income (loss) from operations  (444,323)  (88,419)  4,978   155,832 
Net income (loss)  (434,962)  (81,812)  20,783   145,010 
Net income (loss) per share, basic and diluted $(0.17) $(0.03) $  $0.08 
 
                 
  Dec 31,
 Mar 31,
 June 30,
 Sept 30,
  2004 2005 2005 2005
 
Revenues $3,037,292  $3,331,241  $3,759,361  $4,039,955 
Gross margin  1,010,725   1,055,022   1,302,974   1,374,164 
Income (loss) from operations  (197,992)  (290,593)  (81,462)  (131,256)
Net income (loss)  (105,550)  (158,705)  (56,756)  (123,953)
Net income (loss) per share, basic and diluted $(0.04) $(0.06) $(0.01) $(0.05)
 
Results of Operations of European Telecommunications & Technology, Ltd. as Predecessor
 
Period Ended October 15, 2006 compared to Year Ended December 31, 2005
 
Overview.  This section of management’s discussion and analysis addresses the period of time between January 1, 2006 and October 15, 2006 (the date upon which ETT was acquired by the Company), which is compared with the year to December 31, 2005. Given the fact that the more recent period is 21.4% shorter than the 2005 period (287 days versus 365 days), there is an expectation that revenues and expenses in the period to October 15, 2006 would be approximately 21.4% lower compared with the year to December 31, 2006.
 
For the period ended October 15, 2006, 66% of ETT’s revenues were derived from customers in the United Kingdom. As a consequence, a material percentage of ETT’s revenues are billed in British Pounds Sterling. During the period to October 15, 2006, the average exchange rate for one U.S. Dollar expressed in British Pounds Sterling was 0.55, and the equivalent average exchange rate for the year ended December 31, 2005 was also 0.55. Thus, currency conversion difference had no effect on the reported financial performance of the business.


4142


 

The period from January 1, 2006 to October 15, 2006 saw a 24.7% decrease in revenues as compared to the full year to December 31, 2005. Gross profit declined from $10.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2005 to $7.5 million in the period ended October 15, 2006. Selling and general and administrative expenses decreased by $1.2 million between the periods. ETT finished the period ended October 15, 2006 with a net loss of approximately $1.3 million, as compared to a loss of $0.2 million for the full year ended December 31, 2005.
 
The following table sets forth certain items from ETT’s consolidated statements of operations for the period ended October 15, 2006 and the year ended December 31, 2005.
 
         
  January 1, 2006 —
  Year Ended
 
  October 15,
  December 31,
 
  2006  2005 
 
Revenue $26,122,950  $34,711,639 
Cost of revenue  18,583,780   24,506,895 
Gross profit  7,539,170   10,204,744 
Operating expenses:        
Selling expenses  3,979,261   5,150,563 
General and administrative  4,840,440   5,288,986 
Total operating expenses  8,819,701   10,439,549 
Operating loss  (1,280,531)  (234,805)
Other income (expenses):        
Interest income  98,515   181,938 
Interest expense  (86,130)  (178,133)
Total other income  12,385   3,805 
Loss before income taxes  (1,268,146)  (231,000)
Income taxes      
Net loss $(1,268,146) $(231,000)
         
 
Revenues.  During the period from January 1, 2006 to October 15, 2006, ETT won approximately $18.0 million of new orders. Over the same period, ETT lost business of a value of approximately $17.0 million. Of this amount, approximately $12.9 million was attributable to cancellations and approximately $4.2 million was due to reductions in contract values on renewals of services. This resulted in a positive net new orders position of approximately $1.0 million. There is typically a delay of approximately sixty days between the signing of a customer order and its installation when billing for the service commences. Although ETT won more contract value than it lost in the period, installation delays experienced during the period led to successfully won and renewed orders not being fully included in the revenue for the period ended October 15, 2006. In particular, installation delays were experienced on two services located in the Middle East, which had a combined contract value of approximately $8.0 million. During the period, revenue performance was also negatively impacted by management’s focus on the completion of the contemplated acquisition of ETT.
 
Within the period from January 1, 2006 to October 15, 2006, ETT experienced contract cancellations of a value of approximately $4.0 million which were associated with a major multinational corporation restructuring its European business. This customer’s restructuring has been ongoing since September 2005, and has consequently had a negative effect on ETT’s revenues. The situation with this customer has marginally reversed within the period to October 15, 2006, and the customer placed new orders with ETT in June and August of 2006. Additionally, a large service contract with a German financial institution came to an end in the third quarter of 2006. This contract had a value of approximately $6.1 million.
 
Aside from these two large cancellations, the remaining $2.8 million of cancellations in the period ended October 15, 2006 were not as concentrated, and were spread over sixteen customers, with an average cancelled value of approximately $177,000.
 
In addition to the shorter measurement period for the 2006 results versus 2005, the combined effect of these factors resulted in the decrease in revenues for the period ended October 15, 2006.


4243


 

Cost of Revenue.  The decrease in cost of revenue in the period from January 1, 2006 to October 15, 2006 compared to the year ended December 31, 2005 was mostly related to the decrease in revenues of 24.7%. In addition, the gross margin percentage decreased from 29.4% in 2005 to 28.9% in the period ended October 15, 2006. In the period ended October 15, 2006, new services were sold at a slightly lower margin, which resulted in the decrease in gross profit margin Percentage. The overall gross margin percentage on renewals improved by three percentage points as compared with the prior period. However, this improvement was offset by the lower margins on new services sold during the period.
 
Selling Expenses.  Selling expenses in 2006 decreased by 22.7% as compared with December 31, 2005, mainly due to the shorter measurement period in 2006. Selling expenses were 15.2% of revenue in the period ended October 15, 2006, compared to 14.8% of revenue in the year ended December 31, 2005. This increase was due to an additional sales incentive initiative in the first half of 2006. This initiative gave ETT’s sales team doubled commission payments in the first quarter of 2006 and commission payments were 50% higher than historical payments in the second quarter of 2006. Additionally, ETT employed an additional salesperson in its German office for five months during the period ended October 15, 2006
 
General and Administrative.  General and administrative expenses increased from 15.2% of revenue in the year ended December 31, 2005 to 18.5% in the period ended October 15, 2006. Significant items which raised general and administrative expenses included approximately $191,000 associated with ETT’s acquisition by the Company, including advisory, legal and professional fees. The exceptional item also included the employment of an interim chief operating officer to manage the business while the board and senior management were focused on closing the transaction. General and administrative expenses also include a compensation expense of $457,807 relating to the difference between the fair value and grant price of share options exercised on October 15, 2006.
 
Income Taxes.  ETT paid no corporate tax in 2006 or 2005.
 
Net profit or loss.  ETT’s net loss increased by $1,037,146, or 449.0%, from $231,000 in 2005 to $1,268,146 in 2006 for the reasons discussed above.
 
Year Ended December 31, 2005 compared to Year Ended December 31, 2004
 
Overview.  2005 saw a 1.0% decrease in revenues as compared to 2004. Gross profit improved from $9.3 million in 2004 to $10.2 million in 2005. Selling and general and administrative expenses increased by $0.6 million between 2004 and 2005. ETT finished 2005 with a loss of approximately $0.2 million, as compared to a loss of $0.5 million for 2004.
 
During 2005, ETT’s board made the strategic decision to seek a purchaser for the company. As a result of this sale process, ETT’s management was distracted from core growth activities. The effects of this sale process included a headcount freeze, an increase in staff attrition (with vacant positions not being filled) and a focus on minimizing losses and preserving cash rather than growing the business.


4344


 

The following table sets forth certain items from ETT’s statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004.
 
         
  2005  2004 
 
Revenue $34,711,639  $35,075,501 
Cost of revenue  24,506,895   25,754,951 
Gross profit  10,204,744   9,320,550 
Operating expenses:        
Selling expenses  5,150,563   5,070,455 
General and administrative  5,288,986   4,810,101 
Total operating expenses  10,439,549   9,880,556 
Operating loss  (234,805)  (560,006)
Other income (expenses):        
Interest income  181,938   117,955 
Interest expense  (178,133)  (48,147)
Total other income  3,805   69,808 
Loss before income taxes  (231,000)  (490,198)
Income taxes      
Net (loss) $(231,000) $(490,198)
         
 
Revenues.  In the first half of 2005, ETT’s board decided to pursue a merger opportunity which diverted management and board attention from the growth of the business for most of 2005. During this period, ETT’s board and management focused on the merger opportunity. During the year ETT won $16.0 million of new orders. However, it also lost $16.0 million of business. This resulted in no net new orders, resulting in the 1.0% decrease in revenues.
 
Cost of Revenue.  The decrease in cost of revenues in 2005 compared to 2004 was partially related to the decrease in revenues of 1.0%. In addition, the gross margin percentage improved from 26.6% in 2004 to 29.4% in 2005. Part of this margin improvement was the result of economies of scale associated with higher levels of spending in 2005. In addition, in June 2005 services being provided to one client in the aggregate annual amount of $2.5 million were renewed for an additional 12 month term. At the time of the renewal, ETT was able to negotiate significantly reduced pricing from the underlying suppliers, resulting in a substantially improved gross margin associated with these services beginning in June 2005.
 
Selling Expenses.  Selling expenses in 2005 grew by 1.6% as compared with 2004, principally as a result of the recruitment of three new senior sales staff in the second half of 2005.
 
General and Administrative.  For the year ended December 31, 2005, average headcount for operations and administrative staff was 56, compared to 53 for 2004, resulting in an increase of $0.4 million, or 5.7%. Costs of newly recruited staff were higher than those who left the company, as ETT sought to recruit more senior staff to accommodate the growth and increasing complexity of the business. Recruitment costs in 2005 were 29.6% higher than in 2004 as a consequence of the above and the relatively high levels of staff attrition. Recruitment costs increased by $44,000. Temporary staff costs also increased by $26,000.
 
Income Taxes.  ETT paid no corporate tax in 2005 or 2004.
 
Net profit or loss.  ETT’s net loss decreased by $259,198, or 52.9%, from $490,198 in 2004 to $231,000 in 2005 for the reasons discussed above.


4445


 

 
Summary Quarterly Financial Data
 
The table below presents unaudited quarterly statement of operations data of ETT for each of the last eight quarters through September 30, 2006. This information has been derived from unaudited financial statements that have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements included elsewhere in this report and, in our opinion, includes all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, which are necessary for a fair presentation of the information.
 
                 
  Three Months Ended (Unaudited)
  Dec 31,
 March 31,
 June 30,
 Sept 30,
  2005 2006 2006 2006
 
Revenues $7,849,488  $8,045,313  $8,392,533  $8,280,571 
Gross profit  2,520,384   2,334,059   2,673,197   2,257,611 
Income (loss) from operations  (200,861)  (12,388)  (6,828)  (492,985)
Net income (loss)  (196,911)  (2,844)  3,379   (497,192)
Net income (loss) per share, basic and diluted $(0.00) $(0.00) $0.00  $(0.03)
 
                 
  Dec 31,
  Mar 31,
  June 30,
  Sept 30,
 
  2004  2005  2005  2005 
 
Revenues $8,633,250  $9,142,774  $9,042,067  $8,677,310 
Gross profit  2,429,259   2,339,443   2,743,210   2,601,707 
Income (loss) from operations  37,971   22,789   20,912   (77,645)
Net income (loss)  72,177   48,802   34,437   (117,328)
Net income (loss) per share, basic and diluted $0.00  $0.00  $0.00  $(0.00)
 
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
 
The Company does not have any off balance sheet financing.
 
Contractual Obligations and Commitments
 
The Company’s contractual obligations are set forth in the following table as of December 31, 2006:
 
                     
     Less Than
  1 - 3
  3 - 5
  More Than
 
Contractual Obligations
 Total  1 Year  Years  Years  5 Years 
 
Long-Term Debt $10,519,167  $602,500  $9,916,667  $  $ 
Conversion of common shares  11,311,658   11,311,658          
Operating Lease Obligations  5,201,163   1,099,965   1,988,150   1,632,640   480,408 
Purchase Obligations  35,343,005   21,786,107   12,742,559   791,220   23,119 
                     
Total
 $62,374,993  $34,800,230  $24,647,376  $2,423,860  $503,527 
                     
 
As of December 31, 2006, we had total contractual obligations of approximately $62.4 million. Of these obligations, approximately $35.3 million, or 57%, are supplier agreements associated with the telecommunications services that we have contracted to purchase from our vendors. Our contracts are such that the terms and conditions in the vendor and client customer contracts are substantially the same in terms of duration. Theback-to-back nature of our contracts means that the largest component of its contractual obligations is generally mirrored by its customer’s commitment to purchase the services associated with those obligations.
 
Approximately $10.5 million, or 17%, of the total contractual obligations are associated with principal due on promissory notes issued by the Company. Certain of these promissory notes (in the aggregate principal amount of approximately $5.9 million) issued to certain selling shareholders of GII and ETT as deferral for cash consideration payable in connection with the Acquisitions were originally due on June 30, 2007, but by amendment dated March 23, 2007, the maturity date of each of those promissory notes has been extended to April 30, 2008. Those


4546


 

promissory notes are therefore reflected in the obligations of the Company coming due during the period within the one to three year period following December 31, 2006.
 
Operating leases amount to $5.2 million, or 8% of total contractual obligations. They consist of building and car leases, with the commitments leased for over five years being the rental of our London headquarters, which is contracted until 2012. The London headquarters has total obligations of $2.1 million of total contractual obligations, which are payable evenly over the duration of the lease.
 
As of December 31, 2006, although we expected to pay a lesser amount based upon the number of shares delivered to us or our paying agent as of that date, we had recorded a liability of approximately $11.3 million (based upon a maximum possible conversion of approximately 2.1 million shares of former Class B common stock) in connection with the demands of certain holders of that stock who voted against the Acquisitions and elected conversion of their shares into a cash payment.
 
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2006 compared to the period from January 3, 2005 (inception) to December 31, 2005
 
Overview.  Revenues for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 were $10.5 million, resulting entirely from the operations of our subsidiaries following the Acquisitions. The cost of revenue for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 was $7.8 million, and gross margin was 25.7%. We had no significant operating activities for the period from January 3, 2005 (the date of its inception) through December 31, 2005, and therefore we had no revenues, cost of revenue, or gross margin during this period.
 
Operating expenses, depreciation, and amortization were $4.5 million for fiscal year 2006, representing an increase of $4.1 million over such expenses for the prior period. Operating income (loss) and net income (loss) for fiscal year 2006 were ($1.8 million) and ($1.8 million), respectively, as compared to ($0.4 million) and $1.4 million, respectively, for the prior period.


4647


 

BUSINESS
 
Overview
 
The Company was incorporated in Delaware on January 3, 2005 under the name Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp. to serve as a vehicle to effect a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition or other similar business combination with a then-unidentified operating business or businesses. On October 15, 2006, we acquired the outstanding capital stock of Global Internetworking, Inc., or GII, pursuant to a stock purchase agreement dated May 23, 2006, as amended. On the same date, we also acquired the outstanding voting stock of European Telecommunications & Technology Limited, or ETT, pursuant to an offer made to its stockholders under the laws of England and Wales. We refer to the acquisitions of GII and ETT herein collectively as the “Acquisitions.”
 
As a result of the Acquisitions, GII became the Americas operating subsidiary of the Company, and ETT became the European, Middle Eastern, and Asian, or EMEA, operating subsidiary of the Company. Both operating companies aremulti-network operators, or MNOs. MNOs are facilities-free, technology-neutral telecommunications providers. MNOs do not own the infrastructure upon which their services are provided. Instead, they procure network capacity from existing telecommunications carriers and integrate and resell this capacity to their customers, including enterprise customers, government agencies and other telecommunications carriers. MNOs are able to bundle services provided by a number of carriers, which typically allows them to offer highly customized, cost-efficient solutions for their customers, many of whom have complex communications requirements. The MNO model is also typically attractive to customers with diverse or international telecommunications requirements.
 
GII and ETT were both founded in 1998, and prior to the Acquisitions, each company’s primary business was the design, delivery, and management of data networks and value-added services. Building upon this foundation, as of December 1, 2007, we acted as a global supplier for over 200 customers to more than 70 countries. We conduct business not by relying upon the services of any one supplier, network or technology, but rather by leveraging a wide variety of rapidly evolving terrestrial, wireless and satellite technologies available from a broad set of suppliers. To support this model and deliver our services in a cost-efficient manner, as of December 1, 2007, we had entered into purchasing agreements with over 100 suppliers and had collected information from dozens more in order to identify more than 100,000 individual locations where network providers can deliver higher-speed fiber-optic services. We have developed a proprietary suite of network planning, management and pricing software that analyzes options from among these various networks in order to identify optimal choices for design and procurement in any given case. These assets enable us to provide integrated solutions based on individual customer requirements rather than the constraints of a fixed physical network infrastructure, and to maintain a scalable, capital-efficient business model more aligned with our customers’ cost-saving objectives.
 
Limitations of Traditional Network Solutions
 
Notwithstanding recent consolidation in the telecommunications sector, there are many industry participants, including service providers, technology vendors and networks, serving various geographic regions and supporting different types of network technologies. In this multiple vendor and multiple technology landscape, a customer’s ability to obtain telecommunications and outsourced managed network services is hindered by the fact that no single service provider owns a complete and comprehensive network to service all conceivable users. Therefore, to provide completeend-to-end solutions to their clients, service providers must interconnect their networks with and purchase services from other service providers. Moreover, in such a service environment, we believe that facilities-based telecommunications carriers may not have incentives to provide complete “arms-length” management of the network connectivity and technology on behalf of their customers due to those carriers’ fundamental interests in maximizing use of their own existing network facilities. These conditions can create problems for both wholesale and retail business customers of high capacity network connectivity, managed network services and telecommunications-related professional services.


4748


 

 
Our target customer base includes telecommunications carriers, which resell our services to their end-user customers, as well as business enterprise customers that use our services for their own corporate networks. For any given wholesale or enterprise customer, we believe that the problems associated with traditional network solutions may include:
 
 • significant time and expense related to sourcing, purchasing, interconnecting and managing high capacity network services purchased from multiple network service providers to meet a particular set of requirements;
 
 • diversion of time, money and executive focus from managing the carrier’s own network to finding and managing supplemental connectivity from other suppliers;
 
 • inability to obtain required levels of technical support and service from external vendors;
 
 • technical or administrative limitations in maintaining, monitoring and restoring service over network segments provided by multiple carriers;
 
 • the fact that their business requirements may not correspond to any one service provider’s telecommunications network;
 
 • lack of experience and information with respect to competitive network service providers, alternative technologies and optimal systems;
 
 • lack of systems and processes to efficiently manage multiple network service provider vendors;
 
 • a lack of experience in obtaining and integrating international telecommunications services for overseas business operations;
 
 • diversion of time, money and energy from core business activities to non-core activities such as designing, managing and maintaining an enterprise wide-area network; and
 
 • inability to design diverse and redundant network connections for business continuity.
 
We believe that businesses are increasingly attracted to the idea of using focused external “one stop shop” providers to manage the diversity of national and international networks and the competing communications technologies they use. An increasing demand for bundled, high-quality solutions that offer multi-location connectivity coupled with value-added services has spurred the demand for companies such as ours, which can identify network service options and negotiate bandwidth deals with facilities-based operators on behalf of its customers.
 
Our Services
 
Through our operating subsidiaries, we provide the following services, integrated into three primary categories:
 
 • Data Connectivity:  This category includespoint-to-point connectivity services such as United States and international private lines, ethernet, dedicated internet access, wavelengths and dark fiber. In many cases, these connectivity services could be considered “managed” in that they often require the integration and management by the Company of multiple vendor networks within a single solution. This category also includes more value-added services, such as access aggregation and hubbing, which seek to improve cost efficiency and capacity management of individual circuit requirements. Examples include multi-hub solutions (which permit carriers and enterprises to aggregate capacity and order further circuits on an “as-needed” basis) and gateway hub solutions (which provideinternational-to-United States (or vice versa) standard rate conversion as well as aggregation). From time to time, we also sell equipment to assist with customer networking requirements.
 
 • Managed Network Services:  These services include engineering solutions tailored to a customer’s needs with respect to matters such as network deployment, monitoring of network systems, and management and maintenance of those networks. Examples include roaming Internet access for enterprise customers, co-location and related environmental and power support for equipment, network security solutions, outsourced


4849


 

 management of networks or circuits, and deployment of private managed networks to replace or supplement existingpoint-to-point connectivity across multiple sites.
 
 • Professional Services:  These services include providing guidance and analysis to customers on network- and telecommunications-related requirements such as network design, continuity planning, facilities management and cost and traffic management and analysis.
 
Our Strategy
 
Our objective is to facilitate the worldwide deployment of bandwidth-intensive applications such as those described above by providing customer-centric, facilities-neutral telecommunications, managed network and information network products, services and solutions. To achieve this objective, we intend to:
 
 • continue to improve a systems-based service activation and service assurance capability in support of our customer base;
 
 • engage network solutions for our customers by selectively deploying network assets in support of specific customer requirements;
 
 • continue to develop products and market branding in order to supply our sales force with a focusedgo-to-market suite of service offerings;
 
 • foster greater penetration into existing customer accounts through sophisticated professional and consultative services in support of each customer’s unique network requirements, with the aim of serving as an extension of the customer’s own information technology or network planning organizations;
 
 • continue to establish wholesale bandwidth purchasing agreements with additional facilities-based telecommunications carriers and service providers;
 
 • expand our penetration of growing wholesale and retail customer segments, such as wireless network operators, cable television network operators, federal government agencies and medium to large multinational enterprises;
 
 • continue to expand and populate our databases and network planning software with network location and pricing information;
 
 • continue to stimulate demand for network services via our on-line tools; and
 
 • leverage our network planning and optimization capabilities into emerging network technologies and value-added services such as VoIP, security solutions, satellite platforms, broadband wireless and multiprotocol label switching.
 
Our Solutions
 
We believe we can offer the following key benefits and value propositions to customers:
 
Carrier- and technology-neutral approach.  Because we do not maintain a fixed network infrastructure or set of technology preferences, we can provide customers with an arms-length approach to identifying and fulfulling their wide-area network requirements. We do not have to steer customers to particular technologies or solutions to maintain network utilization, and we are incented to help customers find cost-effective solutions to their requirements. We have purchasing contracts in place with over 100 United States and international suppliers. In addition, we have compiled a proprietary database of key contact, network locationand/or service capability information on more than 160 carriers, including information regarding how and where they interconnect with one another. Collectively, we believe that these agreements, relationships and industry data represent a significant competitive asset, developed over more than eight years.
 
Outsourced network management expertise.  We have developed significant process, technical and systems expertise related to the design, optimization and management of complex data networks worldwide. We have assembled an extensive and proprietary database of network infrastructure and integrated it with proprietary network design and management tools. We have recruited a team with significant technical,


4950


 

management and process expertise. Taken as a whole, we believe these assets give us the ability to effectively and efficiently manage the networks of business enterprise and wholesale customers throughout our markets. We also both consult as to the design of network solutions and implement the solutions. We believe that this ability will be in particular demand as networks become more complex and more critical to the overall performance of businesses; moreover, as networking demands become more international in scope, we believe the global perspective we can offer through our bases of operations in the United States and Europe will be attractive to customers.
 
Automation.  Because our carrier-neutral approach requires significant analysis of solution options across a variety of networks, we have developed several proprietary, integrated software programs, web-based interfaces and specialized databases to design and manage customer solutions efficiently. We employ our own IT development team, which consists of programmers and software designers with telecommunications experience. This team has developed two proprietary software tools that are integrated with one another:
 
 • Consolidated Management Database, or CMDTM, is our internally developed operations support system. It supports life cycle management of services starting with design and initial quotation, through ordering, provisioning, activation, maintenance and any ultimate disconnection. It is also used as a central, searchable database of location, capacity, service type, contactand/or pricing information for numerous carriers and network locations. The CMD system has been primarily used by our Americas operating company to date, and we are integrating it into our EMEA operations as well.
 
 • POP2POP® is our web-based connectivity pricing and price quote management portal. It is used by customers and prospects to obtain and manage price quotes for their high capacity bandwidth requirements. Our associated website, POP2POP.com, allows authorized users to receive a valid price quote in seconds, rather than hours or days, for private line requirements throughout the United States and from the United States to multiple foreign locations. We believe this can present a particular benefit to customers that resell services to their end customers and need to respond quickly to sales opportunities.
 
We believe that CMD and POP2POP represent significant competitive assets in that they help to automate solution design and pricing and enable efficient sharing and storage of information both among our personnel and with customers.
 
Turn-key service.  We can provide a single point of contact for design, installation and management of high capacity network services in many places throughout the world, including remote markets. We believe this capability is particularly attractive to multinational enterprise customers in that we can generate time, effort and cost savings for those customers who might otherwise be forced to put aside their own business and devote internal resources to assess the capacity, availability and pricing of services from multiple vendors, negotiate purchase arrangements with multiple carriers, manage service and maintenance relationships with multiple carriers, and potentially pay higher prices associated with a piecemeal approach to purchasing.
 
Cost efficiency.  We design each solution by seeking cost-effective options from the variety of service route options available. We believe this capability can provide a significant benefit for customers compared with working with facilities-based carriers that may be constrained by the need and desire to make use of their owned infrastructure. Whereas facilities-based carriers may need to utilize expensive “last mile” connections from their own networks to provide service to end user customers, by virtue of our facilities-neutral approach, our focus upon alternate solution options, and the capabilities of some of the systems and databases we utilize, we may be able to more easily identify a more optimal combination of networks that could be more efficient and cost-effective for our customers.
 
Network diversity.  Our industry expertise coupled with our database of network routes and facilities can enable us to design solutions that help secure required resiliency for customers. We may be able to secure carrier and route-diverse solutions, for example, which help provide a greater level of network redundancy. We believe this capability can present a significant benefit for customers in contrast to working with facilities-based carriers that often promote only one physical route to connect two or more network locations.


5051


 

 
Customer support.  We assign a project manager to each solution we provide. This project manager is a single point of contact for customers and addresses issues that may arise during the provisioning, installation and maintenance process. The project manager also acts on behalf of the customer in all dealings with all underlying vendors. In addition, our online service management tools allow customers to log in via a web portal and review the status of their services.
 
Network management.  We provide a single point of contact for24-hour-a-day,7-day-a-week network management across multiple vendor networks. We believe this capability can provide a significant benefit for customers relative to working with a facilities-based carrier that often will only take responsibility for the portion of a service it provides directly, which would otherwise force the customer to interface with multiple carriers on a single circuit to obtain trouble resolution. Our network management service is a resource intensive effort for most industry participants.
 
Integration of hardware, software and telecommunications services.  Just as we take a vendor-neutral approach in selecting the underlying telecommunications infrastructure for our solutions, we adopt a similar technology-neutral approach when considering hardware, software and management solutions in providing a managed network service to customers.
 
Our Customers
 
As of December 31, 2007, our customer base was comprised of over 200 businesses that are heavy users of high-bandwidth telecommunications services. These customers included Fortune 100 companies, some of which are in the global banking, manufacturing, communications, and media industries. For the year ended December 31, 2006, no single customer accounted for more than 10% of our total consolidated revenues. Our four largest customers accounted for approximately 26.5% of consolidated revenues during this period.
 
As of December 31, 2007, we provided services to over 70 countries, with the ability to expand into new geographic areas by adding new regional partners and suppliers. Service expansion is largely customer-driven. For example, our EMEA operating company designed, implemented, and delivered, and has been subsequently managing and monitoring, a fiber-ring network around the Caribbean for an existing customer. Similarly, our Americas operating company expanded into Canada and established several new supplier relationships to support a single Internet Service Provider customer in establishing connections to multiple locations throughout the country. We will, however, decline contracts for geographic regions where infrastructure sourcing is overly challenging or when other legal or economic factors make it such that we may not be able to compete effectively against the local incumbent.
 
For the year ended December 31, 2006, approximately 45.5% of our consolidated revenues were attributable to our operations based in the United States, 24.5% were attributable to operations based in the United Kingdom, 16% were attributable to operations based in Germany, and 14% were attributable to other countries. No single country other than these three accounted for a material portion of our consolidated revenues by customer location during this period.
 
Our customer contracts for connectivity or managed services generally provide for initial terms ranging from one to three years, with some contracts also ranging up to five years or more in duration. Following the initial terms, these agreements typically renew automatically for successivemonth-to-month or other (e.g., quarterly or annual) specified periods, but can often be terminated by the customer without cause upon relatively little notice (e.g., thirty days) during such renewal periods. Our prices are fixed for the duration of the contract, and we typically bill in advance for such services. If a customer terminates its agreement, the terms of our customer contracts typically allow for full recovery of any amounts due from the customer for the remainder of the term (or at a minimum, our liability to the underlying suppliers).
 
Our Suppliers
 
As of December 31, 2007, we had purchase agreements with over 100 regional and international suppliers from whom we source bandwidth and other services to meet our customers’ requirements. We also have the capability and knowledge of the market to be able to identify and contract with other providers on an “as-needed”


5152


 

basis to support new requirements as they arise and as flexibility demands. By partnering with these suppliers rather than owning proprietary network infrastructure, we can provide customers with the flexibility to choose an efficient core connectivity provider at each location without the need to manage multiple contracts. For example, on a domestic United States or international long-haul connection, we often contract with three different suppliers: two local suppliers at each end of the connection and another operator providing the international connection between them.
 
As suppliers become familiar with our business model, some provide us with updated information periodically in electronic format which allows us to maintain our databases with a minimum of manual intervention. From time to time, we enter into long-term contracts, commonly referred to as master service agreements, with suppliers for the supply and installation of network capacity and other services under terms and conditions that may vary from their normally priced offerings. Under a master service agreement, each service provided by a supplier has its own term, generally ranging from one to five years, and is governed by the terms and conditions set forth in the master service agreement. If we terminate a contract with a supplier with respect to a particular service, we are generally liable for termination charges that can equal up to the entire amount payable over the remaining term of the contract for that circuit.
 
We have supplier management teams within our operations groups in London, England and in McLean, Virginia. These teams are supported by our information technology and legal groups, which are responsible for acquiring updated pricing and physical location information from vendors and negotiating buy-side contracts with these vendors when appropriate. We are committed to using top-tier suppliers, and our suppler management team monitors candidate products and supplier performance.
 
Sales and Marketing
 
Sales Overview
 
Buyers and users of high capacity network solutions often depend on our sales personnel to gather and analyze their requirements, develop proposed solutions and negotiate commercial business terms with them. Depending on its complexity, we expect that the sales cycle for a solution can require significant sales activity and on-going presales support. The average sales cycle can take between six weeks for sales to existing customers and six months for sales to larger new customers. Because the market is highly competitive, we believe that personal relationships and quality of service delivery remain extremely important, both in establishing an initial sales relationship and in winning repeat customer business.
 
We therefore sell our services largely through a direct sales force located in the Washington, D.C. area, London, Düsseldorf, New York, Paris, Miami, and New Delhi. Geographic expansion of new sales and support offices is largely customer-driven as we strive to maintain a lean sales infrastructure. As of December 31, 2007, our global sales organization comprised 38 employees, with 20 of these being based in the United States. Most sales representatives have an average of five to ten years of experience in selling to multinational corporations, other enterprises and service providers and carriers. Most sales employees earn a base salary, with a sales commission based upon the revenueand/or gross margin associated with each service order. All sales employees are quota-carrying. We also employ several sales engineers to provide presales support to our sales representatives in designing solutions that are responsive to the customer’s requirements.
 
New customers typically start with one service, usually simple bandwidth, often on uncommon or“hard-to-reach” routes and then often gradually add services over time once they have had the opportunity to experience our service quality, reliability, and devotion to customer service. Our sales team works closely with our technical staff on an ongoing basis following receipt of a customer’s initial order to seek out additional opportunities within each customer on which we can be of service.
 
As of December 31, 2007, approximately 74% of our customer contracts had been signed for initial one-year, renewable terms, approximately 25% were for two years or more, and approximately 1% had been signed for an initial commitment of less than one year.


5253


 

 
Marketing Overview
 
As of December 31, 2007, we employed one full-time employee to direct our marketing efforts. We believe that our marketing efforts are best focused on generating business through industry contacts and long-term relationships with existing customers. Our marketing activities are therefore focused on building awareness and interest in our business model, our track record for performance and our value proposition among key influencers and decision makers within the largest purchasers of high capacity network solutions.
 
To accomplish this goal, we have implemented an integrated marketing plan that delivers its message across the following vehicles:
 
 • Industry trade shows and conferences.  We attend industry-specific trade shows such as the European Competitive Telecommunications Association, the India IT Forum Conference, CompTel, the Global Telecom Market Forum, the Institute of Telecom Resellers in Europe and Pacific Telecommunications Council.
 
 • Press releases, speaking engagements and contributed articles.  We seek to publicize our accomplishments, perspectives and expertise by getting editorial placement in trade magazines and on-line publications, and speaking engagements at industry events.
 
 • Web-based marketing.  Our corporate website and the POP2POP.com pricing portal are key sources of leads.
 
Operations
 
Our operations team supports our service delivery efforts in three critical respects:
 
Network Operations.  The network operations function consists of three parts: project management, service provisioning and network maintenance. Project management is responsible for ensuring the successful implementation of a customer service, once a sale has been executed. A project manager is assigned to each customer requirement to ensure that the underlying network facilities required for the solution are ordered, that the customer is provided with status reports on its requirements, and that problems related to the requirement are addressed. Service provisioning is responsible for ensuring the physical interconnection, testing and activation of customer requirements. Network maintenance is responsible for receiving, tracking, prioritizing and resolving all network outages or other customer troubles. Certain operational personnel within the Company may support several or all three of these functions within the context of a given order.
 
IT Development and Corporate.  Our IT team is responsible for the development and maintenance of our internal OSS applications and databases, our corporate website, the POP2POP.com pricing portal and internal user support.
 
Supplier Management.  Our supplier management team is responsible for identifying and seeking out bids from suppliers to support specific sales opportunities, acquiring updated pricing and physical location information from existing and prospective vendors, inputting this information into our databases to support identification of efficient network solutions in response to customer demands, and negotiating buy-side contracts with these vendors as appropriate and necessary.
 
Competition
 
We face competition within each segment of our addressable market. Our competition generally falls into three general categories: competitors with similar business models, more traditional, facilities-based providers and in-house sourcing by the prospective customer itself.
 
Competitors with Similar Business Models.  There are companies with business models that are similar to ours. Specifically, these companies resell, integrate and manage the capacity of other telecommunications network providers and in some cases also provide value-added managed and professional services to enterprises, systems integrators, and government clients. Examples include Vanco PLC, Last Mile Connections and TNCI, Inc. Like us,


5354


 

these entities sell high-capacity communications circuits and other services to enterprises, service providers and government agencies.
 
In addition, in selling roaming Internet access services, we compete with other providers of such services, such as Azzuri Communications and Armadillo UK Ltd. We compete with these companies in terms of quality of service and functionality, such as the provision of value-added services like enhanced security functions.
 
Facilities-Based Competitors.  The second type of competition we face, more specifically with respect to connectivity than managed services or professional services, comes from the wholesale and retail business divisions of facilities-based carriers.
 
In some cases, different business units within these carriers are also our customersand/or our suppliers. These competitors fall into the following categories:
 
 • Incumbent Local Exchange Carriers.  This category includes companies that are regulated service providers in certain geographies, such as British Telecom, Deutsche Telecom/T-Systems, Qwest, Verizon and AT&T, as well as smaller incumbent carriers in the United States such as CenturyTel, Citizens, and Valor.
 
 • Long-Haul/Long-Distance Carriers.  This category consists of carriers that provide service between metropolitan markets in the United States and internationally, including Global Crossing and Level 3. In certain cases, where our services include a component that relies upon satellite technology, the competition in this category may also include major providers of data satellite services such as Intelsat or Immarsat.
 
 • Competitive Metro Access Providers and Competitive Local Exchange Carriers.  This category consists of competitive, non-incumbent carriers that provide service within metropolitan markets in the United States or international locations. Companies in this category include XO Communications, PaeTec, and Time Warner Telecom.
 
 • Managed Service Providers.  This category consists of companies that have their own backboneand/or access networks, but do not necessarily operate as traditional carriers with respect to the kinds of services they provide. Examples include Infonet Services (now part of BT) and Equant (part of France Telecom). In addition, our colocation, network security services and other managed service solutions may compete with major colocation and data center providers, firewall and security providers, and helpdesk and IT management service organizations.
 
We believe that each competitor’s long-term success in the market will be driven by its available resources, such as financial, personnel, marketing and customers, and the effectiveness of its business model, such as services and product mix, cost effectiveness, ability to adapt to new technologies and channel effectiveness. We are not aware of our exact competitive position in the market, although we believe that our relative share of the market is small. Many of our competitors are substantially larger, established companies with significantly more market share than we possess. We believe that businesses in our market compete, in the case of wholesale customers, primarily on the basis of price and quality of service, and in the case of enterprise customers, primarily on the basis of quality of service, technology and, to a lesser extent, price. We believe that we compete effectively in these areas.
 
Service and Network Disruptions
 
We maintain a global network operations center in London, England that operates 24 hours a day, seven days a week and monitors and analyzes our service networks in order to quickly identify any network disruptions and attempt to ensure that such disruptions are minimized. In the event of a network disruption, we typically work with the applicable supplier(s) to identify the issue so that the supplier(s) can promptly solve the problem. In the rare event of a supplier ceasing its network operations or having a major issue on a segment of its network, we are generally able to re-provision capacity via alternative routes or technologies as necessary in a reasonably timely manner under the circumstances.
 
We also address our risks associated with service and network disruptions through our contracts with customers and suppliers. Our customer contracts typically permit a specified level of network unavailability, and provide for fee credits if the specified level is exceeded. Our corresponding contracts with suppliers typically


5455


 

include provisions specifying similar if not identical service levels and providing for generally equivalent credits. Accordingly, to the extent that we are obligated to provide fee credits to our customers based on network disruptions, we are typically entitled to a corresponding credit from the applicable supplier.
 
Government Regulation
 
In connection with certain of our service offerings, we may be subject to federal, state, and foreign regulations. United States federal laws and Federal Communications Commission, or FCC, regulations generally apply to interstate telecommunications and international telecommunications that originate or terminate in the United States, while state laws and regulations apply to telecommunications transmissions ultimately terminating within the same state as the point of origination. A foreign country’s laws and regulations apply to telecommunications that originate or terminate in, or in some instances traverse, that country. The regulation of the telecommunications industry is changing rapidly and varies from state to state and from country to country.
 
Where certification or licensing is required, carriers are required to comply with certain ongoing responsibilities. For example, we are required to submit periodic reports to the FCC and to many of the state commissions relating to the provision of services within the relevant jurisdiction. Another ongoing responsibility relates to the payment of regulatory fees and the collection and remittance of surcharges and fees associated with the provision of telecommunications services. Some of our services are subject to these assessments depending upon the jurisdiction, the type of service, and the type of customer.
 
Because we purchase telecommunications services from other carriers, our cost of doing business can be affected by changes in regulatory policies affecting these other carriers. For example, in January 2005, the FCC released a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking to initiate a comprehensive review of rules governing the pricing of special access service offered by incumbent local exchange carriers subject to price cap regulation, such as AT&T and Verizon. The FCC tentatively concluded that it should continue to permit certain levels of pricing flexibility for these incumbents where competitive market forces are sufficient to constrain special access prices. However, the FCC will examine and seek comment on whether the current triggers for pricing flexibility accurately assess competition and whether certain aspects of special access offerings are unreasonable, such as basing discounts on previous volumes of service, tying certain charges and penalties to term commitments, and imposing use restrictions in connection with discounts. The matter is still pending before the FCC. In another matter, the FCC failed to take action by a March 2006 deadline on a Verizon petition for forbearance from certain regulatory requirements with respect to broadband transmission facilities used to serve large business customers. It therefore appears that Verizon has, by operation of law, been relieved of certain common carrier obligations on these facilities. Review of the default grant has been requested in the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia, but if it is not reversed, the relief granted to Verizon could be extended to other incumbents. Particularly in light of the fact that the petition was granted by operation of law and no FCC order was released, it is unclear what impact, if any, this action could have on either the cost of certain access facilities or on competition for certain business customers in the marketplace. Qwest and AT&T have also filed similar requests for forbearance at the FCC seeking the same relief as that which apparently was granted to Verizon.
 
In December 2006, in connection with approval of the merger of AT&T and BellSouth, the FCC accepted a condition to the merger proposed by AT&T and BellSouth that would require the new company to reduce its rates on certain special access services for 48 months. The time period was subsequently reduced by the FCC to 39 months.
 
Federal Regulation
 
Generally, the FCC has chosen not to heavily regulate the charges or practices of non-dominant carriers. For example, we are not required to tariff the interstate interexchange private line services we provide, but instead need only to post terms and conditions for such services on our website. In providing certain telecommunications services, however, we may remain subject to the regulatory requirements applicable to common carriers, such as providing services at just and reasonable rates, filing the requisite reports, and paying regulatory fees and contributing to universal service. The FCC also releases orders and takes other actions from time to time that modify the regulations applicable to services provided by carriers such as us; these orders and actions can result in additional (or reduced) reporting or payments requirements or changes in the relative rights and obligations of


5556


 

carriers with respect to services they provide to each other or to other categories of customers. These changes in regulation can affect the services that we provide and, in some instances, may affect demand for our services.
 
State Regulation
 
The Telecommunications Act generally prohibits state and local governments from enforcing any law, rule, or legal requirement that prohibits or has the effect of prohibiting any person from providing any interstate or intrastate telecommunications service. However, states retain jurisdiction to adopt regulations necessary to preserve universal service, protect public safety and welfare, ensure the continued quality of communications services, and safeguard the rights of consumers. Generally, each carrier must obtain and maintain certificates of authority from regulatory bodies in states in which it offers intrastate telecommunications services. In most states, a carrier must also file and obtain prior regulatory approval of tariffs containing the rates, terms and conditions of service for its regulated intrastate services. A state may also impose telecommunications regulatory fees, fees related to the support for universal service, and other costs and reporting obligations on providers of services in that state. Our Americas operating company is currently authorized to provide intrastate services in more than 20 states and the District of Columbia as an interexchange carrierand/or a competitive local provider.
 
Foreign Regulation
 
Generally speaking, provision to U.S. customers of international telecommunications services originating or terminating in the United States is governed by the FCC. In addition, the regulatory requirements to operate within a foreign country or to provide services to customers within that foreign country vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction, although in some significant respects regulation in the Western European markets is harmonized under the regulatory structure of the European Union. As opportunities arise in particular nations, we may need to apply for and acquire various authorizations to operate and provide certain kinds of telecommunications services. Although some countries require complex applications procedures for authorizationsand/or impose certain reporting and fee payment requirements, others simply require registration with or notification to the regulatory agency, and some simply operate through general authorization with no filing requirement at all.
 
Intellectual Property
 
We do not own any patent registrations, applications or licenses. We maintain and protect trade secrets, know-how and other proprietary information regarding many of our business processes and related systems and databases. Our Americas operating company holds United States trademark registrations for its former Global Internetworking brand and its POP2POP mark.
 
We enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, customers, vendors, and partners, and we control access to, and distribution of, our proprietary information. Our intellectual property may be misappropriated or a third party may independently develop similar intellectual property. Moreover, the laws of certain foreign countries, including many of the countries within which we operate or to which we terminate services, may not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as do the laws of the United States. Unauthorized use of any of our proprietary information could seriously harm our business.


5657


 

Properties
 
We are headquartered in McLean, Virginia. Our Americas operating company leases the office facility in McLean, Virginia that serves as our corporate headquarters and as its base of operations. Our EMEA operating company is based in London, England, and leases office space to support sales offices in Düsseldorf, Germany; New York, New York; Paris, France; and New Delhi, India.
 
Our corporate headquarters facility in McLean is subject to a ten-year lease expiring on December 31, 2014. The lease with respect to our European headquarters in London expires on June 20, 2012, although we have a tenant’s option to terminate the lease with respect to the London office effective as of June 23, 2008 on six months’ prior written notice. We do not own any real estate. Our management believes that the Company’s properties, taken as a whole, are in good operating condition and are suitable for its business operations. As we expand our business into new markets, we expect to lease additional colocation facilities and potentially sales office facilities.
 
Legal Proceedings
 
The Company is not currently subject to any material legal proceedings. From time to time, however, we or our operating companies may be involved in legal actions arising from normal business activities.
 
Employees
 
As of December 31, 2007, we had a total of 78 employees. None of our employees are represented by labor unions. We believe that relations with our employees are good.


5758


 

MANAGEMENT
Our executive officers and their respective ages and positions as of December 31, 2007 are as follows:
     
Name Age Position
Richard D. Calder, Jr.* 44 Chief Executive Officer and Director
Kevin J. Welch * 43 Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
H. Brian Thompson 68 Chairman of the Board and Executive Chairman
S. Joseph Bruno 59 Director
Didier Delepine 60 Director
Rhodric C. Hackman 60 Director
Howard Janzen 53 Director
D. Michael Keenan 53 Director
Morgan E. O’Brien 63 Director
Sudhakar Shenoy 60 Director
Theodore B. Smith, III 44 Director
 
* Denotes an executive officer
     Richard D. Calder, Jr.has served as our Chief Executive Officer and Director since May 2007. Prior to joining us, from 2004 to 2006, Mr. Calder served as President & Chief Operating Officer of InPhonic, Inc., a publicly-traded online seller of wireless services and products. From 2001 to 2003, Mr. Calder served in a variety of executive roles for Broadwing Communications, Inc., including as President — Business Enterprises and Carrier Markets. From 1996 to 2001, Mr. Calder held several senior management positions with Winstar Communications, ultimately serving as President of the company’s South Division. In 1994, Mr. Calder helped to co-found Go Wireless, a wireless communications company, and served as its Vice President of Corporate Development from its founding until 1996. Prior to co-founding Go Wireless, Mr. Calder held a variety of marketing, business development, and engineering positions within MCI Communications, Inc. and Tellabs, Inc. Mr. Calder holds a Masters in Business Administration from Harvard Business School and received his Bachelor of Science in Electrical Engineering from Yale University.
     Kevin Welchhas served as our Chief Financial Officer since January 2007. Prior to joining us, Mr. Welch served as Senior Vice President and Treasurer of Meristar Hospitality Corporation, a public real estate investment trust focusing on hotels and resorts in the United States, from December 2004 to May 2006. From August 2003 to October 2004, Mr. Welch served as Chief Financial Officer of Landmat International, a privately held wireless applications developer. From 1995 to 2003, Mr. Welch worked for Qwest Communications (including LCI International, Inc prior to its acquisition by Qwest in 1999). Before LCI International, Mr. Welch worked for MCI Telecommunications from 1989 to 1995. Mr. Welch holds a Masters in Business Administration from Georgetown University and received his Bachelor of Science from Colorado School of Mines.

58


     H. Brian Thompson has served as Chairman of our Board of Directors since January 2005 and as our Executive Chairman since October 2006. From January 2005 to October 2006, Mr. Thompson also served as our Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Thompson served as Chairman of Comsat International, Inc., one of the largest independent telecommunications operators serving Latin America from December 2002 until the company was acquired by British Telecom in June 2007. Since October 1998, Mr. Thompson has also served as the Co-Chairman for the Americas of the Global Information Infrastructure Commission, a multinational organization comprised of international communication industry professionals. From March 1999 to September 2000, Mr. Thompson was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Global TeleSystems, Inc. (formerly Global TeleSystems Group, Inc.), a provider of broadband, internet and voice services, serving businesses and carriers throughout Europe. Mr. Thompson currently serves as a member of the board of directors of the following public companies: Axcelis Technologies, Inc. (NASDAQ: ACLS), ICO Global Communications (Holdings) Limited (NASDAQ: ICOG), Penske Automotive Group, Inc. (NYSE: PAG), and Sonus Networks, Inc. (NASDAQ: SONS). Mr. Thompson serves as a member of the Irish Prime Minister’s Ireland-America Economic Advisory Board. Mr. Thompson received a B.S. from the University of Massachusetts and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.
     S. Joseph Brunohas been a Director since May 2007. Mr. Bruno has served since 2003 as President of Building Hope, a not-for-profit organization affiliated with Sallie Mae and focused on helping charter schools in Washington, DC secure low-cost facilities and expand enrollment. From 2001 to 2004, Mr. Bruno served as Senior Consultant-eHealth Division of BCE Emergis, an eCommerce service provider in the health and financial services sectors, where he focused on financial reporting, mergers and acquisitions, and tax compliance. From 2000 to 2002, Mr. Bruno also served as Director — International Operations for Carey International. From 1995 to 2000, Mr. Bruno was Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Secretary of United Payors & United Providers, Inc., a publicly-traded service provider in the health care industry. From 1989 to 1995, he was a partner at Coopers & Lybrand LLP, an international public accounting firm. From 1986 to 1989, Mr. Bruno served as Senior Vice President of Operations and Chief Financial Officer of Jurgovan & Blair, Inc., a health care and information technology services provider, and from 1971 to 1986, he was employed by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, an international public accounting firm, including six years as a partner. Mr. Bruno currently serves on the boards of the DC Prep Charter School, the DC Public Charter School Association, Georgetown University Hospital, Intergroup Service Corporation, and the Center City Consortium. Mr. Bruno has been a certified public accountant since 1972. Mr. Bruno received a B.A. in Finance and Accounting from the University of Maryland.

59


     Didier Delepinehas been a Director since October 2006. Mr. Delepine served as president and Chief Executive Officer of Equant NV, a global networking and managed communications solution provider to multinational corporations from 1998 to 2003. From 1995 to 1998, he served as president and Chief Executive Officer of Equant’s Network Services division. Mr. Delepine began his career at SITA, the global telecommunications and technology organization supporting the world’s airlines. From 1987 to 1997, as Senior Vice President in charge of the global network, he led the network development, investments and operation. He also served as chairman and president of ITS Americas, a company specializing in LAN/WAN integration and facility management for U.S. corporations. Mr. Delepine is a member of the board of directors of Viatel Ltd., and is a member of the board of advisors of CSMG-Adventis and of Ciena Corporation. Mr. Delepine previously served on the boards of directors of Intelsat Ltd (2003 to 2005) and Eircom Ltd (2003 to 2006) until their privatizations.
     Rhodric C. Hackmanhas been a Director since January 2005 and from January 2005 to October 2006 served as our President and Secretary. In October 1999, Mr. Hackman co-founded Mercator Capital L.L.C., a merchant and investment bank focused on communications, media and technology. Mr. Hackman has been a partner of Mercator Capital and its affiliates since formation. Mr. Hackman received a B.S. from the United States Naval Academy and an M.B.A. from Cornell University.
     Howard E. Janzenhas been a Director since October 2006. Mr. Janzen has served as Chief Executive Officer of One Communications, a privately-held competitive local telecommunications service provider, since March 2007. Mr. Janzen previously served as President of Sprint’s Business Solutions Group, a division of Sprint Corporation serving business customers, from January 2004 to September 2005. From May 2003 to January 2004, Mr. Janzen served as President of Sprint’s Global Markets Group, a division of Sprint serving both consumer and business customers. From October 2002 to May 2003, Mr. Janzen served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Janzen Ventures, Inc., a private equity firm. From 1994 to October 2002, Mr. Janzen served as President and Chief Executive Officer, and from 2001 to October 2002 as Chairman, of Williams Communications Group, Inc., a technology company, which emerged from bankruptcy in October 2002 as WilTel Communications Group, Inc. Williams Communications Group, Inc. filed a voluntary petition for reorganization under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code in April 2002. Mr. Janzen currently serves on the board of directors of Sonus Networks, Inc., Vocera Communications, Inc., Anyware Mobile Solutions, a division of Macrosolve Inc. and Exanet, Inc. Mr. Janzen holds B.S. and M.S degrees in Metallurgical Engineering from the Colorado School of Mines.

59


     D. Michael Keenanhas been a Director since October 2006, and served as our Chief Executive Officer from October 2006 to February 2007. Mr. Keenan co-founded Global Internetworking, Inc., which is now a subsidiary of the Company, and was its Chief Executive Officer from 1998 to 2006. Mr. Keenan holds a B.S.B.A. in Finance from the University of Colorado.
     Morgan O’Brienhas been a Director since October 2006 and from January 2005 to October 2006 served as a Special Advisor to the Company. Mr. O’Brien is a co-founder and Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Cyren Call Communications, a new venture seeking to create a nationwide, seamless, ultra-broadband network for public safety communications. Mr. O’Brien was the co-founder of Nextel Communications, Inc. in 1987 and served as its Chairman from 1987 to 1995, and then as Vice-Chairman until its merger with Sprint Communications in 2005. Recently Mr. O’Brien was inducted into the Washington Business Hall of Fame. He currently serves on the board of trustees of The Field School in Washington, D.C. and as a member of the Law Board of Northwestern University School of Law. Mr. O’Brien received an A.B. in Classical Studies from Georgetown University and a law degree from Northwestern University.
     Sudhakar Shenoyhas been a Director since October 2006. Mr. Shenoy is the Founder and has been the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Information Management Consultants, Inc., a business solutions and technology provider to the government, business, health and life science sectors, since January 1981. Mr. Shenoy is a member of the Non Resident Indian Advisory Group that advises the Prime Minister of India on strategies for attracting foreign direct investment. Mr. Shenoy was selected for the United States Presidential Trade and Development Mission to India in 1995. From 2002 to June 2005 he served as the chairman of the Northern Virginia Technology Council. Since 1998, Mr. Shenoy has served on the board of directors of Startec Global Communications, a telecommunication company, and since May 2005 he has served on the board of directors of India Globalization Capital, Inc., a blank check company formed for the purpose of acquiring one or more businesses with operations primarily in India. In 1970, Mr. Shenoy received a B. Tech (Hons.) in electrical engineering from the Indian Institute of Technology (IIT). In 1971 and 1973, he received an M.S. in electrical engineering and an M.B.A. from the University of Connecticut Schools of Engineering and Business Administration, respectively.
     Theodore B. Smith, III has been a Director since December 2007. Mr. Smith currently serves as the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of John Hassall, Inc., a privately held manufacturer of cold formed rivets. From 1997 to 2004, Mr. Smith served as President of John Hassall, Inc. prior to his election as its Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. From 1989 to 1997, Mr. Smith served in various positions in manufacturing and sales for John Hassall, Inc. Mr. Smith holds Bachelors of Arts degrees in Economics and Art from Colgate University.

60


 

Information Relating to Corporate Governance and the Board of Directors
     The Nominating and Governance Committee of our Board of Directors has determined, after considering all the relevant facts and circumstances, that each of Messrs. Bruno, Delepine, Janzen, O’Brien, Shenoy and Smith are independent directors, as “independence” is defined in the federal securities laws and the Nasdaq Marketplace Rules.
     Our bylaws authorize our Board of Directors to appoint among its members one or more committees, each consisting of one or more directors. Our Board of Directors has established three standing committees: an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee and a Nominating and Governance Committee.
     Our Board of Directors has adopted charters for the Audit, Compensation and Nominating and Governance Committees describing the authority and responsibilities delegated to each committee by the Board of Directors. Our Board of Directors has also adopted Corporate Governance Guidelines, a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and a Whistleblower Policy. We post on our website, atwww.gt-t.net, the charters of our Audit, Compensation and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committees and our Corporate Governance Guidelines, Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and Whistleblower Policy. These documents are also available in print to any stockholder requesting a copy in writing from our corporate secretary at our executive offices set forth in this proxy statement. We intend to disclose any amendments to or waivers of a provision of our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics made with respect to our directors or executive officers on our website.
     Interested parties may communicate with our Board of Directors or specific members of our Board of Directors, including our independent directors and the members of our various board committees, by submitting a letter addressed to the Board of Directors of Global Telecom & Technology, Inc. c/o any specified individual director or directors at the address listed herein. Any such letters will be sent to the indicated directors.
     The Audit Committee
     The purpose of the Audit Committee is (i) to oversee the accounting and financial and reporting processes of our Company and the audits of the financial statements of our Company, (ii) to provide assistance to our Board of Directors with respect to its oversight of the integrity of the financial statements of our Company, our Company’s compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, the independent registered public accounting firm’s qualifications and independence, and the performance of our Company’s internal audit function, if any, and independent registered public accounting firm, and (iii) to prepare the report required by the rules promulgated by the SEC. The primary responsibilities of the Audit Committee are set forth in its charter and include various matters with respect to the oversight of our Company’s accounting and financial reporting process and audits of the financial statements of our Company on behalf of our Board of Directors. The Audit Committee also selects the independent auditor to conduct the annual audit of the financial statements of our Company; reviews the proposed scope of such audit; reviews accounting and financial controls of our Company with the independent auditor and our financial accounting staff; and, unless otherwise delegated by our Board of Directors to another committee, reviews and approves transactions between us and our directors, officers, and their affiliates.
     The Audit Committee currently consists of Messrs. Bruno, Delepine and Shenoy, each of whom is an independent director of our Company under the Nasdaq Marketplace Rules and under rules adopted by the SEC pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. The Board of Directors previously determined that all members of the Audit Committee meet the requirements for financial literacy and that Mr. Bruno qualifies as an “audit��audit committee financial expert” in accordance with applicable rules and regulations of the SEC. Mr. Shenoy serves as the Chairman of the Audit Committee.
     The Compensation Committee
     The purpose of the Compensation Committee includes determining, or recommending to our Board of Directors for determination, the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and any other executive officer of the Company who reports directly to the Board of Directors, and the members of the Board of Directors; determining, or recommending to the Board of Directors for determination, the compensation of all other executive officers of the Company; and discharging the responsibilities of our Board of Directors relating to our Company’s compensation programs and compensation of our Company’s executives. In fulfilling its responsibilities, the Compensation Committee shall also be entitled to delegate any or all of its responsibilities to a subcommittee of the Compensation Committee. Information regarding the Company’s processes and procedures for the consideration and determination of executive and director compensation is addressed in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis below. The

61


 

Compensation Committee currently consists of Messrs. Janzen, O’Brien and Shenoy. Mr. Janzen serves as the Chairman of the Compensation Committee.
     The Nominating and Governance Committee
     The purpose of the Nominating and Governance Committee includes selecting, or recommending to our Board of Directors for selection, the individuals to stand for election as directors at each annual meeting of our stockholders or, if applicable, a special meeting of our stockholders, overseeing the selection and composition of committees of our Board of Directors, overseeing our management continuity planning processes, and reviewing and updating our corporate governance policies, as applicable. The Nominating and Governance Committee identifies and reviews the qualifications of new director nominees consistent with selection criteria established by our Board of Directors and recommends the slate of nominee for inclusion in the Company’s proxy statement. The Nominating and Governance Committee’s process for selecting nominees to our Board of Directors is described in more detail under “Nominating and Governance Committee’s Process for Selecting Nominees to the Board of Directors” below. The Nominating and Governance Committee is also responsible for conducting the periodic evaluation of the performance of our Board of Directors and its committees and for considering questions of independence and possible conflicts of interest of members of our Board of Directors and executive officers. The Nominating and Governance Committee currently consists of Messrs. Delepine, Janzen and O’Brien. Mr. Delepine serves as the Chairman of the Nominating and Governance Committee.
Nominating and Governance Committee’s Process for Selecting Nominees to the Board of Directors
     The Nominating and Governance Committee considers candidates for membership to our Board of Directors who are suggested by its members and other Board of Directors members, as well as by management, stockholders and other interested parties. The Nominating and Governance Committee may also retain a third-party search firm to identify candidates from time to time upon request of the Nominating and Governance Committee or the Board of Directors.
     Stockholders can recommend a prospective nominee for our Board of Directors by writing to our Corporate Secretary at the Company’s corporate headquarters setting forth, as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director (a) the name, age, business address and residence address of the person, (b) the principal occupation or employment of the person, (c) a description of the capital stock of the Company owned beneficially or of record by the person, and (d) any other information relating to the person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement, and whatever additional supporting material the stockholder considers appropriate. Any stockholder nominating a person for election as a director shall provide the Company’s Corporate Secretary with (a) the name and record address of such stockholder, (b) a description of the capital stock of the Company owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder, (c) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and each proposed nominee and any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are to be made by such stockholder, (d) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the persons named in its notice and (e) any other information relating to such stockholder that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement. Such notice must be accompanied by a written consent of each proposed nominee to being named as a nominee and to serve as a director if elected.
     The Nominating and Governance Committee’s assessment of a nominee’s qualification for Board of Directors membership includes, among other things, the following criteria:
  The diversity, age, background and experience of the candidate;
 
  The personal qualities and characteristics, accomplishments and reputation in the business community of the candidate;
 
  The knowledge and contacts of the candidate in the communities in which we conduct business and in our business industry or other industries relevant to our business;
 
  The ability and expertise of the candidate in various activities deemed appropriate by the Board of Directors; and
 
  The fit of the candidate’s skills, experience and personality with those of other directors in maintaining an effective, collegial and responsive Board of Directors.
     The initial determination to seek a Board of Directors candidate is usually based on the need for additional Board of Directors members to fill vacancies or to expand the size of the Board of Directors, although the decision can also be based on the need for

62


 

certain skill sets or qualifications, such as financial expertise. The Nominating and Governance Committee’s process for identifying and evaluating nominees for director is the same no matter who makes the recommendation.
     Once the Nominating and Governance Committee has determined, in consultation with other board members if appropriate, that additional consideration of a candidate is warranted, the Nominating and Governance Committee may, or it may request third parties to, gather additional information about the prospective candidate’s background, experience and independence. Following review of this information, if the Nominating and Governance Committee determines it is appropriate to proceed, the Nominating and Governance Committee or other members of the Board of Directors will generally interview the prospective candidate. The Nominating and Governance Committee then evaluates the prospective nominee against the standards and qualifications set forth above and such other relevant factors that the Nominating and Governance Committee or the Board of Directors deems appropriate, including the current composition of the board and the candidate’s personal qualities, skills and characteristics.
     Following this evaluation, if the Nominating and Governance Committee believes that the prospective candidate is qualified for nomination, generally the Nominating and Governance Committee will make a recommendation to the full Board of Directors, and the full Board of Directors will make the final determination whether the candidate should be nominated to the Board of Directors.
Board and Committee Meetings
     Our Board of Directors held a total of two meetings during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, in addition to taking action by unanimous written consent on several occasions. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, following their respective formations on November 6, 2006, the Audit Committee held no formal meetings but acted by unanimous written consent on two occasions, the Compensation Committee held no formal meetings but acted by unanimous written consent on three occasions, and the Nominating and Governance Committee held no meetings but acted by unanimous written consent on one occasion. During 2006, no director attended fewer than 75% of the aggregate of (i) the total number of meetings of our Board of Directors, and (ii) the total number of meetings held by all Committees of our Board of Directors on which he was a member, except that Messrs. Delepine, Janzen, and O’Brien and Alex Mandl, a former member of our Board of Directors, each missed one of the two board meetings occurring after they were elected to the Board of Directors in October 2006. We encourage each of our directors to attend the annual meeting of stockholders and, to the extent reasonably practicable, we intend in the future to regularly schedule a meeting of the Board of Directors on the same day as our annual meeting of stockholders.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
     No member of our Compensation Committee has served as one of our officers or employees at any time. None of our executive officers serve as a member of the compensation committee of any other company that has an executive officer serving as a member of our Board of Directors. None of our executive officers serve as a member of the Board of Directors of any other company that has an executive officer serving as a member of our Compensation Committee.
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
     We have prepared the following Compensation Discussion and Analysis to provide you with information that we believe is necessary to understand our executive compensation policies and decisions as they relate to the compensation of our named executive officers as identified in our Summary Compensation Table on page 66.
     Objectives.We operatesoperate in a highly competitive and challenging environment. To attract, retain, and motivate qualified executive officers, we aim to establish wages and salaries that are competitive with those of executives employed by similar firms in our operating industries. Another objective of our compensation policies is to motivate employees by aligning their interests with stockholders with equity incentives, thereby giving them a stake in our growth and prosperity and encouraging the continuance of their services with us or our subsidiaries. Given our relative size, we have determined to take a simple approach to compensating our named executive officers and to avoid other forms of compensation, such as awards under non-equity incentive plans, non-qualified defined benefit plans and pension plans.

63


Our compensation philosophy seeksprogram is designed to encourage favorable corporate, business unit, andreward performance, both individual performance by providingand the performance of the company as a whole. While base salaries for our executives should reflect the marketplace for similar positions, a significant portion of their compensation is earned based on our financial performance and the financial performance of each executive’s area of responsibility. In July 2007, we established, and our Compensation Committee approved, quantifiable performance objectives for our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer related to our second half 2007 performance. We only set objectives for the second half of 2007 as a result of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer joining us during the course of the year. Going forward, we intend to establish quantifiable performance objectives in advance and have our Compensation Committee approve them early in the year. We strongly believe in measurement of quantifiable results and this emanates from our belief that sustained strong financial performance is an appropriate mixeffective means of short-term andenhancing long-term compensation, including: (a) bonuses where appropriate to reward executives for meeting certain qualitative objectives and for their part in ensuring we achieves our orders, revenue, and profitability targets; and (b) equity compensation to align executive interests with stockholder interests with the ultimate objective of improving shareholder value.
     Compensation Program Administration and Policies.The Compensation Committee, which is comprised exclusively of independent directors, has general responsibility for executive compensation and benefits, including incentive compensation and equity-based plans. Specific salary and bonus levels, as well as the amount and timing of equity grants, are determined on a case-by-case basis consistent with theand reflect our overall compensation objectives as our desire to retain and philosophy discussed above. General Company-wide performance measures as they relatemotivate our employees manifests itself in how compensation is allocated to the timing and amount ofour named executive compensation have not yet been determined following consummation of the Acquisitions of GII and ETT in late 2006. However, initialofficers. Initial compensation elements for the Chief Executive Officer and the Executive Chairman of the Company during 2006our named executive officers were established in the employment agreements negotiatedeach has entered into with those executives in connection with the Acquisitions.us. Those employment agreements and a subsequent agreement with our Chief Financial Officer, provide for specified salaries (consistent with our general philosophyobjectives with respect to compensation) and some of them also contemplate potential

63


bonus awards and equity grants to be awarded at the discretion of the Compensation Committee with reference to both our performance and the performance of the Company and the individual executive. We had no executive officers who earned compensation in excess of $100,000 during 2006.
     All employment agreements with executives entered into following consummation of the Acquisitions of GII and ETT are reviewed and approved by the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors on an individual case basis. Similarly, the Compensation Committee serves as the administrator of our stock plan,2006 Employee, Director and Consultant Stock Plan, and is the entity authorized to grant equity awards under that plan. Finally, the Compensation Committee and our Board of Directors areis responsible under each of the negotiated employment agreements to determine the extent to which each executive may be entitled to any bonus payments based upon individual and/or Company performance (as contemplated by the terms of those agreements).
     Pay Elements.We provide the following pay elements to itsour executive officers in varying combinations to accomplish itsour compensation objectives:
  Base salary;
 
  Annual incentives in the form of cash bonuses;
 
  Equity-based compensation (stock options and restricted stock grants) pursuant to our 2006 Employee, Director & Consultant Stock Plan;
 
  Certain modest executive perquisites and benefits; and
 
  Payments with respect to severance of employment and/or upon change-of-control.

64


     We fix each executive’s base salary at a level we believe enables us to hire and retain individuals in a competitive environment and to reward satisfactory individual performance and a satisfactory level of contribution to our overall business goals. We utilize cash bonuses to reward performance achievements within the past fiscal year, and similarly, we utilize equity-based compensation under our 2006 Employee, Director & Consultant Stock Plan to provide additional long-term rewards for short term performance achievements to encourage similar performance over a longer term.
     Each compensation element and its purpose are further described below.
     Base Salary.Base salary is intended to compensate the executive for the basic market value of the position and the responsibilities of that position relative to other positions in the Company. Our general philosophy is to establish wages and salaries that are competitive with those of other employees/executives in similar positions at other firms in the same industry. Factors that are considered in determining each executive’sThe base salary in lightfor each of this philosophy includeour executives is initially established through negotiation at the time of hire, based on such factors as the duties and responsibilities of the position, the individual executive’s experience and qualifications, and the executive’s performance in that function.prior salary and competitive salary information. Generally, the Chief Executive Officer will recommend annual base salary (and changes thereto) with respect to the other executives.executives to the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee will determine the Chief Executive Officer’s base salary by reference to the same criteria.
     In 2006,We annually review our base salaries, and may adjust them from time to time based on market trends. We also review the applicable executive’s responsibilities, performance and experience. We do not provide formulaic base salary increases to our executives. If necessary, we negotiated employment agreementsrealign base salaries with its Executive Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, and Chief Financial Officermarket levels for the same positions in connection with and/or following the Acquisitions. In the case of the Executive Chairman and the Chief Executive Officer, these agreements were negotiated prior to the Acquisitions being completed, under the oversight of the Board of Directors of the Company, based upon our general understanding of the market for executivescompanies of similar experience and qualifications withsize to us represented in compensation data we review, if we identify significant market changes in our data analysis. Additionally, we intend to adjust base salaries as warranted throughout the year for promotions or other firmschanges in the industry. The effectivenessscope or breadth of these agreements was contingent upon successful consummation of the Acquisitions. In the case of the Chief Financial Officer, the Compensation Committee reviewed and approved the applicable employment agreement after consummation of the Acquisitions, and found its terms to be reasonable and appropriate for an executive with the Chief Financial Officer’s experience and qualifications.executive’s role or responsibilities.
     Annual Incentives (Cash Bonuses).We didhave previously not award anypaid bonuses to our executives, in 2006.however, we intend to pay bonuses for the previous fiscal year generally during the month following the filing of our audited financials with the SEC. Generally, bonuses will be payable to the extent provided in the employment agreements negotiated with individual executives as approved by the Compensation Committee. Those employment agreements with executives existing as of December 31, 2006 that provide for the payment of cash bonuses contemplate that they would be provided based upon an evaluation of both our performance against criteria to be established byand the Boardperformance of Directorsthe individual executive and/or at the sole discretion of the Board of Directors. It is anticipated that the same factors that are used to determine an appropriate level of base salary, taken together with our performance, would be used in determining qualifications forWe believe linking cash bonuses within the discretion of the Board of Directors.to both Company and individual performance will motivate executives to focus on our annual revenue growth, profitability, cash flow and liquidity, which we believe should improve long-term stockholder value over time.
     Equity-Based Compensation.TheEach employment agreements negotiated and approved in 2006agreement with the Executive Chairman and the Chief Executive Officer providedour named executive officers provides for certain specified initial grants of restricted stock.stock and/or stock options. Our compensation committee believes that granting additional shares of restricted stock and/or stock options on an annual basis to existing executives provides an important incentive to retain executives and rewards them for our short-term performance while also creating long-term incentives to sustain that performance. Any future grants may be made at the sole discretion of the Board of Directors. Eligibility for such futureour Compensation Committee. Generally, grants of restricted stock and stock options vest over four years and no shares or other equity-based awards will be evaluated in lightoptions vest before the first day of the same factors as apply to cash bonuses.succeeding fiscal year (the fiscal year following the fiscal year in which the options were actually granted).

64


     Executive Perquisites and Benefits.Our philosophy is to provide executives with limited perquisites. The value of the perquisites (if any) and benefits provided to the Executive Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer, and the Chief Financial Officer areour named executive officers is set forth in the Summary Compensation table of this prospectus, and their aggregate cost for all threeof our executives in 20062007 was $1,905.$39,561.
     Payments with respect to Severance of Employment and/or upon Change of Control.
The employment agreement negotiatedagreements with Richard Calder and approved in 2006 with D. Michael Keenan,Kevin Welch, our then-ChiefChief Executive Officer containedand Chief Financial Officer, respectively, contain certain terms and conditions relating to payments, vesting of specific restricted stock grants, and continuation of health benefits. Specifically, if Mr. Keenan were to be terminated without cause, or if he were to terminate his employment for “good reason” as definedbenefits in the event of the severance of their employment agreement (and which definition is providedwith us. The specific terms and conditions relating to severance payments for Messrs. Calder and Welch are summarized below and graphically displayed in the section entitled “Employment Arrangements with Executive Officers” below), our entire liability would be: (i) to pay his base salary through the effective date of termination; (ii) to pay his base salary and continue his health benefits for a period of 12 months after the termination of his employment; (iii) to pay the average of the annual bonuses payable to him pursuant to the employment agreement for each of the last three completed fiscal years of the Company completed prior to the date of his termination (but not less than two-thirds of the maximum grantable bonus); and (iv) the immediate vesting of all shares of restricted stock provided in the initial grant pursuant to the employment agreement.“Potential Payments Upon Termination.” There are no provisions with respect to severance payments in any of theother employment agreementsagreement for the other Named Executive Officers (as defined below),our named executive officers. We are not and we were not a party during 20062007 to any employment agreement providing for any payment with respect to an event that may constitute a change of control.

65


     In connection with Mr. Keenan’s resignation as our Chief Executive Officer in February 2007, we entered into a letter agreement with Mr. Keenan setting forth the terms of that separation. Pursuant to that agreement, Mr. Keenan will receive the following payments and benefits, in lieu of amounts otherwise payable pursuant to his Employment Agreement: (1)employment agreement: (a) continued payment of his annual base salary and health benefits for a period of 12 months following the separation date, (2)(b) a bonus in the amount of $166,667, payable on the earlier of the 12-month anniversary of the separation dateor before February 23, 2008, or such date as we award bonuses to our executives with respect to itsour 2007 fiscal year, and (3)(c) the 150,000 shares of our restricted common stock granted to Mr. Keenan pursuant to his employment agreement will vest in full at the same time as such bonus is paid to Mr. Keenan.
     Equity Granting Policy.We do not have any practice, policy, or program allowing for timing of equity grants in relation to our current stock price or material non-public information. We expect that itwe will typically approve equity awards to current employees during the first Compensation Committee meeting of each year. Equity grants for new hires or promoted employees will be established and approved in most cases during regularly scheduled quarterly Compensation Committee meetings. The grant date for stock option grants is the date upon which the Compensation Committee approves the grant of stock options to the particular employee. In July 2007, the Compensation Committee gave Mr. Calder the authority to grant equity awards for employee promotions and new hires of the Company up to 20,000 shares per employee. The strikegrant date for equity awards made by Mr. Calder is generally the first day of the month following the month in which the employee was promoted or our new employee began his or her employment. The exercise price for stock option grants is set in accordance with the terms of our 2006 Employee, Director and Consultant Stock Plan, which establishes the price as fair market valued determined by reference to the closing price of the common stock on the day preceding the grant.
Executive Compensation
     The following table sets forth information regarding compensation earned or accrued during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006 compensation information for: (i)by (a) each person who served as our Chief Executive Officer at any time during 2006;2007, and (ii) the(b) each person who served as our Chief Financial Officer during 2006 (the “Named Executive Officers”). None of our2007. We refer to these executive officers earned compensation in excess of $100,000 during 2006. Prior to consummation of the Acquisitions on October 15, 2006, we did not pay compensation to any ofas our executives, and therefore this table and all tables that follow reflect compensation received by our Named Executive Officers after such date.“named executive officers.”
                     
          Stock All Other  
      Salary Awards(4) Compensation Total
Name and Principal Position Year ($) ($) ($) ($)
D. Michael Keenan,  2006  $52,531  $27,578  $1,905  $82,014 
Chief Executive Officer(1)                    
H. Brian Thompson,  2006  $31,730  $9,193     $40,923 
Executive Chairman(2)                    
David Ballarini,  2006  $33,000        $33,000 
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer(3)                    
                             
                      All Other  
      Salary Bonus(1) Stock Awards(2) Option Awards(2) Compensation Total
Name Year ($) ($) ($) ($) ($) ($)
                             
H. Brian Thompson,  2007   150,000       41,278      7,027(4)  198,305 
Executive Chairman and former Chief Executive Officer (3)  2006   31,730      9,193         40,923 
Richard D. Calder, Jr.,  2007   177,884       42,738      9,942(6)  230,564 
Chief Executive Officer and President (5)  2006                   
Kevin J. Welch,  2007   171,731       11,599   10,963   12,196(8)  206,489 
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (7)  2006                   
D. Michael Keenan,  2007   250,000      501,922(10)     176,919(11)  928,841 
Former Chief Executive Officer (9)  2006   52,531      27,578      1,905(12)  82,014 
David Ballarini,  2007   32,423                32,423 
Former Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (13)  2006   33,000               33,000 
 
(1) On February 23,The amounts for 2007 Mr. Keenan entered into a Separation Agreement with the Company and no longer servesare not calculable as Chief Executive Officer of the Company. Mr. Keenan continues to serve ondate of this prospectus. Such amounts for 2007 will be determined in connection with completing our financial statements for the Company’s Board of Directors.year ended December 31, 2007.

65


(2)Amount reflects the expensed fair value of stock and option awards recognized in 2007 and 2006 calculated in accordance with SFAS No. 123(R). See Note 6 of the “Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) — Share-Based Compensation” for a discussion of assumptions made in determining the compensation expense of our stock and option awards for 2007. See Note 10 of the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Employee Benefits, Share-Based Compensation” for a discussion of assumptions made in determining the compensation expense of our stock and option awards for the year ended December 31, 2006.
(3) Mr. Thompson served as our Chief Executive Officer of the Company from itsour formation until October 15, 2006, but received no compensation from the Company prior to October 16, 2006 in connection with his service as an executive. On February 23, 2007, Mr. Thompson again assumed the role of Chief Executive Officer on an interim basis following Mr. Keenan’s departure from the Company.

66


On May 7, 2007, Mr. Thompson resigned as interim Chief Executive Officer in connection with the hiring of Mr. Calder as our Chief Executive Officer and President.
 
(3)(4)Amount represents the employee portion of health insurance premiums paid by the Company on the individual’s behalf.
(5)Mr. Calder began his duties as our Chief Executive Officer and President on May 14, 2007 . Mr. Calder’s annual salary is $250,000. On June 6, 2007, Mr. Calder was appointed to our Board of Directors.
(6)Amount includes $4,517 for the employee portion of health insurance premiums paid by the Company on the individual’s behalf and $5,425 for the Company’s contributions to the individual’s account in the Company’s 401(k) plan.
(7)Mr. Welch began as our Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer on January 22, 2007. Mr. Welch’s annual salary is $190,000.
(8)Amount includes $6,772 for the employee portion of health insurance premiums paid by the Company on the individual’s behalf and $5,424 for the Company’s contributions to the individual’s account in the Company’s 401(k) plan.
(9)On February 23, 2007, Mr. Keenan entered into a Separation Agreement with us and terminated his services as our Chief Executive Officer. The Separation Agreement provides that following his termination, Mr. Keenan shall receive (a) continued payment of his annual base salary and health benefits for a period of 12 months, (b) a bonus in the amount of $166,667, payable on or before February 23, 2008, and (c) the 150,000 shares of our restricted common stock granted to Mr. Keenan pursuant to his employment agreement will vest in full at the same time as such bonus is paid to Mr. Keenan. Mr. Keenan continues to serve on our Board of Directors.
(10)Amount reflects the accrual of the Company’s expense related to Mr. Keenan’s accelerated vesting of restricted stock pursuant to his Separation Agreement.
(11)Amount includes $11,296 for the employee portion of health insurance premiums paid by the Company on the individual’s behalf and $166,667 to reflect the accrual of the Company’s expense related to Mr. Keenan’s bonus payment pursuant to his Separation Agreement.
(12)Amount represents the employee portion of health insurance premiums paid by the Company on the individual’s behalf.
(13) Mr. Ballarini served as our Chief Financial Officer of the Companyand Treasurer from itsour formation until October 15, 2006, but received no compensation from the Company prior to October 16, 2006 in connection with his service as an executive. Mr. Ballarini continued to serve as our Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer on an interim basis following consummation of the Acquisitions of GII and ETT in October 2006. On January 22, 2007, Mr. Ballarini resigned as interim Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer in connection with the hiring of KevinMr. Welch as Chief Financial Officer.
(4)Amounts reported for stock awards represent the compensation cost recognized by the Company for financial statement reporting purposes in accordance with SFAS No. 123(R) utilizing the assumptions discussed in Note 10 of our consolidated financial statements in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006, without giving effect to estimated forfeitures.Officer and Treasurer.
Grants of Plan-Based Awards
     The following table sets forth, for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006,2007, certain information regarding restricted stock and option awards granted to the Named Executive Officersour named executive officers pursuant to the Plan.our 2006 Employee, Director and Consultant Stock Plan:
                 
          All Other  
          Stock Awards:  
          Number of  
          Shares of  
          Stock or Grant Date Fair
  Grant Approval Units(1) Value of Stock and
Name Date Date (#) Option Awards(2)
D. Michael Keenan  10/16/2006   5/23/2006   150,000  $529,500 
H. Brian Thompson  10/16/2006   6/21/2006   50,000  $176,500 
David Ballarini            
                     
          All Other Stock    
      All Other Stock Awards: Number of Exercise or Base Grant Date Fair
      Awards: Number of Securities Price of Option Value of Stock and
      Shares of Stock Underlying Options Awards Option Awards
Name Grant Date (#) (#) ($)(1) ($)(2)
                     
Richard D. Calder, Jr.  5/14/2007   200,000(3)            
Kevin J. Welch  1/29/2007   22,500(4)            
   1/29/2007       55,000(4)  3.30   68,750 
 
(1) The noted awardsexercise price of restrictedoptions granted in 2007 is equal to the closing price of our stock vest in four equal annual installments beginning on October 16, 2007.the day prior to the applicable grant date, as reported on the Over-the-Counter bulletin board.
 
(2) Determined by referenceThe grant date fair value is calculated in accordance with SFAS No. 123(R). See Note 6 of the “Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) — Share-Based Compensation” for a discussion of assumptions made in determining the closing price of a sharecompensation expense of our common stock and option awards for 2007.
(3)The award of restricted stock was granted under our 2006 Employee, Director and Consultant Stock Plan and was issued in connection with the start of Mr. Calder’s employment with us. 50,000 shares of restricted stock vests on October 16,May 14, 2008 and the remaining 150,000 shares of restricted stock vests quarterly in equal amounts thereafter.
(4)The award of restricted stock and stock options was granted under our 2006 multiplied byEmployee, Director and Consultant Stock Plan and was issued in connection with the numberstart of shares.Mr. Welch’s employment with us. The award of restricted stock and stock options vests in four equal installments beginning on January 22, 2008.

67


Outstanding Equity Awards
     The following table sets forth certain information concerning outstanding equity awards held by the Named Executive Officersour named executive officers at December 31, 2006:2007:
                            
 Market Option Awards Stock Awards
 Value of Number of    
 Number of Shares or Securities    
 Shares or Units of Underlying Number of Market Value of
 Units that Stock that Unexercised Option Shares of Shares of Stock
 Have Not Have Not Options: Exercise Option Stock That Have That Have Not
 Vested Vested(1) Unexercisable Price Expiration Note Vested Vested
Name (#) ($) (#) ($) Date (#) ($)(1)
 
H. Brian Thompson  37,500(2) 39,375 
Richard D. Calder, Jr.  200,000(3) 210,000 
Kevin J. Welch  22,500(4) 23,625 
  55,000(4) 3.30 1/28/2017 
D. Michael Keenan 150,000 $522,000   150,000(5) 157,500 
H. Brian Thompson 50,000 $174,000 
David Ballarini   
 
(1) Determined by reference to the closing price of a share of our common stock on December 29, 2006,31, 2007, multiplied by the number of shares.
(2)The award of restricted stock vests in four equal installments on October 16, 2007, 2008, 2009 and 2010.
(3)50,000 shares of restricted stock vests on May 14, 2008 and the remaining 150,000 shares of restricted stock vests quarterly in equal amounts thereafter.
(4)The award of restricted stock and stock options vests in four equal installments on January 22, 2008, 2009, 2010 and 2011.
(5)The shares of restricted stock shall vest on or before February 23, 2008.

66


Option Exercises and Stock Vested
     ThereDuring 2007, there were no options exercised by the Named Executive Officers during 2006,our named executive officers, and there were no stock awards to the Named Executive Officersour named executive officers that vested in whole or in part during 2006.part.
Director Compensation and Other Information
     We compensate non-employee members of the boardour Board of Directors through a mixture of cash and equity-based compensation. We pay each non-employee director annualized compensation of $25,000, payable in four equal installments at the end of each calendar quarter during which the non-employee director serves as a member of theour Board of Directors. To the extent that a non-employee director serves for less than the full calendar quarter, he or she would receive a pro-rated portion of the quarterly payment equal to the proportionate amount of the calendar quarter for which he or she served as a director. Each chairperson of a standing committee receives additional annualized compensation of $5,000, payable in four equal installments at the end of each calendar quarter during which the director serves as the chairperson of the particular committee. In addition, each non-employee director as of November 6, 2006 (the first Board of Directors meeting following election of our new director slate) received an initial grant of restricted stock with an estimated market value of approximately $50,000 as of the grant date. These equity grants will vest in four equal installments, beginning on the date of grant, at a rate of 25% each year. We reimburse our directors for reasonable travel and other expenses incurred in connection with attending meetings of theour Board of Directors. Employees who also serve as directors receive no additional compensation for their services as a director.
     The following table sets forth the compensation earned by our non-employee directors in 2006.2007.
            
 Fees                
 Earned or     Fees Earned or    
 Paid in Stock   Paid in Cash Stock Awards Total
Name Cash Awards(1) Total ($) ($) ($)
 
S. Joseph Bruno 17,500  17,500 
Didier Delepine $7,500 $13,021 $20,521  30,000 12,494 42,494 
Rhodric C. Hackman $6,250 $13,021 $19,271  25,000 12,494 37,494 
Howard Janzen $7,500 $13,021 $20,521  30,000 12,494 42,494 
Alex Mandl $6,250 $13,021 $19,271 
Alex Mandl(1)    
Morgan E. O’Brien $6,250 $13,021 $19,271  25,000 12,494 37,494 
Sudhakar Shenoy $7,500 $13,021 $20,521  27,083 12,494 39,577 
Theodore B. Smith, III 2,083  2,083 
 
(1) On December 14, 2006, eachIn April 2007, Mr. Mandl notified us that he could not accept a nomination to stand for re-election to our board of directors. Mr. Mandl’s term with our non-employeeboard of directors as of that date was granted 16,129 shares of the Company’s common stock, vesting in four equal annual installments beginningended on the grant date. Amounts reported for stock awards represent the compensation cost recognized by the Company for financial statement reporting purposes in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2004),“Share-Based Payment”(“SFAS No. 123(R)”) utilizing the assumptions discussed in Note 10 of our consolidated financial statements in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006, without giving effect to estimated forfeitures.June 5, 2007.

68


Employment Arrangements with Executive Officers
     DuringIn October 2006, we were a party to employment agreements with each of our Named Executive Officers. Eachentered into an employment agreement contains confidentialitywith H. Brian Thompson to serve as our Executive Chairman. Mr. Thompson’s initial annual salary is $150,000 subject to annual review and non-competition provisions intended to ensure thatpotential increase by our Compensation Committee. The employment agreement also provides for the Named Executive Officer serves our best interests during the termgrant of employment and preserves the confidentiality of our proprietary information both during the term of employment and thereafter.
     The 2006 employment agreements with the Named Executive Officers each provide for payment of a stated initial salary. In the case of Messrs. Keenan and Thompson, the employment agreements also state the amount of50,000 shares of restricted stock (as set forth in the Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table) to be awarded as an initial equity bonus,bonus. Mr. Thompson’s employment agreement is terminable at-will.
     In January 2007, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Welch to serve as our Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer. In May 2007, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Calder to serve as our Chief Executive Officer and President. Under these employment agreements, Mr. Calder has an initial annual salary of $250,000 and Mr. Keenan’s employment agreement also contains provisions specifying his eligibility (and the maximum payable amount)Welch has an initial annual salary of $190,000. The initial annual salary received by each of Messrs. Calder and Welch is subject to annual review and potential increase by our Compensation Committee. Mr. Calder is eligible for aan annual cash bonus of up to $250,000.$250,000, 50% of which is based upon Mr. Keenan’sCalder’s performance against criteria defined by our Compensation Committee and 50% of which is at the discretion of our Compensation Committee. Mr. Calder’s employment agreement states that he will also be eligible to receive additionalprovides for the grant of 200,000 shares of restricted stock grantsas an initial equity bonus. Mr. Welch is eligible for an annual bonus of up to $75,000, based upon an evaluation of individual and Company performance conducted by our Compensation Committee. Mr. Welch’s bonus, if paid, shall be composed of at least 50% cash. Mr. Welch’s employment agreement also provides for the grant of 22,500 shares of restricted stock and 55,000 stock options as an initial equity bonus.
     The employment agreements for both Messrs. Calder and Welch will remain in such amounts, at such timeseffect until they are terminated under any of the following circumstances affecting Messrs. Calder and with such vesting schedulesWelch, as applicable: (a) death, (b) disability, (c) termination by us for “cause,” (d) termination by us without “cause,” (e) termination by Messrs. Calder or Welch for “good reason,” or (f) termination by Messrs. Calder or Welch other than for “good reason.” The employment agreements for both Messrs. Calder and Welch provide for payments or other terms,benefits upon the termination of the executive’s employment under specified circumstances as are determined from time to time by the Board.described below.

67

POTENTIAL PAYMENTS UPON TERMINATION


     We were not a party during 20062007 to any employment agreementsagreement providing for any paymentpayments with respect to an event that may constitute a “change of control.” The 2006
     Messrs. Calder and Welch are entitled to a continuation of health benefits for twelve months following termination of employment agreementsdue to disability. Messrs. Calder and Welch are entitled to receive their applicable base salary and health benefits for Messrs. Thompson and Ballarini are terminable at-will, and there are no provisions in these agreements with respect to any payments upontwelve months following termination for any reason. The 2006of employment agreement for Mr. Keenan set forth varying provisions with respect to termination, depending upon whether termination wereif either executive if terminated by reason of deathus without “cause,” or disability, by the Companyexecutive for cause or“good reason.” In addition, if Mr. Calder is terminated by us without cause,“cause,” or by Mr. KeenanCalder for “good reason” or without cause. Further discussionreason,” the initial grant of the severance payments applicablestock provided for in certain cases under the Chief Executive Officer’shis employment agreement is provided both above inwould immediately vest upon the Compensation Discussion & Analysis and in the table that follows.effective date of termination.
Termination Scenarios as of DecemberEmployment Effective January 31, 2006 Under the
Chief Executive Officer’s 2006 Employment Agreement2008 due to Disability
                         
  Termination by          
  Company Termination by Termination by Termination by    
  without Company for Executive Executive for Termination Termination for
  Cause(1) Cause without Cause Good Reason(2) Upon Death Disability
Continuation of Salary $250,000        $250,000       
Continuation of Health Benefits(3) $8,511        $8,511     $8,511 
Bonus Payment(4) $166,667        $166,667       
Long-Term Incentives(5) $522,000        $522,000  $21,250  $21,250 
                 
  Continuation of Continuation of Long-Term  
Name Salary Health Benefits Incentives Total
                 
Richard D. Calder, Jr.     9,591      9,591 
Kevin J. Welch     9,591      9,591 
Termination of Employment Effective January 31, 2008 by the Company
without “Cause” (1) or by the Executive for “Good Reason” (2)
                 
  Continuation of Continuation of Long-Term  
Name Salary Health Benefits Incentives(3) Total
                 
Richard D. Calder, Jr.  250,000   9,591   349,561   609,152 
Kevin J. Welch  190,000   9,591      199,591 

69


 
(1) “Cause” is defined inUnder the Chief Executive Officer’s employment agreement asagreements, each executive may be terminated for “cause” if: “(i)(a) the Executiveexecutive materially breaches any provision of this Agreementthe employment agreement after written notice identifying the substance of the material breach; (ii) Executive(b) executive fails or refuses to comply with any lawful direction or instruction of Company’sour Board of Directors, which failure or refusal is not timely cured, (iii)(c) the Executiveexecutive commits an act of fraud, embezzlement, misappropriation of funds, or dishonesty, (iv)(d) the Executiveexecutive commits a breach of his fiduciary duty based on a good faith determination by the Company’sour Board of Directors and after reasonably opportunity to cure if such breach is curable, (v)(e) the Executiveexecutive is grossly negligent or engages in willful misconduct in the performance of his duties hereunder, and fails to remedy such breach within ten (10) days of receiving written notice thereof from theour Board of Directors, provided, however, that no act, or failure to act, by the Executiveexecutive shall be considered “grossly negligent” or an act of “willful misconduct” unless committed in good faith and with a reasonable belief that the act or omission was in or not opposed to the Company’sour best interest; (vi)(f) the Executiveexecutive is convicted of a felony or a crime of moral turpitude; or (vi) Executive(g) executive has a drug or alcohol dependency.
 
(2) “GoodUnder the employment agreements, each executive may terminate their employment for “good reason” is defined in the Chief Executive Officer’s employment agreement as “a termination by the Executive within ninety (90) days following (i)(a) the relocation of the primary office of the Executiveexecutive more than ten (10) miles from McLean, Virginia, without the consent of Executive, (ii)executive, (b) a material change in the Executive’sexecutive’s duties such that he is no longer theour Chief Executive Officer of the Company or (iii) removal of ExecutiveChief Financial Officer, as Chief Executive or failure to nominate him for a position on the Board of Directors; (iv)applicable, (c) the assignment to the Executiveexecutive of duties that are inconsistent with his position or that materially alter his ability to function as our Chief Executive Officer;Officer or (v)Chief Financial Officer, as applicable; or (d) a reduction in the Executive’sexecutive’s total base compensation as set forth in Sections 5.1, 5.2, 5.3 and 5.4.”compensation.
 
(3)Represents the value of twelve (12) months of continued health benefits under the Company’s standard health benefit plan.
(4)Represents a bonus payment calculated as required by the Chief Executive Officer’s employment agreement based upon the average of the annual bonuses payable to him pursuant to his employment agreement “for each of the last three (3) completed fiscal years of the Company completed prior to the date of his termination (but not less than two-thirds of the maximum grantable bonus) of $250,000.
(5) Represents the value derived from accelerated vesting of restricted stock as if termination had occurred on December 31, 2006.stock.
     In connection with Mr. Keenan’s resignation as our Chief Executive Officer in February 2007, we entered into a letter agreement with Mr. Keenan setting forth the terms of his separation. Pursuant to that agreement, Mr. Keenan will receive the following payments and benefits, in lieu of amounts otherwise payable pursuant to his Employment Agreement: (1)employment agreement: (a) continued payment of his annual base salary and health benefits for a period of 12 months following the separation date, (2)(b) a bonus in the amount of $166,667, payable on the earlier of the 12-month anniversary of the separation date or such date as we award bonuses to

68


our executives with respect to its 2007 fiscal year,before February 23, 2008, and (3)(c) the 150,000 shares of our restricted common stock granted to Mr. Keenan pursuant to his employment agreement will vest in full at the same time as such bonus is paid to Mr. Keenan.
     We anticipate that we will generally enter into negotiated severance and release agreements with an executive upon the event of termination of an executive without cause.

70


2006 Employee, Director and Consultant Stock Plan
     General
     In May 2006, our Board of Directors adopted, and in October 2006 our stockholders approved, our 2006 Employee, Director and Consultant Stock Plan, or the Stock Plan. Up to 3,000,000 shares of common stock is available for issuance in connection with the grant of options and/or other stock-based or stock-denominated awards. As of December 31, 2007, there were outstanding under the Stock Plan 792,177 shares of restricted stock and options to purchase 517,000 shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price per share of $2.55. As of December 31, 2007, a total of 1,690,823 shares of our common stock remained available for future grants or awards under the Stock Plan.
     Material Features of the Stock Plan
     The purpose of the Stock Plan is to encourage ownership of our common stock by our employees, directors and certain consultants in order to attract such people, to induce them to work for our benefit and to provide additional incentive for them to promote our success.
     The Stock Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, restricted and unrestricted stock awards and other stock-based awards to employees, directors and consultants. Upon approval, an aggregate of 3,000,000 shares of common stock will be available for issuance under the Stock Plan.
     In accordance with the terms of the Stock Plan, our Board of Directors has authorized our compensation committee to administer the Stock Plan. The compensation committee may delegate part of its authority and powers under the Stock Plan to one or more of our directors and/or officers, but only the compensation committee can make awards to participants who are directors or executive officers of us. In accordance with the provisions of the Stock Plan, our compensation committee will determine the terms of options and other awards, including:
  the determination of which employees, directors and consultants will be granted options and other awards;
 
  the number of shares subject to options and other awards;
 
  the exercise price of each option which may not be less than fair market value on the date of grant;
 
  the schedule upon which options become exercisable;
 
  the terms and conditions of other awards, including conditions for repurchase, termination or cancellation, issue price and repurchase price; and
 
  all other terms and conditions upon which each award may be granted in accordance with the Stock Plan.
     The maximum term of options granted under the Stock Plan is ten years. Awards are generally subject to early termination upon the termination of employment or other relationship of the participant with us, whether such termination is at our option or as a result of the death or disability of the participant. Generally, in the event of a participant’s termination for cause, all outstanding awards shall be forfeited. No participant may receive awards for more than 200,000 shares of common stock in any fiscal year.
     In addition, our compensation committee may, in its discretion, amend any term or condition of an outstanding award provided (i) such term or condition as amended is permitted by our Stock Plan, and (ii) any such amendment shall be made only with the consent of the participant to whom such award was made, if the amendment is adverse to the participant.

6971


 

     If our common stock shall be subdivided or combined into a greater or smaller number of shares or if we issue any shares of common stock as a stock dividend, the number of shares of our common stock deliverable upon exercise of an option issued or upon issuance of an award shall be appropriately increased or decreased proportionately, and appropriate adjustments shall be made in the purchase price per share to reflect such subdivision, combination or stock dividend.
     Upon a merger or other reorganization event, our Board of Directors, may, in their sole discretion, take any one or more of the following actions pursuant to our Plan, as to some or all outstanding awards:
  provide that all outstanding options shall be assumed or substituted by the successor corporation;
 
  upon written notice to a participant, (i) provide that the participant’s unexercised options or awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction unless exercised by the participant; or (ii) terminate all unexercised outstanding options immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction unless exercised by the optionee;
 
  in the event of a merger pursuant to which holders of our common stock will receive a cash payment for each share surrendered in the merger, make or provide for a cash payment to the optionees equal to the difference between the merger price times the number of shares of our common stock subject to such outstanding options, and the aggregate exercise price of all such outstanding options, in exchange for the termination of such options;
 
  provide that all or any outstanding options shall become exercisable in full immediately prior to such event; and
 
  provide that outstanding awards shall be assumed or substituted by the successor corporation, become realizable or deliverable, or restrictions applicable to an award will lapse, in whole or in part, prior to or upon the reorganization event.
     The Stock Plan may be amended by our stockholders. It may also be amended by the Board of Directors, provided that any amendment approved by the Board of Directors which is of a scope that requires stockholder approval as required in order to ensure favorable federal income tax treatment for any incentive stock options under Code Section 422, or for any other reason is subject to obtaining such stockholder approval. The Stock Plan will expire on May 21, 2016.
Limitations on Liability of Directors and Officers and Indemnification
     Limitation of Liability
     Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty, to the maximum extent permitted by Delaware law. Under Delaware law, directors of a corporation will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors, except for:
  any breach of the duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;
 
  acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
 
  unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; or
 
  any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
     This limitation of liability does not apply to non-monetary remedies that may be available, such as injunctive relief or rescission, nor does it relieve our directors from complying with federal or state securities laws.
     Indemnification
     Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we shall indemnify our directors and executive officers, and may indemnify our other corporate agents, to the fullest extent permitted by law.

7072


 

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
     Other than the transactions described under the heading “Executive Compensation” (or with respect to which information is omitted in accordance with SEC regulations) and the transactions described below, since our inception on January 5, 2005 there have not been, and there is not currently proposed, any transaction or series of similar transactions to which we were or will be a party in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000 and in which any director, executive officer, holder of more than 5% of any class of our capital stock or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.
     Unless specifically delegated by our Board of Directors to the Compensation Committee, our Audit Committee is charged with reviewing and approving all related party transactions and reviewing and making recommendations to the Board of Directors, or approving, any contracts or other transactions with current or former executive officers of the Company.
     On October 15, 2006, we issued approximately $9.9 million in promissory notes to a number of the selling shareholders of GII and ETT as part of the consideration paid by us for those acquisitions. As originally issued, approximately $5.9 million of these notes had a maturity date of June 30, 2007; these notes were amended to extend the maturity date to April 30, 2008, the April 2008 Notes. As originally issued, the remaining $4.0 million of promissory notes had a maturity date of December 29, 2008, these notes were amended to extend the maturity date to December 30, 2010. As selling shareholders of GII, Mr. Keenan and Todd Vecchio are holders of approximately $1.0 million of the April 2008 Notes and they are holders of approximately $3.6 million of the notes maturing on December 30, 2010. These promissory notes were issued prior to the time that Mr. Keenan became a director and an executive officer, and before either Mr. Keenan or Mr. Vecchio became a holder of more than 5% of our common stock.
     On November 12, 2007, we entered into agreements with the holders of the April 2008 Notes, including Mr. Keenan and Mr. Vecchio, pursuant to which the holders shall convert not less than 30% of the amounts due under the April 2008 Notes as of November 13, 2007 (including principal and accrued interest) into shares of our common stock, and obtain 10% convertible unsecured subordinated promissory notes due on December 31, 2010, the December 2010 Notes, for the remaining indebtedness then due under the April 2008 Notes. Pursuant to the conversion, Mr. Keenan and Mr. Vecchio were issued a total of 248,911 shares of our common stock and December 2010 Notes in an aggregate principal amount of approximately $800,000.
     On November 13, 2007, we sold an additional $1.9 million of December 2010 Notes to certain accredited investors, including Universal Telecommunications, Inc., an affiliate of Mr. Thompson.
     Between January 1, 2006 and October 31, 2006, Mercator Capital L.L.C. made available to us a small amount of office space and certain office and secretarial services. We paid Mercator Capital L.L.C. $7,500 per month for these services. Messrs. Hackman and Ballarini and Lior Samuelson are each principals and, in the aggregate, 95% owners of Mercator Capital L.L.C. and as a result, benefited from the transaction to the extent of their interests in Mercator Capital L.L.C.
     Prior to our initial public offering on April 15, 2005, we issued 100 shares of common stock for $500 in cash, or a purchase price of $5.00 per share. We also issued 2,475,000 Class W warrants and 2,475,000 Class Z warrants for $247,500 in cash, at a purchase price of $0.05 per warrant. These securities were issued to the individuals set forth below, as follows:
               
  Number of Number of    
  Shares of Class W Number of Class  
Name Common Stock Warrants Z Warrants Relationship to Us
H. Brian Thompson  25(1)  618,750(1)  618,750(1) Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
               
Rhodric C. Hackman  25(2)  495,000(2)(3)  495,000(2)(3) President, Secretary and Director
               
Lior Samuelson  25   495,000(3)  495,000(3) Executive Vice President and Director
               
David Ballarini  25   495,000(3)  495,000(3) Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Director
               
Mercator Capital L.L.C.     371,250   371,250  Warrant holder
 
(1) Shares and warrants were acquired and are held by Universal Telecommunications, Inc. Does not include 4,000 shares of our common stock, 4,000 shares of our Class B common stock, 12,000 Class W warrants and 12,000 Class Z warrants which were acquired by Mr. Thompson upon his purchase of 2,000 Series A Units and 2,000 Series B Units.
 
(2) Shares and warrants were acquired and are held by the Hackman Family Trust.

7173


 

(3) Does not include 371,250 Class W warrants and 371,250 Class Z warrants purchased by Mercator Capital L.L.C., an affiliate of Messrs. Hackman, Samuelson and Ballarini.
     Subsequent to the purchase by the individuals and entities of the securities referenced in the above table, Mercator Capital and Universal Telecommunications sold at fair market value, in the aggregate, 25,000 Class W warrants and 25,000 Class Z warrants to each of Mr. O’Brien and Alex Mandl, a former director of the Company.
     Prior to the closing of the Acquisitions, we reimbursed our officers and directors for any reasonable out-of-pocket business expenses incurred by them in connection with certain activities on our behalf such as identifying and investigating possible target businesses and business combinations.

7274


 

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
     The following table provides information concerning beneficial ownership of our common stock as of December 1, 2007, by:
  each stockholder, or group of affiliated stockholders, that we know owns more than 5% of our outstanding common stock;
 
  each of our executive officers;
 
  each of our directors;
 
  all of our executive officers and directors as a group; and
 
  each of the other selling stockholders.
     The following table lists the number of shares and percentage of shares beneficially owned based on 14,479,678 shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2007.
     This prospectus relates to the possible resale by the selling stockholders identified below of 5,242,717 shares of our common stock, 2,672,573 of which are issuable upon the conversion of 10% convertible unsecured subordinated promissory notes. In connection with the registration rights we granted to the selling stockholders, we agreed to file with the SEC a registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part, with respect to the resale or other disposition of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus or interests therein from time to time on the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board, in privately negotiated transactions or otherwise. The selling stockholders may from time to time offer and sell pursuant to this prospectus any or all of the shares of common stock owned by them including those shares that qualify as “Conversion Shares” under the 10% convertible unsecured subordinated promissory notes. The selling stockholders, however, make no representations that the shares covered by this prospectus will be offered for sale.
     The table below presents information regarding the selling stockholders and the shares that each such selling stockholder may offer and sell from time to time under this prospectus. When we refer to the “selling stockholders” in this prospectus, we mean those persons listed in the table below. The number of shares in the column “Number of Shares Offered” represents all of the shares that a selling stockholder may offer under this prospectus. The column “After the Offering Number of Shares Beneficially Owned” assumes that the selling stockholder will have sold all of the shares offered under this prospectus. However, because the selling stockholders may offer, from time to time, all, some or none of their shares under this prospectus, or in another permitted manner, no assurances can be given as to the actual number of shares that will be sold by the selling stockholders or that will be held by the selling stockholders after completion of the sales. Please carefully read the footnotes located below the selling stockholders table in conjunction with the information presented in the table.
     Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and generally includes voting power and/or investment power with respect to the securities held. Shares of common stock subject to options and warrants currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2007, are deemed outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding such options or warrants for purposes of computing the number of shares and percentage beneficially owned by such person, but are not deemed outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage beneficially owned by any other person. Except as indicated in the footnotes to this table, the persons or entities named have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of our common stock shown as beneficially owned by them.

7375


 

02017

     Unless otherwise indicated, the principal address of each of the persons below is c/o Global Telecom & Technology, Inc., 8484 Westpark Drive, Suite 720, McLean, Virginia 22102.
                     
  Prior to the Offering     After the Offering
  Number of Percentage Number of Number of Percentage
  Shares of Shares Shares of
  Beneficially Outstanding Offered Beneficially Outstanding
  Owned Shares Hereby Owned Shares
                     
Executive Officers and Directors
                    
Richard D. Calder, Jr.  235,000   1.6%      235,000   1.6% 
Kevin J. Welch(1)  42,250   *      42,250   * 
H. Brian Thompson(2)  2,667,497   15.9%   881,899   1,785,598   11.3% 
S. Joseph Bruno(3)  24,198   *   14,698   9,500   * 
Didier Delepine  26,629   *      26,629   * 
Rhodric C. Hackman(4)  1,804,854   11.1%      1,804,854   11.1% 
Howard Janzen(5)  79,222   *   58,793   20,429   * 
D. Michael Keenan(6)  2,099,207   13.2%   170,897   1,928,310   13.2% 
Morgan E. O’Brien(7)  66,129   *      66,129   * 
Sudhakar Shenoy(8)  30,827   *   14,698   16,129   * 
Theodore B. Smith, III(9)  22,698   *   14,698   8,000   * 
All executive officers and directors as a group (11 persons)  7,102,538   35.3%   1,155,683   5,946,855   31.3% 
                     
Other 5% Stockholders
                    
David Ballarini(10)  1,741,525   10.7%      1,741,525   10.7% 
J. Carlo Cannell(11)  8,006,597   47.9%      8,006,597   47.9% 
Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P.(12)  1,475,000   10.2%      1,475,000   10.2% 
Millenco, L.L.C.(13)  1,972,125   12.0%      1,972,125   12.0% 
Lior Samuelson(14)  1,778,725   10.9%      1,778,725   10.9% 
Todd J. Vecchio(15)  2,545,348   15.8%   546,871   1,998,477   12.7% 
                     
Other Selling Stockholders
                    
KB Fund III LP(16)  406,823   2.8%   406,823      * 
KB Fund III B LP(16)  110,593   *   110,593      * 
New Star Private Equity Investment Trust plc(16)  516,946   3.6%   516,946      * 
Christopher Britton(17)  195,308   1.3%   195,308      * 
James Edmund Dodd(18)  122,394   *   122,394      * 
Elderstreet Capital Partners Nominees Ltd.(19)  517,362   3.6%   517,362      * 
Esprit Nominees Limited(20)  894,817   5.9%   894,817      * 
NovaVest Fund I, LLC(21)  639,199   4.3%   639,199      * 
Raymond E. Wiseman(22)  556,718   3.7%   136,718   420,000   2.8% 
 
* Less than 1% of the outstanding shares of common stock.
 
(1) Includes 13,750 shares issuable upon the exercise of options.
 
(2) Includes 398,125 shares of common stock owned by Universal Telecommunications, Inc. Mr. Thompson is the Chief Executive Officer and majority shareholder of Universal Telecommunications, Inc. The shares of Universal Telecommunications, Inc. not held by Mr. Thompson are owned by members of his family. The beneficial ownership information includes 1,383,500 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of Class W warrants and Class Z warrants, 1,365,500 of which are held by Universal Telecommunications, Inc., and 881,899 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of a 10% convertible unsecured subordinated promissory note held by Universal Telecommunications, Inc. The beneficial owner’s address is 1950 Old Gallows Road, Vienna, Virginia 22182.

7476


 

(3) Includes 14,698 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of a 10% convertible unsecured subordinated promissory note.
 
(4) Includes 36,154 shares of common stock owned by the Hackman Family Trust and 18,900 shares of common stock owned by Mercator Capital L.L.C. Mr. Hackman and his spouse are the trustees of the Hackman Family Trust, the beneficiaries of which are members of the Hackman family. The Hackman Family Trust exercises joint control over Mercator Capital L.L.C. with Messrs. Ballarini and Samuelson. The beneficial ownership information includes 1,749,800 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of Class W warrants and Class Z warrants, 1,017,200 of which are held by the Hackman Family Trust and 732,600 of which are held by Mercator Capital L.L.C. The beneficial owner’s address is c/o Mercator Capital L.L.C., One Fountain Square, 11911 Freedom Drive, Suite 590, Reston, Virginia 20190.
 
(5) Includes 58,793 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of a 10% convertible unsecured subordinated promissory note.
 
(6) Includes 1,305,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of Class W warrants and Class Z warrants and 111,633 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of a 10% convertible unsecured subordinated promissory note.
 
(7) Includes 50,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of Class W warrants and Class Z warrants.
 
(8) Includes 14,698 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of a 10% convertible unsecured subordinated promissory note.
 
(9) Includes 14,698 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of a 10% convertible unsecured subordinated promissory note.
 
(10) Includes 18,900 shares of common stock owned by Mercator Capital L.L.C. Mr. Ballarini exercises joint control over Mercator Capital L.L.C. with the Hackman Family Trust and Mr. Samuelson. The beneficial ownership information includes 1,722,600 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of Class W warrants and Class Z warrants, 732,600 of which are held by Mercator Capital L.L.C. The beneficial owner’s address is c/o Mercator Capital L.L.C., One Fountain Square, 11911 Freedom Drive, Suite 590, Reston, Virginia 20190.
 
(11) Based on information contained in the Form 4/A filed by J. Carlo Cannell on October 10, 2007. Includes 5,782,597 shares of common stock and 2,224,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of Class W warrants and Class Z warrants held by The Cuttyhunk Fund Limited (“Cuttyhunk”), Anegada Master Fund Limited (“Anegada”), TE Cannell Portfolio, Ltd. (“TEC”), Tonga Partners, L.P. (“Tonga”), Tristan Partners, L.P. (“Tristan”) and Kauai Partners, L.P. (“Kauai” and collectively with Cuttyhunk, Anegada, TEC, Tonga and Tristan, the “Funds”). J. Carlo Cannell possesses sole power to vote and direct the disposition of all such securities held by the Funds. The beneficial owner’s address is P.O. Box 3459, 240 East Deloney Avenue, Jackson, Wyoming 83001.
 
(12) Based on information contained in Schedule 13G filed by Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. on December 12, 2006, Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. has sole power to vote or to direct the vote, and sole power to dispose or direct the disposition of, all 1,475,000 shares of our common stock. The beneficial owner’s address is 32 Old Slip New York, New York 10005.
 
(13) Includes 1,935,025 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of Class W and Class Z warrants. Based on information contained in the Schedule 13D filed by Millenco, L.L.C. on October 25, 2006, Millenco, L.L.C. has sole power to vote or to direct the vote, and sole power to dispose or direct the disposition of, all 1,972,125 shares of our common stock. Pursuant to the Schedule 13D, Millennium Management, L.L.C. is the manager of Millenco, L.L.C., and consequently may be deemed to have voting control and investment discretion over securities owned by Millenco, L.L.C., and Israel A. Englander is the managing member of Millennium Management, L.L.C., and consequently may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of any shares deemed to be beneficially owned by Millennium Management, L.L.C. The beneficial owner’s address is 666 Fifth Avenue, 8th Floor, New York, New York 10103.
 
(14) Includes 18,900 shares of common stock owned by Mercator Capital L.L.C. Mr. Samuelson exercises joint control over Mercator Capital L.L.C. with the Hackman Family Trust and Mr. Ballarini. The beneficial ownership information includes 1,749,800 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of Class W and Class Z warrants, 732,600 of which are held by Mercator Capital L.L.C. The beneficial owner’s address is c/o Mercator Capital L.L.C., One Fountain Square, 11911 Freedom Drive, Suite 590, Reston, Virginia 20190.
 
(15) Includes 1,305,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of Class W and Class Z warrants and 357,225 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of a 10% convertible unsecured subordinated promissory note.
 
(16) The beneficial owner’s address is 10 Bedford Street, London WC2E 9HE, United Kingdom.
 
(17) Includes 127,578 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of a 10% convertible unsecured subordinated promissory note. The beneficial owner’s address is LeMoine House, 9 Church Green, Barnwell, Nr Oundle, Northamptionshire PE8 5QH, United Kingdom.
 
(18) The beneficial owner’s address is 20 Berkeley Square, London W1J 6LJ, United Kingdom.
 
(19) The beneficial owner’s address is 1 Knightsbridge Green, London SW1X 7NE, United Kingdom.
 
(20) Includes 584,509 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of a 10% convertible unsecured subordinated promissory note by Esprit Nominees Limited as nominee for Esprit Capital I Fund No. 1 LP and Esprit Capital I Fund No. 2 LP. The beneficial owner disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares. The beneficial owner’s address is 14 Buckingham Gate, London SW1E 6LB, United Kingdom.
 
(21) Includes 417,535 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of a 10% convertible unsecured subordinated promissory note. The beneficial owner’s address is c/o Anthony Bleasdale, NT General Partner (Guernsey) Limited, First Floor, Dorey Court, Admiral Park, St Peter Port, Guernsey GY1 6HJ, Channel Islands.
 
(22) Includes 290,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of Class W warrants and Class Z warrants and 89,306 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of a 10% convertible unsecured subordinated promissory note. The beneficial owner’s address is 1202 East Patuxent Drive, LaPlata, Maryland 20646.

7577


 

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
     The selling stockholders, and any of their pledgees, assignees and successors-in-interest (including successors by gift, partnership distribution or other non-sale-related transfer effected after the date of this prospectus), may, from time to time, sell any or all of their shares of our common stock on any stock exchange, market or trading facility on which the shares are traded or in private transactions. These sales may be at fixed prices, at market prices at the time of sale, at varying prices determined at the time of sale or at negotiated prices. The selling stockholders may use any one or more of the following methods when selling shares:
  ordinary brokerage transactions and transactions in which the broker-dealer solicits purchasers;
 
  block trades in which the broker-dealer will attempt to sell the shares as agent but may position and resell a portion of the block as principal to facilitate the transaction;
 
  purchases by a broker-dealer as principal and resale by the broker-dealer for its account;
 
  an exchange distribution in accordance with the rules of the applicable exchange;
 
  privately negotiated transactions;
 
  short sales;
 
  broker-dealers may agree with the selling stockholders to sell a specified number of such shares at a stipulated price per share;
 
  a combination of any such methods of sale; and
 
  any other method permitted pursuant to applicable law.
     The selling stockholders may also sell shares under Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, if available, rather than under this prospectus. The selling stockholders are not obligated to, and there is no assurance that the selling stockholders will, sell all or any of the shares we are registering. The selling stockholders may transfer, devise or gift such shares by other means not described in this prospectus.
     The selling stockholders may also engage in short sales against the box, puts and calls and other transactions in our securities or derivatives of our securities and may sell or deliver shares in connection with these trades.
     Broker-dealers engaged by the selling stockholders may arrange for other brokers-dealers to participate in sales. Broker-dealers may receive commissions or discounts from the selling stockholders (or, if any broker-dealer acts as agent for the purchaser of shares, from the purchaser) in amounts to be negotiated. The selling stockholders do not expect these commissions and discounts to exceed what is customary in the types of transactions involved. Any profits on the resale of shares of common stock by a broker-dealer acting as principal might be deemed to be underwriting discounts or commissions under the Securities Act. Discounts, concessions, commissions and similar selling expenses, if any, attributable to the sale of shares will be borne by a selling stockholder. The selling stockholders may agree to indemnify any agent, dealer or broker-dealer that participates in transactions involving sales of the shares if liabilities are imposed on that person under the Securities Act. The selling stockholders that are also broker-dealers are “underwriters” within the meaning of the Securities Act.
     The selling stockholders may from time to time pledge or grant a security interest in some or all of the shares of common stock owned by them and, if they default in the performance of any of their secured obligations, the pledgees or secured parties may offer and sell the shares of common stock from time to time under this prospectus as it may be supplemented from time to time, or under an amendment to this prospectus under Rule 424(b)(3) or other applicable provision of the Securities Act amending the list of selling stockholders to include the pledgee, transferee or other successors in interest as selling stockholders under this prospectus.

7678


 

     The selling stockholders also may transfer the shares of common stock in other circumstances, in which case the transferees, pledgees or other successors in interest will be the selling beneficial owners for purposes of this prospectus.
     The selling stockholders have advised us that they have not entered into any agreements, understandings or arrangements with any underwriters or broker-dealers regarding the sale of their shares of common stock, nor is there an underwriter or coordinating broker acting in connection with a proposed sale of shares of common stock by any selling stockholder. If we are notified by any selling stockholder that any material arrangement has been entered into with a broker-dealer for the sale of shares of common stock, if required, we will file a supplement to this prospectus. If the selling stockholders use this prospectus for any sale of the shares of common stock, they will be subject to the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.
     The anti-manipulation rules of Regulation M under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 may apply to sales of our common stock and activities of the selling stockholders. We will make copies of this prospectus (as it may be supplemented or amended from time to time) available to the selling stockholders for the purpose of satisfying the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act. The selling stockholders may indemnify any broker-dealer that participates in transactions involving the sale of the shares against certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act.
DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES
General
     We are authorized to issue 80,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $.0001, and 5,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $.0001. As of December 31, 2007, 14,479,678 shares of our common stock are outstanding, held by 34 recordholders. No shares of our preferred stock are currently outstanding.
Common Stock
     Holders of common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters to be voted on by stockholders. There is no cumulative voting with respect to the election of directors, with the result that the holders of more than 50% of the shares voted for the election of directors can elect all of the directors. Holders of common stock have no conversion, preemptive or other subscription rights and there are no sinking fund or redemption provisions applicable to the common stock.
Preferred Stock
     Our certificate of incorporation authorizes the issuance of 5,000 shares of blank check preferred stock with such designation, rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by our board of directors. Our board of directors is empowered, without stockholder approval, to issue preferred stock with dividend, liquidation, conversion, voting or other rights which could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of common stock. The preferred stock could be utilized as a method of discouraging, delaying or preventing a change in control of the Company. Although we do not currently intend to issue any shares of preferred stock, we cannot assure you that we will not do so in the future.
Warrants
     We currently have Class W warrants and Class Z warrants outstanding.
     Each Class W warrant entitles the registered holder to purchase one share of our common stock at a price of $5.00 per share, subject to adjustment as discussed below. The Class W warrants will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time on April 10, 2010.

7779


 

     We may call the Class W warrants for redemption (except as set forth below), with the prior consent of HCFP/Brenner Securities, LLC, or HCFP/Brenner:
  in whole and not in part,
 
  at a price of $.05 per Class W warrant at any time after the Class W warrants become exercisable,
 
  upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption to each Class W warrantholder, and
 
  if, and only if, the reported last sale price of our common stock equals or exceeds $7.50 per share, for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading day period ending on the third business day prior to the notice of redemption to the Class W warrantholders.
     The Class W warrants outstanding prior to our initial public offering, all of which were held by our officers and directors or their affiliates, are not redeemable by us as long as such warrants continue to be held by such individuals.
     Each Class Z warrant entitles the registered holder to purchase one share of our common stock at a price of $5.00 per share, subject to adjustment as discussed below. The Class Z warrants will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time on April 10, 2012.
     We may call the Class Z warrants for redemption (except as set forth below), with the prior consent of HCFP/Brenner:
  in whole and not in part,
 
  at a price of $.05 per Class Z warrant at any time after the Class Z warrants become exercisable,
 
  upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption to each Class Z warrantholder, and
 
  if, and only if, the reported last sale price of our common stock equals or exceeds $8.75 per share, for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading day period ending on the third business day prior to the notice of redemption to the Class Z warrantholders.
     The Class Z warrants outstanding prior to our initial public offering, all of which were held by our officers and directors or their affiliates, are not be redeemable by us as long as such warrants continue to be held by such individuals.
     The Class W warrants and Class Z warrants were issued in registered form under a warrant agreement between American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent, and us.
     The exercise price and number of shares of common stock issuable on exercise of the Class W warrants and Class Z warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a stock dividend, or our recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However, the Class W warrants and Class Z warrants will not be adjusted for issuances of common stock at a price below their respective exercise prices.
     The Class W warrants and Class Z warrants may be exercised upon surrender of the warrant certificate on or prior to the expiration date at the offices of the warrant agent, with the exercise form on the reverse side of the warrant certificate completed and executed as indicated, accompanied by full payment of the exercise price, by certified check payable to us, for the number of warrants being exercised. The Class W warrantsholders and Class Z warrantholders do not have the rights or privileges of holders of common stock or any voting rights until they exercise their warrants and receive shares of common stock. After the issuance of shares of common stock upon exercise of the warrants, each holder will be entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters to be voted on by stockholders.
     No warrants will be exercisable unless at the time of exercise a prospectus relating to common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants is current and the common stock has been registered or qualified or deemed to be exempt under the securities laws of the state of residence of the holder of the warrants. Under the terms of the warrant agreement, we have agreed to meet these conditions and to maintain a current prospectus relating to common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants until the expiration of the warrants. However, we cannot assure you that we will be able to do so. The warrants may be deprived of any value and the market for the warrants may be limited if the prospectus relating to the common stock issuable upon the exercise of the warrants is not current or if the common stock is not qualified or exempt from qualification in the jurisdictions in which the holders of the warrants reside.

7880


 

     No fractional shares will be issued upon exercise of the Class W warrants and Class Z warrants. If, upon exercise of the warrants, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, we will, upon exercise, round up to the nearest whole number the number of shares of common stock to be issued to the warrant holder.
Convertible Promissory Notes
     We have issued approximately $4.8 million in 10% convertible unsecured subordinated promissory notes due on December 31, 2010, the 2010 Notes. The holders of the 2010 Notes can convert the principal due under the notes into shares of common stock, at any time, at a price per share equal to $1.70. We have the right to require the holders of the 2010 Notes to convert the principal amount due under the notes at any time after the closing price of our common stock shall be equal to or greater than $2.64 for 15 consecutive business days. The conversion provisions of the 2010 Notes include protection against dilutive issuances of our common stock, subject to certain exceptions. The 2010 Notes are subordinate to any future credit facility we entered into, up to an amount of $4.0 million.
Registration Rights
     The holders of our shares of common stock, Class W warrants and Class Z warrants outstanding prior to our initial public offering have registration rights with respect to such securities. The holders of the majority of these securities are entitled to make up to two demands that we register their shares of common stock, their warrants and the shares of common stock underlying their warrants. The holders of the majority of these securities can elect to exercise these registration rights at any time. In addition, these stockholders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights on registration statements filed subsequent to such date. We will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.
     The holders of our 2010 Notes have registration rights with respect to 2,570,143 shares of common stock and the common stock issuable upon the conversion of the notes, subject to adjustment to take into consideration the then interpretation of Rule 415. We have agreed to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause a registration statement covering such shares of common stock to be filed with, and declared effective by, the SEC. We will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statement.
Delaware Anti-Takeover Law and Provisions in Our Charter and Bylaws
     Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute.We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In general, these provisions prohibit a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date that the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder is approved in a manner presented in Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Generally, a “business combination” is defined to include mergers, asset sales and other transactions resulting in financial benefit to a stockholder. In general, an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and employees, owns, or within three years, did own, 15% or more of a corporation’s voting stock.
     Certificate of Incorporation.Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that:
  our Board of Directors may issue, without further action by the stockholders, up to 5,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock; and
 
  vacancies on the Board of Directors, including newly created directorships, can be filled by a majority of the directors then in office.
     The provisions in our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of the Board of Directors and in the policies formulated by the Board of Directors and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened change of control of the Company. These provisions also are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited proposal for a takeover of the Company that does not contemplate the acquisition of all of its outstanding shares or an unsolicited proposal for the restructuring or sale of all or part of the Company. These provisions, however, could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change in control of the Company. They may also have the effect of preventing changes in our management.
Transfer Agent
     The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock, Class W warrants and Class Z warrants in American Stock Transfer & Trust Company.

81


LEGAL MATTERS
     Greenberg Traurig, LLP, McLean, Virginia, has passed upon the validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby.
EXPERTS
     The consolidated financial statements of Global Telecom & Technology, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and for the year ended December 31, 2006 and the period from inception (January 3, 2005) to December 31, 2005; of GTT-EMEA Limited and Subsidiaries for the period from January 1, 2006 to October 15, 2006; and of Global Internetworking, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of September 30, 2006 and for the year then ended and for the period from October 1, 2006 to October 15, 2006 appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by J.H. Cohn LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their reports thereon, included therein. The consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, changes in stockholders’ deficit and cash flows of GTT — EMEA Limited (formerly European Telecommunications & Technology Limited) for the year ended December 31, 2004 appearing in this prospectus and registration statement (which contains an emphasis of a matter paragraph relating to GTT — EMEA Limited’s recurring losses from operations since inception and net capital deficiency, as described in Note 1 to the financial statements) have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountants, as set forth in their report thereon, included therein. The consolidated financial statements of GTT — EMEA Limited (formerly European Telecommunications & Technology Limited) for the year ended December 31, 2005 appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by BDO Stoy Hayward LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon, included therein. The consolidated financial statements of Global Internetworking, Inc. for the years ended September 30, 2005 and 2004 appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited Schwartz, Weissman & Co., PC, independent public accounting firm, as set forth in their reports thereon, included therein. All such financial statements have been included herein in reliance on the reports of such firms given upon their authority as experts in auditing and accounting.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
     We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock that are offered by this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all of the information included in the registration statement. For further information pertaining to us and our common stock, you should refer to the registration statement and its exhibits. Whenever we make reference in this prospectus to any of our contracts, agreements or other documents, the references are not necessarily complete, and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the actual contract, agreement or other document.
     We are subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. You can read our SEC filings, including the registration statement, over the Internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. You may also read and copy any document we file with the SEC at its public reference facility at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C., 20549.
     You may also obtain copies of the documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C., 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference facility.

7982


 

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
     
Global Telecom & Technology, Inc.
  
Report of J.H. Cohn LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2006 and 2005 F-3
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2006 and for the period from Inception (January 3, 2005) to December 31, 2005 F-4
Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Equity for year ended December 31, 2006 and for the period from Inception (January 3, 2005) to December 31, 2005 F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2006 and for the period from Inception (January 3, 2005) to December 31, 2005 F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements F-7
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements F-33
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets F-34
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations F-35
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Equity F-36
Unaduited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows F-37
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements F-38
European Telecommunications & Technology Limited
  
Report of J.H. Cohn LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm F-47
Report of BDO Stoy Hayward LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm F-48
Report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Auditors F-49
Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2005 F-50
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the period from January 1, 2006 to October 15, 2006 and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 F-51
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the period from January 1, 2006 to October 15, 2006 and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 F-52
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Deficit for the period from January 1, 2006 to October 15, 2006 and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 F-53
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the period from January 1, 2006 to October 15, 2006 and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 F-54
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements F-55
Global Internetworking, Inc.
  
Report of J.H. Cohn LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm F-68
Independent Auditors’ Report of Schwartz, Weissman & Co., PC F-69
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2006 and 2005 F-70
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the period from October 1, 2006 to October 15, 2006 and for the years ended September 30, 2006, 2005 and 2004 F-71
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the period from October 1, 2006 to October 15, 2006 and for the years ended September 30, 2006, 2005 and 2004 F-72
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the period from October 1, 2006 to October 15, 2006 and for the years ended September 30, 2006, 2005 and 2004 F-73
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements F-74


F-1


 

 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Global Telecom & Technology, Inc.
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Global Telecom & Technology, Inc. (formerly Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.) and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2006 and the period from inception (January 3, 2005) to December 31, 2005. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Global Telecom & Technology, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and their consolidated results of operations and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2006 and the period from inception (January 3, 2005) to December 31, 2005, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
 
/s/  J.H. Cohn LLP
 
Jericho, New York
April 16, 2007


F-2


 

Global Telecom & Technology, Inc.
(formerly Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.)

Consolidated Balance Sheets
 
         
  December 31,
  December 31,
 
  2006  2005 
 
ASSETS
Current assets:        
Cash and cash equivalents (including $533,348 in certificates of deposit in 2006) $3,779,027  $1,383,204 
Designated cash  10,287,180    
Restricted investment in trust fund     54,657,439 
Accounts receivable, net  7,687,544    
Income tax refund receivable  417,110    
Deferred contract costs  591,700    
Prepaid expenses and other current assets  970,821   60,244 
         
Total current assets
  23,733,382   56,100,887 
Property and equipment, net  890,263    
Other assets  1,075,063    
Intangible assets, subject to amortization  11,117,721    
Goodwill  61,458,599    
         
Total assets
 $98,275,028  $56,100,887 
         
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
        
Accounts payable $13,892,664  $148,033 
Notes payable  6,519,167    
Common stock, subject to possible conversion to cash  11,311,658    
Unearned and deferred revenue  2,930,639    
Regulatory and sales tax payable  297,251    
Income taxes payable  339,694   56,000 
Derivative liabilities  8,435,050   6,507,700 
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities  2,333,178    
         
Total current liabilities
  46,059,301   6,711,733 
Long-term obligations, less current maturities  4,000,000    
Long-term deferred revenue  190,778    
Deferred tax liability  4,231,762    
         
Total liabilities
  54,481,841   6,711,733 
         
Common stock, subject to possible conversion to cash     10,926,022 
         
Commitments and contingencies
        
Stockholders’ equity:
        
Preferred stock, par value $.0001 per share, 5,000 shares authorized, no shares issued      
Common stock, par value $.0001 per share, 80,000,000 and 40,000,000 shares authorized, 11,011,932 and 1,150,100 shares issued and outstanding (in 2006 excluding 2,114,942 shares subject to possible to cash conversion)  1,101   115 
Common stock, Class B, par value $.0001 per share, 0 and 12,000,000 shares authorized, 0 and 8,465,058 shares issued and outstanding (in 2005 excluding 2,114,942 shares subject to possible conversion to cash)     847 
Additional paid-in capital  44,049,553   37,087,542 
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)  (478,220)  1,369,061 
Accumulated other comprehensive income  220,753   5,567 
         
Total stockholders’ equity
  43,793,187   38,463,132 
         
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
 $98,275,028  $56,100,887 
         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.


F-3


 

Global Telecom & Technology, Inc.
(formerly Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.)

Consolidated Statements of Operations
 
         
     For the Period from
 
     Inception (January 3,
 
  For the Year Ended
  2005) to
 
  December 31, 2006  December 31, 2005 
 
Revenue:
        
Telecommunications services sold $10,470,502  $ 
         
Operating expenses:
        
Cost of telecommunications services provided  7,784,193    
Selling, general and administrative expense  3,981,423   358,892 
Depreciation and amortization  521,854    
         
Total operating expenses  12,287,470   358,892 
         
Operating loss  (1,816,968)  (358,892)
Other income (expense):        
Interest income, net of expense  2,108,716   1,258,203 
Other (expense), net of income  (17,591)   
Gain (loss) on derivative financial instruments  (1,927,350)  776,750 
         
Total other income (expense)  163,775   2,034,953 
         
Income (loss) before income taxes  (1,653,193)  1,676,061 
Provision for income taxes  194,088   307,000 
         
Net (loss) income $(1,847,281) $1,369,061 
         
Net (loss) income per share:        
Basic and diluted $(0.15) $0.16 
         
Weighted average shares:        
Basic and diluted  12,008,854   8,434,067 
         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.


F-4


 

Global Telecom & Technology, Inc.
(formerly Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.)

Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Equity
 
                                 
                    Accumulated
    
              Additional
  Retained
  Other
    
  Common Stock  Common Stock, Class B  Paid-In
  Earnings
  Comprehensive
    
  Shares  Amount  Shares  Amount  Capital  (Accumulated Deficit)  Income  Total 
 
Balance, January 3, 2005 (inception)
    $     $  $  $  $  $ 
Issuance of common stock for cash  100            500         500 
Issuance of 4,950,000 warrants for cash              247,500         247,500 
Sale of 575,000 Series A units and 5,290,000 Series B units through public offering, net of underwriter’s discount and offering expenses and net proceeds of $10,680,457 allocable to 2,114,942 shares of common stock, Class B subject to possible conversion to cash  1,150,000   115   8,465,058   847   44,369,457         44,370,419 
Proceeds from sale of underwriters’ purchase option              100         100 
Allocation of value to Class B shares subject to possible conversion to cash              (245,565)        (245,565)
Reclassification to derivative liabilities for portion of proceeds from sale of units in public offering relating to warrants and for value of underwriter purchase option              (7,284,450)        (7,284,450)
Comprehensive income                                
Net income                 1,369,061      1,369,061 
Change in unrealized gain onavailable-for-sale securities
                    5,567   5,567 
                                 
Comprehensive income                              1,374,628 
                                 
Balance, December 31, 2005
  1,150,100   115   8,465,058   847   37,087,542   1,369,061   5,567   38,463,132 
Allocation of value to Class B shares subject to possible conversion to cash              (385,636)        (385,636)
Conversion of Class B common shares to common stock (excluding 2,114,942 shares subject to cash conversion)  8,465,058   847   (8,465,058)  (847)            
Value of common shares and warrants issued in connection with acquisition  1,300,000   130         7,198,557         7,198,687 
Share-based compensation for options issued to employees              7,680         7,680 
Share-based compensation for restricted stock issued  96,774   9         66,397         66,406 
Share-based compensation for restricted stock awarded              75,013         75,013 
Comprehensive loss                                
Net loss                 (1,847,281)     (1,847,281)
Change in unrealized gain onavailable-for-sale securities
                    (5,567)  (5,567)
Change in accumulated foreign currency gain on translation                    220,753   220,753 
                                 
Comprehensive loss                              (1,632,095)
                                 
Balance, December 31, 2006
  11,011,932  $1,101     $  $44,049,553  $(478,220) $220,753  $43,793,187 
                                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.


F-5


 

Global Telecom & Technology, Inc.
(formerly Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.)

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
 
         
     For the Period from
 
     Inception (January 3,
 
  For the Year Ended
  2005) to
 
  December 31, 2006  December 31, 2005 
 
Cash Flows From Operating Activities:
        
Net (loss) income $(1,847,281) $1,369,061 
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities        
Depreciation and amortization  521,854    
Change in value of derivative liabilities  1,927,350   (776,750)
Shared-based compensation from options issued to employees  7,680    
Shared-based compensation from restricted stock to employees  141,419    
Amortization of discount on U.S. Government Securities held in trust  (1,926,831)  (1,222,872)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, excluding effects of Acquisitions:
        
Accounts receivable, net  1,952,678    
Income tax refund receivable  (89,606)   
Deferred contract cost and other assets  540,578    
Prepaid expenses and other current assets  (148,566)  (60,244)
Other assets  187,887    
Accounts payable  999,138   148,033 
Unearned and deferred revenue  (2,751,271)   
Regulatory and sales tax payable  (44,532)   
Income taxes payable  338,779   56,000 
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities  394,031    
Long-term deferrals  (28,062)   
         
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
  175,245   (486,772)
         
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
        
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired  (44,370,105)   
Increase of designated cash  (10,149,180)   
Purchases of property and equipment  (50,564)   
Purchases of U.S. Government Securities held in Trust Fund  (166,038,591)  (161,441,000)
Maturities of U.S. Government Securities held in Trust Fund  222,741,468   108,012,000 
         
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
  2,133,028   (53,429,000)
         
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
        
Proceeds from sales of common stock and warrants to initial stockholders     248,000 
Portion of net proceeds from sale from Series B units through public offering allocable to shares of common stock, Class B subject to possible conversion to cash     10,680,457 
Net proceeds form sale of units through public offering     44,370,419 
Proceeds from sale of underwriters’ purchase option     100 
         
Net cash provided by financing activities
     55,298,976 
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
  87,550    
         
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
  2,395,823   1,383,204 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
  1,383,204    
         
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
 $3,779,027  $1,383,204 
         
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information
        
Cash paid for interest $12,477  $ 
Cash paid for income taxes $  $251,000 
Noncash investing and financing activities:
        
Deferred tax liability related to Acquisitions of GII and ETT $4,231,762  $ 
Stock and warrants issued in connection with Acquisition of GII $7,198,687  $ 
Debt issued for Acquisition of ETT $4,666,667  $ 
Debt issued for Acquisition of GII $5,250,000  $ 
Other notes payable $602,500  $ 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-6


 

Global Telecom & Technology, Inc.
(formerly Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
NOTE 1 — ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS, MANAGEMENT’S PLANS
 
Organization and Business
 
Global Telecom & Technology, Inc., (“GTT”) serves as the holding company for two operating subsidiaries, Global Telecom & Technology Americas, Inc. (“GTTA”), which provides services primarily to customers in North, Central and South America, and GTT — EMEA Ltd. (“GTTE”), which provides services primarily to customers in Europe, the Middle East and Asia, and their respective subsidiaries (collectively, hereinafter, the “Company”).
 
The Company provides facilities-neutral, high-capacity communications network solutions, dedicated managed data networks and other value-added telecommunications services to over 200 domestic and multinational small, medium and enterprise customers with respect to over 50 countries.
 
GTT is a Delaware corporation formerly known as Mercator Acquisition Partners Corp. (“Mercator”), which was incorporated on January 3, 2005 for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition or another similar business combination with what was, at the time, an unidentified operating business or businesses (“Business Combination”). Mercator was a “shell company” as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933 andRule 12b-2 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act. On April 11, 2005, Mercator effected an initial public offering of its securities (the “Offering”) (see Note 3) which closed on April 15, 2005.
 
GTTA is a Virginia corporation, incorporated in 1998, formerly known as Global Internetworking, Inc. (“GII”). GTTE is a UK limited company, incorporated in 1998, formerly known as European Telecommunications and Technology, Ltd. (“ETT”).
 
On October 15, 2006, GTT acquired all of the outstanding shares of common stock of GII and outstanding voting stock of ETT (collectively the “Acquisitions”) in exchange for cash, stock, warrants and notes (see Note 4). Immediately thereafter, Mercator changed its name to GTT. Subsequently, GII changed its name to Global Telecom & Technology Americas, Inc., and ETT changed its name to GTT — EMEA Ltd.
 
Basis of Presentation
 
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis. As shown in the accompanying consolidated financial statements, the Company had a working capital deficit of approximately ($22.3) million at December 31, 2006. The working capital deficit includes designated cash which will be used to repurchase shares upon their conversion and the associated liability for such shares subject to possible conversion (see Note 2). Additionally, a portion of the working capital deficit, $8.4 million, is attributable to a derivative liability associated with the warrants and an option issued in the Offering (see Note 2).
 
Historically, the combined operations of the acquired companies have not been cash flow positive. However, cash flows of the Company are expected to improve through cost reductions following the combination of the two companies and additional growth in sales. Net cash provided by operations for the Company in 2006 was approximately $0.2 million and includes the impact of the Acquisitions from October 15, 2006 through December 31, 2006.
 
As a multiple network operator, the Company typically has very low levels of capital expenditures, especially when compared to infrastructure-owning traditional telecommunications competitors. Additionally, the Company’s cost structure is somewhat variable and provides management an ability to manage costs as appropriate. The Company’s capital expenditures are predominantly related to the maintenance of computer facilities, office fixtures and furnishings and are very low as a proportion of revenue. However, from time to time the Company may require capital investment as part of an executed service contract that would typically consist of significant multi-year commitments from the customer.


F-7


 

 
Global Telecom & Technology, Inc.
(formerly Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 
Management monitors cash flow and liquidity requirements. Based on the Company’s cash and cash equivalents and analysis of the anticipated working capital requirements, management believes the Company has sufficient liquidity to fund the business and meet its contractual obligations over a period beyond the next 15 months from December 31, 2006. The Company’s current planned cash requirements for fiscal 2007 are based upon certain assumptions, including its ability to raise additional financing and the growth of revenues from services arrangements. In connection with the activities associated with the services and fund raising activities, the Company expects to incur expenses, including provider fees, employee compensation and consulting fees, professional fees, sales and marketing, insurance and interest expense. Should the expected cash flows not be available, management believes it would have the ability to revise its operating plan and make reductions in expenses.
 
Although we believe that cash currently on hand and expected cash flows from future operations are sufficient to fund operations, we may seek to raise additional capital as necessary to meet certain capital and liquidity requirements in the future. Due to the dynamic nature of our industry and unforeseen circumstances, if we are unable to fully fund cash requirements through operations and current cash on hand, we will need to obtain additional financing through a combination of equity and debt financingsand/or renegotiation of terms on our existing debt. If any such activities become necessary, there can be no assurance that we would be successful in completing any of these activities on terms that would be favorable to us, if at all.
 
NOTE 2 — SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
Basis of Presentation of Consolidated Financial Statements and Use of Estimates
 
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, GTTA, GTTE, and GTTA’s and GTTE’s respective operating subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.
 
GTTA’s operating subsidiaries:
 
GTT Global Telecom, LLC (US)
 
GTT Global Telecom Government Services, LLC (US)
 
Global Internetworking of Virginia, Inc. (US)
 
GTTE’s subsidiaries:
 
European Telecommunications & Technology SARL (France)
 
European Telecommunications & Technology Inc. (US)
 
ETT European Telecommunications & Technology Deutschland GmbH (Germany)
 
ETT (European Telecommunications & Technology) Private Limited (India)
 
European Telecommunications & Technology (S) Pte Limited (Singapore)
 
ETT Network Services Limited, (UK)
 
The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Significant accounting estimates to be made by management include or will include allowances for doubtful accounts, impairment of goodwill and other long-lived assets, estimated reserves and other allowances and expected


F-8


 

 
Global Telecom & Technology, Inc.
(formerly Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

volatility of common stock. Because of the uncertainty inherent in such estimates, actual results may differ from these estimates.
 
Predecessors
 
From its inception (January 3, 2005) until consummation of the Acquisitions on October 15, 2006, GTT had no substantial operations other than to serve as a vehicle for a Business Combination. Accordingly, since GTT’s operating activities prior to the Acquisitions are insignificant relative to those of the GTTA and GTTE, management believes that both GTTA and GTTE are GTT’s predecessors. Management has reached this conclusion based upon an evaluation of the requirements and facts and circumstances, including the historical life of each of GTTE and GTTA, the historical level of operations of GTTA and GTTE, the purchase price paid for each GTTE and GTTA and the fact that the consolidated Company’s operations, revenues and expenses after the Acquisitions are most similar in all respects to those of GTTA’s and GTTE’s historical periods. Accordingly, the historical financial statements of GTTA and GTTE have been provided elsewhere in this annual report onForm 10-K.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
Data Connectivity and Managed Network Services-Data connectivity and managed network services are provided pursuant to service contracts that typically provide for payments of recurring charges on a monthly basis for use of the services over a committed term. Each service contract for data connectivity and managed services has a fixed monthly cost and a fixed term, in addition to a fixed installation charge (if applicable). At the end of the initial term of most service contracts for data connectivity and managed services, the contracts roll forward on amonth-to-month or other periodic basis and continue to bill at the same fixed recurring rate. If any cancellation or termination charges become due from the customer as a result of early cancellation or termination of a service contract, those amounts are calculated pursuant to a formula specified in each contract. Recurring costs relating to supply contracts are recognized ratably over the term of the contract.
 
Non-recurring fees, Deferred Revenue-Non-recurring fees for data connectivity typically take the form of one-time, non-refundable provisioning fees established pursuant to service contracts. The amount of the provisioning fee included in each contract is generally determined by marking up or passing through the corresponding charge from the Company’s supplier, imposed pursuant to the Company’s purchase agreement. Non-recurring revenues earned for providing provisioning services in connection with the delivery of recurring communications services are recognized ratably over the term of the recurring service starting upon commencement of the service contract term. Fees recorded or billed from these provisioning services is initially recorded as deferred revenue then recognized ratably over the term of the recurring service. Installation costs related to provisioning incurred by the Company from independent third party suppliers, directly attributable and necessary to fulfill a particular service contract, and which costs would not have been incurred but for the occurrence of that service contract, are capitalized as deferred contract costs and expensed proportionally over the term of service in the same manner as the deferred revenue arising from that contract.
 
Other Revenue-From time to time, the Company recognizes revenue in the form of fixed or determinable cancellation (pre-installation) or termination (post-installation) charges imposed pursuant to the service contract. These revenues are earned when a customer cancels or terminates a service agreement prior to the end of its committed term. These revenues are recognized when billed if collectibility is reasonably assured. In addition, the Company from time to time sells equipment in connection with data networking applications. The Company recognizes revenue from the sale of equipment at the contracted selling price when title to the equipment passes to the customer (generally F.O.B. origin) and when collectibility is reasonably assured.
 
Professional Services —Fees for professional services are typically specified as applying on a fee per hour basis pursuant to agreements with customers and are computed based on the hours of service provided by the Company. Invoices for professional services performed on an hourly basis are rendered in the month following that


F-9


 

 
Global Telecom & Technology, Inc.
(formerly Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

in which the professional services have been performed. Because such invoices for hourly fees are for services the Company has already performed, and because such work is undertaken pursuant to an executed statement of work with the customer specifying the applicable hourly rate, the Company recognizes revenue based upon hourly fees in the period the service is provided if collectibility is reasonably assured. Less than 1% of the Company’s revenues for the year ended December 31, 2006 were attributable to professional services provided to customers, and such revenues were not material to any prior periods.
 
In certain circumstances, the Company is engaged to perform professional services projects pursuant to master agreements and project-specific statements of work. Fees for the Company’s performance of project-specific engagements are specified in each executed statement of work by reference to certainagreed-upon and defined milestonesand/or the project as a whole. Invoices for professional services projects are rendered pursuant to payment plans specified in the statement of work executed by the customer. Revenue recognition is determined independently of the issuance of an invoice to, or receipt of payment from, the customer. Rather, revenue is recognized based upon the degree of delivery, performance and completion of such professional services projects as stated expressly in the contractual statement of work. The Company determines performance, completion and delivery of obligations on projects based on the underlying contract or statement of work terms, particularly by reference to any customer acceptance provisions or by other objective performance criteria defined in the contract or statement of work. Furthermore, even if a project has been performed, completed and delivered in accordance with all applicable contractual requirements, and even if an invoice has been issued consistent with those contractual requirements, professional services revenues are not recognized unless collected in advance or if collectibility is reasonably assured.
 
In cases where a project is partially billed upon attainment of a milestone or on another partial completion basis, revenue is allocated for recognition purposes based upon the relative fair market value of the individual milestone or deliverable. For this purpose, fair market value is determined by reference to factors such as how the company would price the particular deliverable on a standalone basisand/or what competitors may charge for a similar standalone product. Where the Company, for whatever reason, cannot make an objective determination of fair market value of a deliverable by reference to such factors, the amount paid is recognized upon performance, completion and delivery of the project as a whole.
 
Usage charge revenue is recognized as the connection is utilized by the customer in accordance with the agreement.
 
Translation of Foreign Currencies
 
These consolidated financial statements have been reported in US Dollars by translating asset and liability amounts at the closing exchange rate, the equity amounts at historical rates, and the results of operations and cash flow at the average exchange rate prevailing during the periods reported.
 
A summary of exchange rates used is as follows:
 
     
  2006 
 
Closing exchange rate at December 31, 2006  1.95913 
Average exchange rate during the period  1.92462 
 
Transactions denominated in foreign currencies are recorded at the rates of exchange prevailing at the time of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the rate of exchange prevailing at the balance sheet date. Exchange differences arising upon settlement of a transaction are reported in the consolidated statement of operations.


F-10


 

 
Global Telecom & Technology, Inc.
(formerly Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 
Accounts Receivable, Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
 
Accounts receivable balances are stated at amounts due from the customer net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. Credit extended is based on an evaluation of the customer’s financial condition and is granted to qualified customers on an unsecured basis.
 
The Company, pursuant to its standard service contracts, is entitled to impose a finance charge of a certain percentage per month with respect to all amounts that are past due. The Company’s standard terms require payment within 30 days of the date of the invoice. The Company treats invoices as past due when they remain unpaid, in whole or in part, beyond the payment time set forth in the applicable service contract. At such time as an invoice becomes past due, the Company applies the finance charge as stated in the applicable service contract.
 
The Company determines its allowance by considering a number of factors, including the length of time trade receivables are past due, the Company’s previous loss history, the customer’s current ability to pay its obligation to the Company, and the condition of the general economy and the industry as a whole. Specific reserves are also established on acase-by-case basis by management. The Company writes off accounts receivable when they become uncollectible. Credit losses have historically been within management’s expectations. Actual bad debts, when determined, reduce the allowance, the adequacy of which management then reassesses. The Company writes off accounts after a determination by management that the amounts at issue are no longer likely to be collected, following the exercise of reasonable collection efforts and upon management’s determination that the costs of pursuing collection outweigh the likelihood of recovery. As of December 31, 2006, the total allowance for doubtful accounts was $127,634.
 
Other Comprehensive Income
 
In addition to net income, comprehensive income (loss) includes charges or credits to equity occurring other than as a result of transactions with stockholders. For the Company this consists of foreign currency translation adjustments and marked to market adjustments on available for sale securities.
 
Share-Based Compensation
 
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment,” (“SFAS 123(R)”) requires the Company to measure and recognize compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to employees, directors and consultants based on estimated fair values. In March 2005, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107 (“SAB 107”). The Company has applied the provisions of SAB 107 in its adoption of SFAS 123(R).
 
There were no share-based compensation awards granted prior to October 16, 2006. Share-based compensation expense recognized under SFAS 123(R) for the year ended December 31, 2006 was $149,099 which consisted of $7,680 of share-based compensation expense related to stock option grants and $141,419 in restricted stock awards and is included in selling general and administrative expense on the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. See Note 10 for additional information.
 
SFAS 123(R) requires companies to estimate the fair value of share-based payment awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing model. The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense over the requisite service periods in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations.
 
Stock-based compensation expense recognized in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2006 included compensation expense for share-based payment awards based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123(R). The Company follows the straight-line single option method of attributing the value of stock-based compensation to expense. As stock-based compensation expense recognized in the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2006 is


F-11


 

 
Global Telecom & Technology, Inc.
(formerly Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

based on awards ultimately expected to vest, it has been reduced for estimated forfeitures. SFAS 123(R) requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.
 
The Company used the Black-Scholes option-pricing model (“Black-Scholes model”) as its method of valuation for share-based awards granted. The Company’s determination of fair value of share-based payment awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing model is affected by the Company’s stock price as well as assumptions regarding a number of highly complex and subjective variables. These variables include, but are not limited to the Company’s expected stock price volatility over the term of the awards and the expected term of the awards.
 
The Company accounts for non-employee stock-based compensation expense in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) IssueNo. 96-18,Accounting for Equity Instruments That Are Issued to Other Than Employees for Acquiring, or in Conjunction with Selling, Goods or Services(“EITF 96-18”). The Company had one grant of 6,000 share options to a non-employee consultant in December 2006, which resulted in a charge to the consolidated statement of operations.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
Included in cash and cash equivalents are deposits with financial institutions as well as short-term money market instruments, certificates of deposit and debt instruments with maturities of three months or less when purchased.
 
Designated Cash
 
At December 31, 2006, the Company had $10,287,180 in designated cash of which $10,149,180 relates to the repurchase of shares subject to conversion as discussed in Note 13. Subsequent to year end, the Company repurchased 1,860,850 shares of stock for approximately $9.96 million. Following the completion of the conversion process, any remaining cash will be available for general corporate purposes.
 
Investments
 
Consistent with SFAS No. 115, “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities”, the Company classifies all debt securities that have readily determinable fair values asavailable-for-sale, as the sale of such securities may be required prior to maturity to implement management strategies. Such securities are reported at fair value, with unrealized gains or losses excluded from earnings and included in other comprehensive income, net of applicable taxes. Discounts from the face value of restricted investments are amortized using the interest method over the period from the date of purchase to maturity and are included in interest income on the accompanying consolidated statement of operations.
 
The Company’s investments in 2005 consisted of United States of America Government Treasury securities, with a maturity date of January 12, 2006. The fair market value of the restricted investment was $54,657,439 as of December 31, 2005, including $5,567 of unrealized gains which are reported as a component of other comprehensive income as of December 31, 2005. In October 2006, all investments in U.S. Treasury securities were sold in connection with the Acquisitions.
 
Accounting for Derivative Instruments
 
SFAS No. 133,“Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” as amended, requires all derivatives to be recorded on the balance sheet at fair value. However, paragraph 11(a) of SFAS No. 133 provides that contracts issued or held by a reporting entity that are both (1) indexed to its own stock and (2) classified as stockholders’ equity in its statement of financial position are not treated as derivative instruments. EITF00-19,


F-12


 

 
Global Telecom & Technology, Inc.
(formerly Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

“Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments Indexed to and Potentially Settled in, a Company’s Own Stock”(“EITF00-19”), provides criteria for determining whether freestanding contracts that are settled in a company’s own stock, including common stock warrants, should be designated as either an equity instrument, an asset or as a liability under SFAS No. 133. Under the provisions of EITF00-19, a contract designated as an asset or a liability must be carried at fair value on a company’s balance sheet, with any changes in fair value recorded in a company’s results of operations. A contract designated as an equity instrument is included within equity, and no fair value adjustments are required from period to period. In accordance with EITF00-19, the Company’s 8,165,000 Class W warrants and 8,165,000 Class Z warrants to purchase Common Stock included in the Series A Units and Series B Units sold in the Offering (see Note 14) and the Underwriters’ Purchase Options (the “UPO”) to purchase up to 25,000 Series A unitsand/or up to 230,000 Series B units are separately accounted for as liabilities. The agreements related to the Class W warrants and Class Z warrants and the UPO provide for the Company to attempt to register and maintain the registration of the shares underlying the securities and are silent as to the penalty to be incurred in the absence of the Company’s ability to deliver registered shares to the holders upon exercise of the securities. Under EITF00-19, registration of the common stock underlying the warrants and UPO is not within the Company’s control and, as a result, the Company must assume that it could be required to settle the securities on a net-cash basis, thereby necessitating the treatment of the potential settlement obligation as a liability. The fair values of these securities are presented on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as “Derivative liabilities” and the changes in the values of these derivatives are shown in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations as “Gain (loss) on derivative liabilities.” Such gains and losses are non-operating and have no effect on cash flows from operating activities.
 
Fair values for traded securities and derivatives are based on quoted market prices. Where market prices are not readily available, fair values are determined using market based pricing models incorporating readily observable market data and requiring judgment and estimates. The Class W warrants and Class Z warrants sold in the Offering are publicly traded, and consequently, the fair values of these warrants are based on the market price of the applicable class of warrant at each period end. To the extent that the market price increases or decreases, the Company’s derivative liabilities will also increase or decrease, with a corresponding impact on the accompanying consolidated statement of operations.
 
The UPO is a derivative that is separately valued and accounted for on the Company’s balance sheet. While the underlying shares and warrants are indexed to the Company’s common stock, because the UPO contains certain registration rights with respect to the UPO and the securities issuable upon exercise of the UPO, the Company has classified these instruments as a liability in accordance with EITF00-19. This derivative liability has been, and will continue to be, adjusted to fair value at each period end.
 
The pricing model the Company uses for determining the fair value of the UPO at the end of each period is the Black Scholes option-pricing model. Valuations derived from this model are subject to ongoing internal and external verification and review. The model uses market-sourced inputs such as interest rates, market prices and volatilities. Selection of these inputs involves management’s judgment. The Company uses a risk-free interest rate, which is the rate on U.S. Treasury instruments, for a security with a maturity that approximates the estimated remaining contractual life of the derivative. Due to the Company’s limited history management uses volatility rates based upon a sample of comparable corporations. The volatility factor used in the Black Scholes model has a significant effect on the resulting valuation of the derivative liabilities on the Company’s balance sheet. The volatility for the calculation of the UPO was 62.55% and 34.99% as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. This volatility rate will continue to change in the future. The Company uses the closing market prices of the share and warrant securities underlying the UPO at the end of a period in the Black Scholes model. The Company’s securities prices will also change in the future. To the extent that the Company’s securities prices increase or decrease, the Company’s UPO derivative liability will also increase or decrease, absent any change in volatility rates and risk-free interest rates.


F-13


 

 
Global Telecom & Technology, Inc.
(formerly Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 
Income Taxes
 
The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with SFAS No. 109. Under SFAS No. 109, deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences and for tax net operating loss and tax credit carry-forwards, and deferred tax liabilities are recognized for temporary differences that will result in taxable amounts in future years. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the periods in which the deferred tax asset or liability is expected to be realized or settled. A valuation allowance is provided to offset the net deferred tax assets if, based upon the available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.
 
Net Income (Loss) Per Share
 
Basic income (loss) per share is computed by dividing income (loss) available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted earnings per share reflect, in periods with earnings and in which they have a dilutive effect, the effect of common shares issuable upon exercise of stock options and warrants. Diluted loss per share for the year ended December 31, 2006 and for the period from inception (January 3, 2005) to December 31, 2005 excludes potentially issuable common shares of 25,777,500 and 21,990,000, respectively, primarily related to the Company’s outstanding stock options and warrants because the assumed issuance of such potential common shares is antidilutive as the exercise prices of such securities are greater than the average closing price of the Company’s common stock during the periods.
 
Software Capitalization
 
Internal Use Software —The Company has adopted Statement of Position98-1,Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use.  This Statement requires that certain costs incurred in purchasing or developing software for internal use be capitalized as internal use software development costs and included in fixed assets. Amortization of the software begins when the software is ready for its intended use. Since December 31, 2006, the Company has not capitalized software.
 
Property and Equipment
 
Property and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation computed using the straight-line method. Depreciation on these assets is computed over the estimated useful lives of the assets ranging from three to seven years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the life of the lease, excluding optional extensions. Depreciable lives used by the Company for its classes of assets are as follows:
 
     
Furniture and Fixtures  7 years 
Telecommunication Equipment  5 years 
Leasehold Improvements  up to 10 years 
Computer Hardware and Software  3-5 years 
Internal Use Software  3 years 
 
Goodwill
 
Under SFAS No. 141,“Business Combinations,” goodwill represents the excess of cost (purchase price) over the fair value of net assets acquired. Acquired intangibles are recorded at fair value as of the date acquired using the purchase method. Under SFAS No. 142,“Goodwill and Intangible Assets,” goodwill and other intangibles determined to have an indefinite life are not amortized, but are tested for impairment at least annually or when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the assets might be impaired.


F-14


 

 
Global Telecom & Technology, Inc.
(formerly Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 
Goodwill represents the Company’s allocation of the purchase price to acquire GTTA and GTTE in excess of the fair value of the assets acquired at the date of the acquisitions. The allocation of purchase price, to reflect the values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, has been based upon management’s evaluation and certain third-party appraisals and has been finalized.
 
The goodwill impairment test is a two-step process, which requires management to make judgments in determining what assumptions to use in the calculation. The first step of the process consists of estimating the fair value of the Company’s reporting units based on discounted cash flow models using revenue and profit forecasts and comparing the estimated fair values with the carrying values of the Company’s reporting units, which include the goodwill. If the estimated fair values are less than the carrying values, a second step is performed to compute the amount of the impairment by determining an “implied fair value” of goodwill. The determination of the Company’s “implied fair value” requires the Company to allocate the estimated fair value to the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit. Any unallocated fair value represents the “implied fair value” of goodwill, which is compared to the corresponding carrying value.
 
Under SFAS No. 142, the Company measures impairment of its indefinite lived intangible assets, which consist of assembled workforce, based on projected discounted cash flows. The Company also re-evaluates the useful life of these assets annually to determine whether events and circumstances continue to support an indefinite useful life. The Company performs its annual goodwill impairment testing, by reportable segment, in the third quarter of each year, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that goodwill may be impaired
 
Application of the goodwill impairment test requires significant judgments including estimation of future cash flows, which is dependent on internal forecasts, estimation of the long-term rate of growth for GTTA and GTTE, the useful life over which cash flows will occur, and determination of GTTA and GTTE cost of capital. Changes in these estimates and assumptions could materially affect the determination of fair valueand/or conclusions on goodwill impairment.
 
Intangibles
 
Intangible assets are accounted for under the provisions of SFAS No. 142. Intangible assets arose from business combinations and consist of customer contracts and relationships and restrictive covenants related to employment agreements that are amortized, on a straight-line basis, over periods of up to five years. The Company follows the impairment provisions and disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 142. Accordingly, intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable (see Note 5).
 
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
 
In accordance with SFAS No. 144,“Accounting for Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets,” the Company reviews long-lived assets to beheld-and-used for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated future undiscounted cash flows the asset is considered to be impaired. Impairment losses are measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell.
 
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
The fair values of the Company’s assets and liabilities that qualify as financial instruments under SFAS No. 107 including cash and cash equivalents, designated cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses, and common stock subject to possible conversion to cash, are carried at cost, which approximates fair value due to the


F-15


 

 
Global Telecom & Technology, Inc.
(formerly Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

short-term maturity of these instruments. Investments and derivatives liabilities are stated at fair value. Long-term obligations approximate fair value, given management’s evaluation of the instruments’ current rates.
 
Accrued Carrier Expenses
 
The Company accrues estimated charges owed to its suppliers for services. The Company bases this accrual on the supplier contract, the individual service order executed with the supplier for that service, the length of time the service has been active, and the overall supplier relationship. It is common in the telecommunications industry for users and suppliers to engage in disputes over amounts billed (or not billed) in error or over interpretation of contract terms. The accrued carrier cost reflected in the consolidated financial statements includes disputed but unresolved amounts claimed as due by suppliers, unless management is confident, based upon its experience and its review of the relevant facts and contract terms, that the outcome of the dispute will not result in liability for the Company. Management estimates this liability monthly, and reconciles the estimates with actual results quarterly as the liabilities are paid, as disputes are resolved, or as the appropriate statute of limitations with respect to a given dispute expires.
 
As of December 31, 2006, open disputes totaled $287,301. Based upon its experience with each vendor and similar disputes in the past, and based upon management review of the facts and contract terms applicable to each dispute, management has determined that the most likely outcome is that the Company will be liable for $88,979 in connection with these disputes, for which accruals are included on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2006.
 
Segment Reporting
 
The Company determines and discloses its segments in accordance with SFAS No. 131,“Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information” (“SFAS No. 131”), which uses a “management” approach for determining segments.
 
The management approach designates the internal organization that is used by management for making operating decisions and assessing performance as the source of a company’s reportable segments. SFAS No. 131 also requires disclosures about products or services, geographic areas and major customers. The Company operates in two geographic regions in addition to corporate activities: (i) North, Central and South America, and (ii) Europe, the Middle East and Asia.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
In May 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 156,“Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets: an amendment of FASB Statement No. 140”(“SFAS No. 156”). SFAS No. 156 requires that all separately recognized servicing assets and liabilities be initially measured at fair value, if practicable. SFAS No. 156 also permits an entity to choose to subsequently measure each class of recognized servicing assets or servicing liabilities using either the amortization method specified in SFAS No. 140 or the fair value measurement method. The adoption of SFAS No. 156 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
In June 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 48,“Accounting For Uncertainty in Income Taxes”(“FIN 48”). FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with SFAS No. 109,“Accounting For Income Taxes”and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. FIN 48 will be effective for the Company


F-16


 

 
Global Telecom & Technology, Inc.
(formerly Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

beginning January 1, 2007. The adoption of FIN 48 is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position and results of operations.
 
In June 2006, the FASB ratified the consensus on EITF IssueNo. 06-03,“How Taxes Collected from Customers and Remitted to Governmental Authorities Should Be Presented in the Income Statement” (“EITFNo. 06-03”). The scope of EITFNo. 06-03 includes any tax assessed by a governmental authority that is directly imposed on a revenue-producing transaction between a seller and a customer and may include, but is not limited to, sales, use, value added, Universal Service Fund (“USF”) contributions and some excise taxes. The Task Force affirmed its conclusion that entities should present these taxes in the income statement on either a gross or a net basis, based on their accounting policy, which should be disclosed pursuant to APB Opinion No. 22,“Disclosure of Accounting Policies.” If such taxes are significant, and are presented on a gross basis, the amounts of those taxes should be disclosed. The consensus on EITFNo. 06-03 will be effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2006. The Company currently records USF contributions and sales, use, value added and excise taxes billed to its customers on a net basis in its consolidated statements of operations. The adoption of EITFNo. 06-03 is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position and results of operations.
 
In September 2006, the FASB issued FASB Statement No. 157,“Fair Value Measurements”(“SFAS No. 157”), which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value under GAAP, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 applies to other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements. The new guidance is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and for interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company will evaluate the potential impact, if any, of the adoption of SFAS No. 157 on its consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
 
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities — including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115”(“SFAS No. 159”). SFAS No. 159 permits entities to elect to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. Upon adoption of SFAS No. 159, an entity may elect the fair value option for eligible items that exist at the adoption date. Subsequent to the initial adoption, the election of the fair value option should only be made at initial recognition of the asset or liability or upon a remeasurement event that gives rise to new-basis accounting. SFAS No. 159 does not affect any existing accounting literature that requires certain assets and liabilities to be carried at fair value nor does it eliminate disclosure requirements included in other accounting standards. SFAS No. 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 and may be adopted earlier but only if the adoption is in the first quarter of the fiscal year. The adoption of SFAS No. 159 is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position and results of operations.
 
Management does not believe that any other recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards if currently adopted would have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
NOTE 3 — PUBLIC OFFERING OF SECURITIES
 
In the Offering, effective April 11, 2005 (closed on April 15, 2005), the Company sold to the public 575,000 Series A Units (the “Series A Units”) and 5,290,000 Series B Units (the “Series B Units”) at a price of $10.50 and $10.10 per unit, respectively, inclusive of an over allotment option issued to the underwriters to purchase additional Series A Units and Series B Units, which was exercised in full. Net proceeds from the Offering, including the exercise of the over allotment option, totaled $55,050,876 which was net of $4,415,624 in underwriting and other expenses. Each Series A Unit consisted of two shares of the Company’s common stock, five Class W Warrants, and five Class Z Warrants. Each Series B unit consisted of two shares of the Company’s Class B common stock, one Class W Warrant, and one Class Z Warrant.


F-17


 

 
Global Telecom & Technology, Inc.
(formerly Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 
Prior to a Business Combination, both the common stock and the Class B common stock generally had one vote per share. However, the Class B stockholders could, and the common stockholders could not, vote on the approval of a Business Combination. Further, should a Business Combination not be consummated within a specified period of time, the Trust Fund would have been distributed pro-rata to all of the Class B common stockholders, subject to potential claims by creditors, and their Class B common shares would be cancelled and returned to the status of authorized but unissued shares.
 
Of the net proceeds from the Offering, $53,429,000 was placed in the Trust Fund, and the remaining approximately $1.6 million was used by the Company to fund operations through the date of the Acquisitions, including business, legal and accounting due diligence on prospective acquisitions and for general and administrative expenses. The net proceeds placed in the Trust Fund were to be held until the earlier of the completion of a Business Combination or the distribution of proceeds to Class B stockholders. In connection with the Acquisitions, on October 15, 2006 the proceeds from the Offering plus accrued interest were released from the Trust Fund (see Note 4).
 
As a result of the Acquisitions, the Company’s outstanding shares of Class B common stock, including Class B common stock subject to possible conversion, were automatically converted into shares of common stock upon consummation of the Acquisitions.
 
NOTE 4 — ACQUISITIONS
 
On October 15, 2006, the Company acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of GII pursuant to a stock purchase agreement dated May 23, 2006, as amended (the “Stock Purchase Agreement”). Following the closing of the Acquisition, the Company paid the GII stockholders $12.75 million in cash, $5.25 million in promissory notes, 1,300,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, 1,450,000 of the Company’s Class W warrants and 1,450,000 of the Company’s Class Z warrants (of which 966,666 Class W warrants and 966,666 Class Z Warrants were placed in escrow at the closing and will be released subject to certain conditions). The $5.25 million of promissory notes issued to the GII stockholders consisted of (i) $4,000,000 of subordinated promissory notes, bearing interest at 6% per annum which are due on the earlier to occur of December 29, 2008 (with certain accrued interest payments due prior thereto) or upon a change in control, the exercise of not less than 50% of the issued and outstanding warrants as of the date of the note, or the issuance by the Company of debt or equity securities resulting in a financing of $20,000,000 or more; and (ii) $1,250,000 of promissory notes bearing interest at 6% per annum and due on June 30, 2007. The latter set of notes has been amended as of March 23, 2007 to extend the maturity dates from June 30, 2007 to April 30, 2008 and to adjust the interest rates payable (see Note 15).
 
The Acquisition of GII has been accounted for as a business combination with the Company as the acquirer of GII. Under the purchase method of accounting, the assets and liabilities of GII acquired are recorded as of the acquisition date at their respective fair values, and added to those of the Company. The cash consideration issued in the Acquisition of GII was funded from net proceeds from the Offering plus accrued interest which were released from the Trust Fund upon Class B stockholder approval and consummation of the Acquisitions.
 
The purchase price for the Acquisition of GII has been determined based on the cash consideration given, the value of debt securities issued, the value of the Company’s common stock and warrants issued and direct acquisition costs incurred. The purchase price of GII of $25.22 million consists of $12.75 million of cash, $5.25 million of promissory notes, $6.73 million estimated fair value (or approximately $5.18 per common share) of the 1,300,000 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value, issued to the former shareholders of GII, and $0.47 million estimated fair value (or approximately $0.47 per Class W warrant and approximately $0.49 per Class Z warrant) of the 483,334 Class W warrants and 483,334 Class Z warrants issued to the former shareholders of GII which were not placed in escrow. The 966,666 of the Class W warrants and 966,666 of the Class Z warrants issued to the GII shareholders and held in escrow will be released from escrow to the GII shareholders when a majority of the 10,640,000 of the Company’s Class W warrants or of the 10,640,000 of the Company’s Class Z warrants that were


F-18


 

 
Global Telecom & Technology, Inc.
(formerly Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

issued and outstanding as of May 23, 2006, the date of the GII Stock Purchase Agreement, have been exercised, redeemed or otherwise converted into cash or equity securities, or earlier in the event that certain executive officers, are dismissed from employment by the Company other than for “cause,” as defined in the employment agreements such officers entered into with the Company in connection with the Acquisitions, or if there is a merger, asset sale or similar transaction that results in a change of control of the Company. The value of the warrants placed in escrow will be included in the purchase price of GII upon resolution of the contingency. The estimated aggregate value of the 966,666 Class W warrants and 966,666 Class Z warrants to be placed in escrow is estimated at approximately $0.93 million. The fair value of the Company’s common stock, Class W and Class Z warrants issued in exchange for the shares of GII was based on the average closing market price of the respective securities for a period of two days prior and two days subsequent to May 23, 2006, the date of which the purchase agreement with GII was entered into and announced.
 
On October 15, 2006, the Company also acquired all of the outstanding voting stock of ETT pursuant to an offer made to its stockholders under the laws of England and Wales (the “Offer”). Following the consummation of the Offer, the Company paid the ETT stockholders $32.3 million in cash and $4.7 million in promissory notes. The promissory notes issued to the ETT stockholders bear interest at 6% per annum and are due on June 30, 2007. These notes have been amended as of March 23, 2007 to extend the maturity dates from June 30, 2007 to April 30, 2008 and to adjust the interest rates payable (see Note 15).
 
The Acquisition of ETT, like the Acquisition of GII, has been accounted for as a business combination with the Company as the acquirer of ETT. Under the purchase method of accounting, the assets and liabilities of ETT acquired are recorded as of the acquisition date at their respective fair values, and added to those of the Company. The cash consideration issued in the Acquisition was funded from net proceeds from the Offering plus accrued interest which were released from the Trust Fund upon Class B stockholder approval and consummation of the Acquisitions.
 
The aggregate purchase price of ETT of $37 million consists of $32.3 million of cash and $4.7 million of promissory notes.
 
             
  ETT  GII  Total 
 
Cash $32,333,333  $12,750,000  $45,083,333 
Debt  4,666,667   5,250,000   9,916,667 
Common Stock     6,731,400   6,731,400 
Warrants     467,287   467,287 
Allocation of Acquisition costs  1,670,000   1,136,000   2,806,000 
             
Totals $38,670,000  $26,334,687  $65,004,687 
             
 
The determination of the purchase price and its allocation to the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as reflected in the consolidated financial statements have been based on the Company’s valuation,


F-19


 

 
Global Telecom & Technology, Inc.
(formerly Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

including the use of an independent appraisal. The fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the Acquisitions of GII and ETT are as follows:
 
             
  ETT  GII  Total 
 
Net working capital deficiency $(4,961,947) $(503,203) $(5,465,150)
Property and equipment  446,000   460,000   906,000 
Other assets  390,000   396,000   786,000 
Software     6,600,000   6,600,000 
Customer contracts     300,000   300,000 
Carrier contracts  7,000   144,000   151,000 
Noncompete agreements  2,500,000   2,000,000   4,500,000 
Deferred tax liability  (752,100)  (3,479,662)  (4,231,762)
Goodwill  41,041,047   20,417,552   61,458,599 
             
Totals $38,670,000  $26,334,687  $65,004,687 
             
 
Goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes.
 
Summarized below are the pro forma unaudited results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 as if the results of GTTA and GTTE were included for the entire periods presented. The pro forma results may not be indicative of the results that would have occurred if the Acquisitions had been completed at the beginning of the period presented or which may be obtained in the future (amounts in thousands expect per share information):
 
         
  2006  2005 
 
Revenues $51,230  $49,991 
Net loss  (4,811)  (2,033)
Basic and diluted loss per share $(0.37) $(0.16)
Weighted average common shares outstanding  13,035   13,030 
 
NOTE 5 — INTANGIBLE ASSETS
 
The following table summarizes the Company’s intangible assets consisting of customer and carrier contracts, software and restrictive covenants related to employment agreements as of December 31, 2006:
 
                 
  Amortization
  Gross Asset
  Accumulated
  Net Book
 
  Period  Cost  Amortization  Value 
 
Customer contracts  5 years  $300,000  $12,658  $287,342 
Carrier contracts  1 year   151,000   31,854   119,146 
Noncompete agreements  5 years   4,500,000   189,863   4,310,137 
Software  7 years   6,600,000   198,904   6,401,096 
                 
      $11,551,000  $433,279  $11,117,721 
                 
 
Amortization expense was $433,279 for the year ended December 31, 2006.


F-20


 

 
Global Telecom & Technology, Inc.
(formerly Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 
Estimated amortization expense related to intangible assets subject to amortization at December 31, 2006 for each of the years in the five-year period ending December 31, 2011 and thereafter is as follows:
 
     
2007 $2,022,003 
2008  1,902,857 
2009  1,902,857 
2010  1,902,857 
2011  1,700,337 
Thereafter  1,686,810 
     
Total $11,117,721 
     
 
NOTE 6 — SEGMENTS
 
The Company has determined subsequent to the Acquisitions that it operates under two reportable segments as the chief financial decision maker reviews operating results and makes decisions on a regional basis. A summary of the Company’s operations by geographic area follows:
 
                 
     Europe, Middle East
       
  Americas  and Asia  Corporate  Total 
 
Revenue $3,730,344  $6,740,158  $  $10,470,502 
Operating loss $(178,890) $(106,993) $(1,531,085) $(1,816,968)
Depreciation and amortization $351,670  $170,184  $  $521,854 
Interest income, net of expense $10,213  $6,135  $2,092,368  $2,108,716 
Gain on derivative financial instruments $  $  $(1,927,350) $(1,927,350)
Net loss $(512,591) $(207,814) $(1,126,876) $(1,847,281)
Total assets $3,902,307  $10,606,365  $83,766,356  $98,275,028 
 
NOTE 7 — PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
Property and equipment consists of the following at December 31, 2006:
 
     
  2006 
 
Furniture and fixtures $113,580 
Computer hardware and telecommunications equipment  657,761 
Computer software  6,048 
Leasehold improvements  201,449 
     
Property and equipment, gross  978,838 
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization  88,575 
     
Property and equipment, net $890,263 
     
 
Depreciation and amortization expense associated with property and equipment was $88,575 for the year ended December 31, 2006.


F-21


 

 
Global Telecom & Technology, Inc.
(formerly Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 
NOTE 8 — ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES
 
Accrued expenses consist of the following at December 31, 2006:
 
     
  2006 
 
Accrued compensation and benefits  366,705 
Accrued professional fees  122,790 
Accrued interest payable  125,520 
Accrued taxes  94,589 
Accrued carrier costs  1,600,122 
Accrued other  23,452 
     
  $2,333,178 
     
 
NOTE 9 — INCOME TAXES
 
The components of the provisions for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2006 and the period from inception (January 3, 2005) to December 31, 2005 are as follows:
 
         
  2006  2005 
 
Current:        
Federal $132,517  $307,000 
State  61,571    
Foreign      
         
Subtotal  194,088   307,000 
         
Deferred:        
Federal      
State      
Foreign      
         
Subtotal      
         
Provision for income taxes $194,088  $307,000 
         


F-22


 

 
Global Telecom & Technology, Inc.
(formerly Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

The provision for income taxes differs from the amount computed by applying the U.S. federal statutory income tax rates for federal, state and local to income before income taxes for the reasons set forth below for the year ended December 31, 2006 and the period from inception (January 3, 2005) to December 31, 2005:
 
         
  2006  2005 
 
US federal statuatory income tax rate  34%  34%
Net (loss) income before federal income tax $(583,020) $569,861 
Addback loss (gain) on derivative financial instruments  655,299   (264,095)
Addback GTTE loss not subject to US tax  87,063    
Less provision for state income tax  (20,934)   
Other  (5,891)  1,234 
         
Federal tax  132,517   307,000 
State Tax  61,571    
         
Total Tax $194,088  $307,000 
         
 
The Company’s effective tax rate differs from the federal statutory rate primarily as a result of non-deductible expenses, valuation allowances and other deductions. The Company has not provided for US income taxes on the earnings of GTT-EMEA because it intends to permanently reinvest such earnings in the operations of GTT-EMEA.
 
The significant components of the Company’s net deferred tax asset at December 31, 2006 are as follows:
 
     
  2006 
 
Tax effect of operating loss carryforwards $8,699 
Cumulative amortization of intangibles  167,332 
Stock-based compensation  11,919 
Depreciation and rent deferral  663 
Effect of valuation allowance  (188,613)
     
Net deferred tax asset $ 
     
 
The Company believes that it is more likely than not that all of the deferred tax asset will be realized against future taxable income but does not have objective evidence to support this future assumption. Therefore, the Company has recorded a full valuation allowance at December 31, 2006.
 
The significant components of the Company’s deferred tax liability at December 31, 2006 are as follows:
 
     
  2006 
 
Investment in intangible assets on acquisition of Subsidiary — GTTA $9,010,000 
     
Investment in intangible assets on acquisition of Subsidiary — GTTE $2,507,000 
     
Deferred US tax at 38.62% $3,479,662 
Deferred UK tax at 30%  752,100 
     
Deferred tax liability $4,231,762 
     


F-23


 

 
Global Telecom & Technology, Inc.
(formerly Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Other Taxes
 
The Company is liable in certain cases for collecting regulatory feesand/or certain sales taxes from its customers and remitting the fees and taxes to the applicable governing authorities. Estimates of the liability and associated receivables are presented in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
 
NOTE 10 — EMPLOYEE BENEFITS, SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION
 
Stock-Based Compensation Plan
 
The Company adopted its 2006 Employee, Director and Consultant Stock Plan (the “Plan”) in October 2006. In addition to stock options, the Company may also grant restricted stock or other stock-based awards under the Plan. The maximum number of shares issuable over the term of the Plan is limited to 3,000,000 shares.
 
The Plan permits the granting of stock options and restricted stock to employees (including employee directors and officers) and consultants of the Company, and non-employee directors of the Company. Options granted under the Plan have an exercise price of at least 100% of the fair market value of the underlying stock on the grant date and expire no later than ten years from the grant date. The options generally vest over four years with 25% of the option shares becoming exercisable one year from the date of grant and then 25% annually over the following three years. The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors, as administrator of the Plan, has the discretion to use a different vesting schedule.
 
Stock Options
 
Due to the Company’s limited history as a public company, the Company has estimated expected volatility based on the historical volatility of certain comparable companies as determined by management. The risk-free interest rate assumption is based upon observed interest rates at the time of grant appropriate for the term of the Company’s employee stock options. The dividend yield assumption is based on the Company’s intent not to issue a dividend under its dividend policy. The expected holding period assumption was estimated based on management’s estimate. The assumptions used in the calculation of the stock option expense were as follows:
 
     
  2006
 
Volatility  80.5%
Risk free rate  4.7%
Term  6.25 
Dividend yield  0.0%
 
Stock-based compensation expense recognized in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2006 is based on awards ultimately expected to vest, reduced for estimated forfeitures. SFAS 123(R) requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Forfeiture assumptions were based upon management’s estimate.
 
The fair value of each stock option grant to employees is estimated on the date of grant. The fair value of each stock option grant to non-employees is estimated on the applicable performance commitment date, performance completion date or interim financial reporting date.


F-24


 

 
Global Telecom & Technology, Inc.
(formerly Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

During the year ended December 31, 2006, 407,500 options were granted pursuant to the Plan. The following table summarizes information concerning options outstanding as of December 31, 2006:
 
                     
           Weighted
    
     Weighted
  Weighted
  Average
    
     Average
  Average
  Remaining
  Aggregate
 
     Exercise
  Fair
  Contractual
  Intrinsic
 
  Options  Price  Value  Life (Years)  Value 
 
Balance at December 31, 2005
    $  $      $ 
Granted  407,500   3.10   2.26   9.97   154,850 
Exercised                
Forfeited                
                     
Balance at December 31, 2006
  407,500  $3.10  $2.26   9.97  $154,850 
                     
Exercisable
 $  $  $      $ 
                     
 
During the year ended December 31, 2006, the Company recognized compensation expense of $7,680 as a result of the vesting of options issued to employees and consultants which is included in selling, general and administrative expense on the accompanying consolidated statement of operations.
 
As of December 31, 2006, the unvested portion of share-based compensation expense attributable to stock options and the period in which such expense is expected to vest and be recognized is as follows:
 
     
Year ending December, 2007 $230,407 
Year ending December, 2008  230,407 
Year ending December, 2009  230,407 
Year ending December, 2010  222,049 
     
  $913,270 
     
 
Restricted Stock
 
The Company expenses restricted shares granted in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123(R). The fair value of the restricted shares issued is amortized on a straight-line basis over the vesting periods. The expense associated with the awarding of restricted shares for the year ended December 31, 2006 is $141,419, which is included in selling, general and administrative expense on the accompanying consolidated statement of operations. The following table summarizes information concerning restricted shares outstanding as of December 31, 2006:
 
         
     Weighted
 
     Average
 
  Restricted
  Fair
 
  Stock  Value 
 
Balance at October 16, 2006
    $ 
Issued  96,774   3.10 
Forfeited/cancelled      
         
Balance at December 31, 2006
  96,774  $3.10 
         
Vested
  24,192  $3.10 
         
 
As of December 31, 2006, the Company had entered into agreements to grant an aggregate of 576,774 restricted shares of common stock to employees and members of the Board of Directors. As of December 31, 2006, 96,774 of the 576,774 shares of restricted stock were issued and outstanding. The remaining 480,000 shares of


F-25


 

 
Global Telecom & Technology, Inc.
(formerly Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

restricted stock had been awarded as of December 31, 2006 and were issued thereafter. Of the $141,419 in restricted stock expense recorded in 2006, $66,406 related to the 96,774 restricted shares awarded and outstanding and $75,013 related to the award of the 480,000 restricted shares.
 
Retirement Plan
 
In 2002, GTTA established a 401(k) plan for its employees. In 2006, the Company matched 10% of employees’ contributions to the plan. The Company’s 401(k) expense for 2006 was $20,090.
 
GTTE does not sponsor any employer-sponsored pension plans but makes discretionary contributions of up to 10% of gross salary to defined contribution plans. Such amounts are charged as expense in the period to which they relate. For 2006 pension expense was $47,120.
 
GTT does not sponsor any pension or other type of retirement plans.
 
NOTE 11 — DEBT
 
As of December 31, 2006, GTT was obligated as follows:
 
     
  2006 
 
Notes payable to former GII shareholders, due December 29, 2008, bearing interest at 6% per annum $4,000,000 
Notes payable to former ETT and GII shareholders, due June 30, 2007, bearing interest at 6% per annum  5,916,667 
Other notes payable  602,500 
     
   10,519,167 
Less current portion  6,519,167 
     
Long-term debt $4,000,000 
     
Maturities of long-term obligations for the years ended December 31 are as follows:    
2008 $4,000,000 
     
 
In March 2007, the Company amended the terms of certain of these notes (see Note 15).
 
NOTE 12 — CONCENTRATIONS
 
Financial instruments potentially subjecting the Company to a significant concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and designated cash. At times during the periods presented, the Company had funds in excess of the $100,000 insured by the US Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation on deposit at various financial institutions. However, management believes the Company is not exposed to significant credit risk due to the financial position of the depository institutions in which those deposits are held.
 
For the year ended December 31, 2006, no single customer accounted for more than 10% of our total consolidated revenues. Our four largest customers accounted for approximately 26.5% of revenues during this period.
 
Approximately 68.4% of the Company’s revenue is currently generated by data services under contracts having terms ranging generally from 1 to 60 months. These contracts are mainly with large multi-national companies. The most significant operating expense is the cost of contracting for the leasing of bandwidth and other services from suppliers. The Company is subject to risks and uncertainties common to rapidly growing technology-


F-26


 

 
Global Telecom & Technology, Inc.
(formerly Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

based companies, including rapid technology change, actions of competitors, dependence on key personnel and availability of sufficient capital.
 
NOTE 13 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
Commitment — Leases
 
GTTA is required to provide its landlord with a letter of credit to provide protection from default under the lease for the Company’s headquarters. GTTA has provided the landlord with a letter of credit in the amount of $268,000 supported by hypothecation of a CD held by the underlying bank in the same amount.
 
Office Space and Operating Leases
 
The Company has entered into certain non-cancelable operating lease agreements related to office space, equipment and vehicles. Total rent expense under operating leases was $273,436 for the year ended December 31, 2006. Estimated annual commitments under non-cancelable operating leases are as follows at December 31, 2006:
 
         
  Office Space  Other 
 
2007  1,012,846   87,120 
2008  869,371   61,901 
2009  743,388   24,497 
2010  671,824    
2011  671,824    
Thereafter  1,058,394    
         
  $5,027,647  $173,518 
         
 
Related Party Transactions — Office Lease and Administrative Support
 
The Company agreed starting in 2005 to pay Mercator Capital, LLC, an affiliate of certain stockholders, directors, and officers at the time, an amount equal to $7,500 per month, commencing on consummation of the Offering, for office, secretarial and administrative services. Through December 31, 2006 and 2005, $75,000 and $67,500, respectively, of expense for such services was recorded in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. This lease commitment and the associated expenses terminated as of October 2006 following consummation of the acquisitions of GII and ETT.
 
Commitments-Supply agreements
 
As of December 31, 2006, the Company had supplier agreement purchase obligations of $35.3 million associated with the telecommunications services that the Company has contracted to purchase from its vendors. The Company’s contracts are such that the terms and conditions in the vendor and client customer contracts are substantially the same in terms of duration. Theback-to-back nature of the Company’s contracts means that the largest component of its contractual obligations is generally mirrored by its customer’s commitment to purchase the services associated with those obligations.
 
“Take-or-Pay” Purchase Commitments
 
Some of the Company’s supplier purchase agreements call for the Company to make monthly payments to suppliers whether or not the Company is currently utilizing the underlying capacity in that particular month (commonly referred to in the industry as“take-or-pay” commitments). As of December 31, 2006, the Company’s


F-27


 

 
Global Telecom & Technology, Inc.
(formerly Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

aggregate monthly obligations under suchtake-or-pay commitments over the remaining term of all of those contracts totaled $975,000.
 
Service-by-Service Commitments — Early Termination Liability
 
The Company, to the extent practicable, matches the quantity, duration and other terms of individual purchases of communications capacity with agreements to supply communications to individual customers on aservice-by-service basis. In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into contracts with suppliers to provide telecommunication services typically for a period between 12 and 36 months. These supplier contracts are entered into when the Company has entered into sales contracts with customers. The key terms and conditions of the supplier and customer contracts are substantially the same. The Company recognizes profit on communications sales to the extent its revenue from supplying communications exceeds its cost to purchase the underlying capacity. In the year ended September 30, 2004, GTTA began purchasing capacity under five-year commitments from certain vendors in order to secure more competitive pricing. These five-year purchase commitments are not, in all cases, matched with five-year supply agreements to customers. In such cases, if a customer disconnects its service before the five-year term ordered from the vendor expires, and if GTTA were unable to find another customer for the capacity, GTTA would be subject to an early termination liability. Under standard telecommunications industry practice (commonly referred to in the industry as “portability”), this early termination liability may be able to be waived by the vendor if GTTA orders replacement service with the vendor of equal or greater revenue to the service cancelled. As of December 31, 2006, the total potential early termination liability exposure to the Company was $382,000.
 
Employment Agreements
 
In connection with the Acquisitions, certain members of management have entered into employment agreements with the Company for certain base salaries. In addition, such individuals are entitled to bonuses and share-based compensation.
 
Conversion Right of Holders of Class B Common Stock
 
As permitted in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation prior to and until the Acquisitions, holders of the Company’s Class B common stock that voted against a Business Combination were, under certain conditions, entitled to convert their shares into a pro-rata distribution from the Trust Fund (the “Conversion Right”). In the event that holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B common stock voted for the approval of the Business Combination and that holders owning less than 20% of the outstanding Class B common stock exercised their Conversion Rights, the Business Combination could then be consummated. Upon completion of such Business Combination, the Class B common stock would be converted to common stock and the holders of Class B common stock who voted against the Business Combination and properly exercised their Conversion Rights would be paid their conversion price. There is no distribution from the Trust Fund with respect to the warrants included in the Series A Units and Series B Units or with respect to the common stock issued prior to consummation of the Business Combination. Any Class B stockholder who converted his or her stock into his or her share of the Trust Fund retained the right to exercise the Class W warrants and Class Z warrants that were received as part of the Series B Units.
 
In connection with the Acquisitions, the Company determined that Class B stockholders owning less than 20% of the outstanding Class B common stock both voted against the Acquisitions and properly exercised their Conversion Rights for a pro-rata distribution from the Trust Fund based on the value of the Trust Fund as of October 13, 2006. The actual per-share conversion price issuable to Class B stockholders who voted against the Acquisitions and elected conversion is equal to the amount in the Trust Fund (inclusive of any interest thereon) immediately prior to the proposed Business Combination, divided by the number of Class B shares sold in the


F-28


 

 
Global Telecom & Technology, Inc.
(formerly Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Offering, or approximately $5.35 per share based on the value of the Trust Fund as of October 13, 2006. Accordingly, the Company is required to convert such Class B stockholders’ shares (which were converted into shares of common stock upon consummation of the Acquisitions) into cash following verification that such stockholders properly exercised their Conversion Rights. As of December 31, 2006, the Company had recorded a liability of approximately $11.3 million (based upon a maximum possible conversion of approximately 2.11 million shares of former Class B common stock) in connection with such exercises of Conversion Rights. As of December 31, 2006, the Company had not made payment with respect to any shares tendered for conversion, and was in the process of reviewing and confirming those shares’ eligibility for conversion into a cash payment. Since December 31, 2006, based upon its review of the documents submitted to validate eligibility for receipt of conversion payments, the Company has made payment with respect to the conversion of certain of these tendered shares (see Note 15).
 
Contingencies-Legal proceedings
 
The Company is subject to legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, the ultimate disposition of those matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or liquidity. No material reserves have been established for any pending legal proceeding, either because a loss is not probable or the amount of a loss, if any, cannot be reasonably estimated.
 
NOTE 14 — CAPITAL STOCK
 
Preferred Stock
 
The Company is authorized to issue up to 5,000 shares of preferred stock with such designations, voting, and other rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.
 
Common Stock and Class B Common Stock
 
Upon the consummation of the Acquisitions of GII and ETT in October 2006, all outstanding shares of the Company’sCompany���s Class B common stock were converted into common stock pursuant to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, subject to the rights of certain holders of our former Class B common stock who had voted against the Acquisitions and properly exercised their Conversion Rights to have such shares converted into cash equal to their pro rata portion of the Trust Fund. The Class B common stock ceased trading subsequent to the Acquisitions and was thereafter deregistered.
 
The Company is authorized to issue 80,000,000 shares of common stock. As of December 31, 2006, there are 13,126,874 shares of the Company’s common stock issued and outstanding, including up to approximately 19.99% (i.e., approximately 2,114,942 shares) of the Company’s 10,580,000 former Class B common shares that were subject to possible conversion to cash.
 
As of December 31, 2006, there are 38,569,900 authorized but unissued shares of the Company’s common stock available for future issuance, after appropriate reserves for the issuance of common stock in connection with the Class W warrants and Class Z warrants (representing 24,180,000 shares if all such warrants were exercised), the Plan (representing 2,903,226 remaining shares reserved under the Plan for issuance), and the UPO (representing 1,220,000 shares if the UPO were exercised in full).


F-29


 

 
Global Telecom & Technology, Inc.
(formerly Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 
Warrants
 
The Company has the following common stock warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2006 and 2005:
 
           
  2006
    Exercise
  
  Warrants Prices Expiration
 
Founders’ warrants:          
Class W  2,475,000  $5.00  April 10, 2010
Class Z  2,475,000  $5.00  April 10, 2012
Warrants issued in connection with IPO:          
Class W  8,165,000  $5.00  April 10, 2010
Class Z  8,165,000  $5.00  April 10, 2012
Warrants issued in connection with acquisitions:          
Class W  1,450,000  $5.00  April 10, 2010
Class Z  1,450,000  $5.00  April 10, 2012
           
   24,180,000       
           
 
           
  2005
    Exercise
  
  Warrants Prices Expiration
 
Founders’ warrants:          
Class W  2,475,000  $5.00  April 10, 2010
Class Z  2,475,000  $5.00  April 10, 2012
Warrants issued in connection with IPO:          
Class W  8,165,000  $5.00  April 10, 2010
Class Z  8,165,000  $5.00  April 10, 2012
           
   21,280,000       
           
 
In January 2005, the Company sold and issued to its initial security holders Class W warrants to purchase up to an aggregate of 2,475,000 shares of the Company’s common stock and Class Z warrants to purchase up to an aggregate of 2,475,000 shares of the Company’s common stock for an aggregate purchase price of $247,500, or $0.05 per warrant. These warrants are also subject to registration rights. However, if the Company is unable to register the underlying shares it may satisfy its obligations to the initial securityholders by delivering unregistered shares of common stock. The 2,475,000 Class W warrants and 2,475,000 Class Z warrants outstanding prior to the Offering, all of which were initially held by the Company’s officers and directors or their affiliates, are not redeemable by the Company as long as such warrants continue to be held by such individuals.
 
In connection with the Offering, the Company sold and issued Class W warrants to purchase up to an aggregate of 8,165,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. Except as set forth below, the Class W warrants are callable, subject to adjustment in certain circumstances, and entitle the holder to purchase common shares at $5.00 per share commencing upon completion of the Acquisitions and ending April 10, 2010. As of December 31, 2006 and 2005, there were 12,090,000 and 10,640,000 Class W warrants, respectively, outstanding.
 
In connection with the Offering, the Company sold and issued Class Z warrants to purchase up to an aggregate of 8,165,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. Except as set forth below, the Class Z warrants are callable, subject to adjustment in certain circumstances, and entitle the holder to purchase shares at $5.00 per share


F-30


 

 
Global Telecom & Technology, Inc.
(formerly Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

commencing upon completion of the Acquisitions and ending April 10, 2010. As of December 31, 2006 and 2005, there were 12,090,000 and 10,640,000 Class Z warrants, respectively, outstanding.
 
The Class W warrants and Class Z warrants issued in the Offering are subject to registration provisions which require the Company to file a registration statement with respect to the shares of common stock underlying the warrants, and to use its best efforts to cause the registration statement to become effective and to maintain its effectiveness. The warrants also provide that the Company is not obligated to deliver any securities upon exercise of a warrant unless a registration statement covering those securities is effective.
 
Upon consummation of the acquisition of GII, as part of the consideration payable to the former GII shareholders in connection with their sale of GII’s capital stock, the Company issued 1,450,000 Class W warrants and 1,450,000 Class Z warrants to the GII shareholders. Pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement with GII, 966,666 of these Class W Warrants and 966,666 of these Class Z Warrants were placed in escrow, subject to release at such time that a majority of the Class W warrants or Class Z warrants, as applicable, issued and outstanding as of May 23, 2006 had been exercised, redeemed, or otherwise converted into cash or equity securities of the Company, or earlier under certain conditions.
 
The former GII shareholders executedlock-up agreements with the Company prohibiting them, for a specified period of time, from selling or transferring any common stock of the Company: (i) issued to the GII shareholders in connection with the acquisition of GII or (ii) acquired through the exercise of the warrants issued to the GII shareholders in connection with the acquisition of GII (the“Lock-Up Shares”). Six months after the closing of the acquisition of GII, the former shareholders of GII may sell or transfer up to 50% of that number ofLock-Up Shares that would be permitted to be sold pursuant to Rule 145 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in any consecutive three month period. Eighteen months following the closing of the acquisition of GII, the former GII shareholders may freely sell or transfer theirLock-Up Shares.
 
The GII Stock Purchase Agreement, as amended, also included certain provisions setting forth the rights of the former GII shareholders with respect to registration of the equity securities of the Company (including, but not limited to, the Class W warrants and the Class Z warrants) received by those former GII shareholders as consideration for the sale of GII. Under these provisions, the Company would generally be required to make best efforts to include certain equity securities held by the former GII shareholders in any registration statement filed by the Company or to use reasonable best efforts to register those securities upon demand by certain GII shareholders starting three months after the closing of the Acquisitions. The GII Stock Purchase Agreement does not, however, obligate the Company to settle in cash the exercise of the Class W Warrants and Class Z Warrants issued to the former GII shareholders.
 
Purchase Option
 
Upon the closing of the Offering, the Company sold and issued the UPO, for $100, to purchase up to 25,000 Series A unitsand/or up to 230,000 Series B units. The Company accounted for the fair value of the UPO, inclusive of the receipt of the $100 cash payment, as an expense of the public offering. The Company estimated the fair value of this UPO at the date of issuance, $752,450, using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The fair value of the UPO granted was estimated as of the date of grant and issuance using the following assumptions: (1) expected volatility of 44.5%, (2) risk-free interest rate of 4.02% and (3) contractual life of 5 years. The UPO may be exercised for cash or on a “cashless” basis, at the holder’s option, such that the holder may use the appreciated value of the UPO (the difference between the exercise prices of the option and the underlying warrants and the market price of the units and underlying securities) to exercise the UPO without the payment of any cash. The Series A Units and Series B Units issuable upon exercise of this option are identical to those in the Offering, except that the exercise price of the warrants included in the units are $5.50 per share and the Class Z Warrants shall be exercisable for a period of only five years from the date of the Offering. The UPO is exercisable at $17.325 per Series A Unit and $16.665 per Series B Unit commencing on the completion of the Acquisitions and expiring on April 11, 2010.


F-31


 

 
Global Telecom & Technology, Inc.
(formerly Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 
The UPO is classified as a derivative liability on the accompanying consolidated financial statements. Accordingly, the Company uses the Black Scholes option-pricing model for determining fair value of the UPO at the end of each period. The fair value of the UPO at December 31, 2006 of $596,650 was estimated using the following assumptions: (1) quoted fair value of a Series A Unit of $11.76 and quoted fair value of a Series B Unit of $7.92, (2) expected volatility of 62.55%, (3) risk-free interest rate of 4.74% and (4) contractual life of 3.29 years. The fair value of the UPO at December 31, 2005 of $547,250 was estimated using the following assumptions: (1) quoted fair value of a Series A Unit of $10.00 and quoted fair value of a Series B Unit of $10.90, (2) expected volatility of 34.99%, (3) risk-free interest rate of 4.35% and (4) contractual life of 4.29 years.
 
Derivative Liabilities
 
GTT’s derivative liabilities are the following at issuance on April 15, 2005 and at December 31, 2006 and 2005:
 
             
     At December 31,
  At December 31,
 
  At Issuance  2006  2005 
 
Fair value of 8,165,000 Class W Warrants and 8,165,000 Class Z Warrants issued as part of Series A and Series B Units sold in the Offering $6,532,000  $7,838,400  $5,960,450 
Fair value of Underwriter Purchase Option  752,450   596,650   547,250 
             
Totals $7,284,450  $8,435,050  $6,507,700 
             
 
During the year ended December 31, 2006 and the period of inception (January 3, 2005) to December 31, 2005, the Company recorded unrealized (losses) gains of $(1,927,350) and $776,750, respectively, on derivative liabilities as a result of changes in the fair value of the warrants and the UPO.
 
NOTE 15 — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
 
Amendment of Promissory Notes Previously due June 30, 2007
 
On March 23, 2007, the Company and the holders of approximately $5.9 million in promissory notes previously due and payable by the Company on June 30, 2007 (see Note 11) entered into agreements to amend the notes. As a result of these amendments, the maturity date of each of the notes has been extended from June 30, 2007 to April 30, 2008. In addition, the per annum interest rate payable with respect to each note has been modified as follows: (a) from October 15, 2006 through March 31, 2007 — 6%; (b) from April 1, 2007 through June 30, 2007 — 8%; (c) from July 1, 2007 through October 31, 2007 — 10%; (d) from November 1, 2007 through December 31, 2007 — 12%; (e) from January 1, 2008 through March 31, 2008 — 14%; and (f) from April 1, 2008 and thereafter — 16%.
 
Conversion of Former Class B Shares into Cash, Share Retirement, and Share Issuances
 
As of March 16, 2007, the Company had determined that 1,860,850 shares of former Class B common stock qualified for conversion and has made payment of approximately $9.96 million with respect to the conversion of those shares. As a result of this conversion process, these shares have been canceled.
 
The Company issued approximately 340,000 shares of restricted stock between January 1, 2007 and March 16, 2007 to certain executives as contemplated by their respective employmentand/or restricted stock agreements.


F-32


 

 
 
 
 
 
Global Telecom & Technology, Inc.
(formerly Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.)
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
 
 
 


F-33


 

Global Telecom & Technology, Inc.
(formerly Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.)
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
         
  September 30, 2007  December 31, 2006 
  (Unaudited)  (Note 1) 
ASSETS
        
Current assets:
        
Cash and cash equivalents $2,057,010  $3,779,027 
Designated cash     10,287,180 
Accounts receivable, net  7,168,419   7,687,544 
Income tax refund     417,110 
Deferred contract costs  1,114,132   591,700 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets  952,191   970,821 
       
 
Total current assets
  11,291,752   23,733,382 
 
Property and equipment, net  883,701   890,263 
Other assets  758,147   1,075,063 
Intangible assets, subject to amortization  9,380,864   11,117,721 
Goodwill  61,458,599   61,458,599 
       
         
Total assets
 $83,773,063  $98,275,028 
       
         
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
        
Current liabilities:
        
Accounts payable $12,774,494  $13,892,664 
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities  3,719,624   2,672,872 
Notes payable  51,679   6,519,167 
Common stock, subject to possible conversion to cash     11,311,658 
Unearned and deferred revenue  3,450,120   2,930,639 
Regulatory and sales tax payable  551,244   297,251 
Derivative liabilities     8,435,050 
       
 
Total current liabilities
  20,547,161   46,059,301 
         
Long-term obligations, less current maturities  10,346,557   4,000,000 
Long-term deferred revenue  414,858   190,778 
Deferred tax liability  3,582,934   4,231,762 
       
         
Total liabilities
  34,891,510   54,481,841 
       
         
Commitments and contingencies
        
         
Stockholders’ equity:
        
Common stock, par value $.0001 per share, 80,000,000 shares authorized,11,925,084 and 11,011,932 shares (as of December 31, 2006 excluding 2,114,942 shares subject to possible conversion to cash) issued and outstanding, respectively  1,193   1,101 
Additional paid-in capital  53,706,926   44,049,553 
Accumulated deficit  (5,078,868)  (478,220)
Accumulated other comprehensive income  252,302   220,753 
       
         
Total stockholders’ equity
  48,881,553   43,793,187 
         
       
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
 $83,773,063  $98,275,028 
       
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.


F-34


 

Global Telecom & Technology, Inc.
(formerly Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.)
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations
                                  
                   ETT Predecessor  GII Predecessor 
                   For the three  For the nine  For the three  For the nine 
  For the three months ended  For the nine months ended   months ended  months ended  months ended  months ended 
  September 30, 2007  September 30, 2006  September 30, 2007  September 30, 2006   September 30, 2006  September 30, 2006  September 30, 2006  September 30, 2006 
  (Unaudited)  (Unaudited)   (Unaudited)  (Unaudited) 
Revenue:
                                 
Telecommunications services provided $14,718,045  $  $42,115,072  $   $8,280,571  $24,718,417  $4,741,742  $13,811,515 
                          
                                  
Operating expenses:
                                 
Cost of telecommunications services provided  10,141,722      29,178,696       6,022,960   17,453,550   3,337,393   9,711,149 
Selling, general and administrative  4,490,175   156,793   13,720,533   578,469    2,672,308   7,586,070   1,312,513   4,020,804 
Employee termination and non-recurring items        3,154,950                 
Depreciation and amortization  726,872      2,057,239       78,288   190,998   (63,996)  7,171 
                          
                                  
Total operating expenses  15,358,769   156,793   48,111,418   578,469    8,773,556   25,230,618   4,585,910   13,739,124 
                          
                                  
Operating (loss) income  (640,724)  (156,793)  (5,996,346)  (578,469)   (492,985)  (512,201)  155,832   72,391 
                                  
Other income (expense):                                 
Interest income, net of interest expense  (204,261)  715,634   (486,412)  1,955,169    (4,207)  15,544   13,211   29,284 
Other income, net of expense  3,091      13,674             19,977   26,316 
Gain on derivative financial instruments     2,431,550      2,990,400              
                          
 
Total other income (expense)  (201,170)  3,147,184   (472,738)  4,945,569    (4,207)  15,544   33,188   55,600 
                          
 
(Loss) income before income taxes  (841,894)  2,990,391   (6,469,084)  4,367,100    (497,192)  (496,657)  189,020   127,991 
Provision for income taxes (benefit)  (323,143)  190,000   (717,836)  469,000          44,010   44,010 
                          
 
Net (loss) income $(518,751) $2,800,391  $(5,751,248) $3,898,100   $(497,192) $(496,657) $145,010  $83,981 
                          
                                  
Net (loss) income per share:                                 
Basic and diluted $(0.04) $0.24  $(0.48) $0.33   $(0.00) $(0.00) $0.06  $0.03 
                          
                                  
Weighted average shares:                                 
Basic and diluted  11,935,736   11,730,100   11,908,079   11,730,100    174,512,485   174,512,485   2,500,000   2,500,000 
                          
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.


F-35


 

Global Telecom & Technology, Inc.
(formerly Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.)
Condensed Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Equity
(Unaudited)
                         
                  Accumulated    
          Additional     Other    
  Common Stock  Paid -In     Comprehensive    
  Shares  Amount  Capital  Accumulated Deficit  Income  Total 
Balance, December 31, 2006
  11,011,932  $1,101  $44,049,553  $(478,220) $220,753  $43,793,187 
                         
Former Class B Common shares converted to common shares  217,749   22   (22)         
                         
Release of liability associated with potential conversion of former class B common shares        1,161,476         1,161,476 
                         
Reclassification of amounts previously allocated to derivative liabilities upon change in accounting        7,284,450         7,284,450 
                         
Adjustment to derivative liabilities, cumulative-effect change in accounting adjustment           1,150,600       1,150,600 
                         
Share-based compensation for options issued to employees        88,221         88,221 
                         
Share-based compensation for restricted stock issued  695,403   70   1,093,243         1,093,313 
                         
Share-based compensation for restricted stock awarded        30,005         30,005 
                         
Comprehensive loss                        
Net loss           (5,751,248)     (5,751,248)
Change in accumulated foreign currency gain on translation              31,549   31,549 
                        
Comprehensive loss                      (5,719,699)
                        
                         
                   
Balance, September 30, 2007
  11,925,084  $1,193  $53,706,926  $(5,078,868) $252,302  $48,881,553 
                   
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.


F-36


 

Global Telecom & Technology, Inc.
(formerly Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.)
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
                  
           ETT Predecessor  GII Predecessor 
  For the nine months ended   For the nine months ended 
  September 30, 2007  September 30, 2006   September 30, 2006  September 30, 2006 
  (Unaudited)   (Unaudited) 
Cash Flows From Operating Activities:
                 
Net (loss) income $(5,751,248) $3,898,100   $535  $(67,634)
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities                 
Depreciation and amortization  2,057,239       124,597   71,168 
Change in value of derivative liabilities     (2,990,400)       
Shared-based compensation from options issued to employees  88,221           
Shared-based compensation from restricted stock to employees  1,123,318           
Amortization of discount on U.S. Government Securities held in trust     (1,922,935)       
Deferred income taxes  (648,828)             
                  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, excluding effects of Acquisitions
                 
Accounts receivable, net  1,339,850       (988,223)  (40,316)
Income tax refund receivable  417,110           
Deferred contract cost and other assets  (487,992)      214,609   (8,096)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets  (76,604)  51,078       (107,053)
Other assets  (22,152)         14,055 
Accounts payable  (966,978)  109,759    363,257   255,498 
Unearned and deferred revenue  564,503       (427,804)  180,174 
Regulatory and sales tax payable  253,993          38,993 
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities  1,002,601   469,000    (721,082)  (201,539)
Long-term deferred revenues  39,234           
              
 
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
  (1,067,733)  (385,398)   (1,434,111)  135,250 
              
                  
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
                 
Purchases of property and equipment  (295,817)      (94,844)  (11,201)
Proceeds from certificates of deposit  137,999           (3,331)
Payments for deferred acquisition cost      (296,024)         
Purchases of U.S. Government Securities held in Trust Fund     (166,038,591)       
Maturities of U.S. Government Securities held in Trust Fund     166,038,591        
              
 
Net cash used in investing activities
  (157,818)  (296,024)   (94,844)  (14,532)
              
                  
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
                 
Principal payments on long-term obligations         (341,706)   
Repayment on notes payable  (550,821)          
              
 
Net cash used in financing activities
  (550,821)      (341,706)   
              
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
  54,355       85,801    
              
                  
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
  (1,722,017)  (681,422)   (1,784,860)  120,718 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
  3,779,027   1,383,204    4,087,053   876,883 
              
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
 $2,057,010  $701,782   $2,302,193  $997,601 
              
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.


F-37


 

Global Telecom & Technology, Inc.
(formerly Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.)
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
NOTE 1 — ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION
Organization and Business
          Global Telecom & Technology, Inc. (“GTT”) serves as the holding company for two main subsidiaries, Global Telecom & Technology Americas, Inc. (“GTTA”), which provides services primarily to customers in North, Central and South America, and GTT — EMEA Ltd. (“GTTE”), which provides services primarily to customers in Europe, the Middle East and Asia, and their respective subsidiaries (collectively, hereinafter, the “Company”).
          The Company provides facilities-neutral, high-capacity communications network solutions, dedicated managed data networks and other value-added telecommunications services to over 200 domestic and multinational carrier and enterprise customers with respect to over 70 countries.
          GTT is a Delaware corporation formerly known as Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp. (“Mercator”), which was incorporated on January 3, 2005 for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition or another similar business combination with what was, at the time, an unidentified operating business or businesses (“Business Combination”). Mercator was a “shell company” as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933 and Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act. On April 11, 2005, Mercator effected an initial public offering of its securities (the “Offering”) which closed on April 15, 2005.
          GTTA is a Virginia corporation, incorporated in 1998, formerly known as Global Internetworking, Inc. (“GII”). GTTE is a UK limited company, incorporated in 1998, formerly known as European Telecommunications and Technology, Ltd. (“ETT”).
          On October 15, 2006, GTT’s predecessor, Mercator, acquired all of the outstanding shares of common stock of GII and outstanding voting stock of ETT (collectively the “Acquisitions”) in exchange for cash, stock, warrants and notes. Immediately thereafter, Mercator changed its name to GTT. Subsequently, GII changed its name to Global Telecom & Technology Americas, Inc., and ETT changed its name to GTT — EMEA Ltd.
Basis of Presentation
          The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis. As shown in the accompanying consolidated financial statements, the Company had a working capital deficit of approximately $9.3 million at September 30, 2007. Historically, the combined operations of the acquired companies have not been cash flow positive. However, cash flows of the Company have improved through cost reductions following the combination of the two companies and additional growth in sales. Net cash flows from operations for the Company were negative during the nine months ended September 30, 2007.
     As a multiple network operator, the Company typically has very low levels of capital expenditures, especially when compared to infrastructure-owning traditional telecommunications competitors. Additionally, the Company’s cost structure is somewhat variable and provides management an ability to manage costs as appropriate. During the first half of 2007, management completed a number of steps aimed at eliminating redundant costs and inefficient organizational structures. As a result, the Company recognized $3.2 million in employee termination and non-recurring costs, including $0.9 million in non-cash compensation. The Company’s capital expenditures are predominantly related to the maintenance of computer facilities, software, office fixtures and furnishings,and are relatively low as a percentage of revenue. However, from time to time the Company may require capital investment as part of an executed service contract that would typically consist of significant multi-year commitments from the customer.
     Management monitors cash flow and liquidity requirements. The Company’s current planned cash requirements are based upon certain assumptions, including its ability to raise additional financing and grow revenues from services arrangements. In connection with the activities associated with fund raising activities and revenue growth, the Company expects to incur expenses, including provider fees, employee compensation, consulting and professional fees, sales and marketing expenses, insurance premiums and interest expense. Should expected cash flows not be available, management believes it would have the ability to revise its operating plan and reduce expenses.
          Although management believes that cash currently on hand and expected cash flows from future operations are sufficient to sustain the business for the next twelve to eighteen months, management may seek to raise additional capital as necessary to meet certain capital and liquidity requirements in the future. There can be no assurance that the Company would be successful in obtaining additional financing on terms that would be favorable to it, if at all. Please see Item 2 of Part I “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources” and Item 1A of Part II “Risk Factors” of this Quarterly Report for further discussion regarding the existing debt and financing matters.


F-38


 

Unaudited Interim Financial Statements
          The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and should be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited financial statements and footnotes thereto for the year ended December 31, 2006 included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on April 17, 2007. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) have been omitted pursuant to such rules and regulations. However, the Company believes that the disclosures are adequate to make the information presented not misleading. The financial statements reflect all adjustments (consisting primarily of normal recurring adjustments) that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair presentation of the Company’s consolidated financial position and the results of operations. The operating results for the three months and nine months ended September 30, 2007 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full fiscal year 2007 or for any other interim period. The December 31, 2006 balance sheet has been derived from the audited financial statements as of that date, but does not include all disclosures required by GAAP.
Use of Estimates
          The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expense during the reporting periods. Examples include: allowance for uncollectible accounts, estimates of cost of service, accruals associated with restructuring activities, valuation of share-based compensation, and estimating the fair value and/or impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets. Actual results may differ from management’s estimates and assumptions.
Goodwill
          Goodwill represents the excess of costs over fair value of net assets for businesses acquired. Goodwill and intangible assets that are determined to have an indefinite useful life are not amortized, but instead tested for impairment annually in accordance with the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 142,Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. The Company performs its annual impairment analysis during the third quarter of each year or more often if indicators of impairment arise. The impairment review may require an analysis of future projections and assumptions about the Company’s operating performance. If such a review indicates that the assets are impaired, an expense would be recorded for the amount of the impairment, and the carrying value of the corresponding impaired assets would be reduced. The Company tested its goodwill during this third fiscal quarter and concluded that no impairment existed under SFAS No. 142.
Identifiable Intangible Assets
          Identifiable intangible assets are amortized over their respective estimated useful lives using a method of amortization that reflects the pattern in which the economic benefits of the intangible assets are consumed or otherwise used, and are reviewed for impairment in accordance with SFAS No. 144,Accounting for Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets(SFAS No. 144). Amortization expense related to intangible assets is included in depreciation and amortization expense in the consolidated statements of operations.
Predecessors
          From its inception (January 3, 2005) until consummation of the Acquisitions on October 15, 2006, GTT had no substantial operations other than to serve as a vehicle for a Business Combination. Accordingly, since GTT’s operating activities prior to the Acquisitions are insignificant relative to those of the GTTA and GTTE, management believes that both GTTA and GTTE are GTT’s predecessors. Management has reached this conclusion based upon an evaluation of the requirements and facts and circumstances, including the historical life of each of GTTE and GTTA, the historical level of operations of GTTA and GTTE, the purchase price paid for each GTTE and GTTA and the fact that the consolidated Company’s operations, revenues and expenses after the Acquisitions are most similar in all respects to those of GTTA’s and GTTE’s historical periods. Accordingly, the historical statements of operations for the three months and nine months ended September 30, 2006 and statements of cash flows of each of GTTA and GTTE for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 have been presented.


F-39


 

NOTE 2 — SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Change in Accounting Principle for Registration Payment Arrangements.
     In December 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued FASB Staff Position on Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) No. 00-19-2,Accounting for Registration Payment Arrangements(“FSP EITF 00-19-2”). FSP EITF 00-19-2 provides that the contingent obligation to make future payments or otherwise transfer consideration under a registration payment arrangement should be separately recognized and measured in accordance with SFAS No. 5,Accounting for Contingencies, which provides that loss contingencies should be recognized as liabilities if they are probable and reasonably estimable. Subsequent to the adoption of FSP EITF 00-19-2, any changes in the carrying amount of the contingent liability will result in a gain or loss that will be recognized in the consolidated statement of operations in the period the changes occur. The guidance in FSP EITF 00-19-2 is effective immediately for registration payment arrangements and the financial instruments subject to those arrangements that are entered into or modified subsequent to the date of issuance of FSP EITF 00-19-2. For registration payment arrangements and financial instruments subject to those arrangements that were entered into prior to the issuance of FSP EITF 00-19-2, this guidance is effective for our consolidated financial statements issued for the year beginning January 1, 2007, and interim periods within that year.
     On January 1, 2007, the Company adopted the provisions of FSP EITF 00-19-2 to account for the registration payment arrangement associated with the Company’s 8,165,000 Class W warrants and 8,165,000 Class Z warrants to purchase Common Stock included in the Series A Units and Series B Units sold in the Offering and the Underwriters’ Purchase Options (the “UPO”) to purchase up to 25,000 Series A Units and/or up to 230,000 Series B Units (collectively, the “Registration Payment Arrangement”). As of January 1, 2007 and September 30, 2007, management determined that it was not probable that the Company would have any payment obligation under the Registration Payment Arrangement; therefore, no accrual for contingent obligation is required under the provisions of FSP EITF 00-19-2. Accordingly, the warrant liability account was eliminated. The amount originally allocated to the derivative liability of $7,284,450 was reclassified to additional paid-in-capital and the amount representing the cumulative re-valuation of such derivative liability through the adoption of FSP EITF 00-19-2, $1,150,600, was recorded as a cumulative-effect change in accounting principle against opening retained earnings.
     The following financial statement line items for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 were affected by the change in accounting principle:
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations
                     
  As Computed under As Computed under FSP  
  EITF 00-19 EITF 00-19-2 Effect of change
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2007
            
Loss from operations $(5,996,346) $(5,996,346) $ 
Gain on fair value of warrants  4,386,600      (4,386,600)
Net loss  (1,364,648)  (5,751,248)  (4,386,600)
Net loss per share:            
Basic and diluted $(0.11) $(0.48) $(0.37)
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet
                     
  As Computed under As Computed under FSP  
  EITF 00-19 EITF 00-19-2 Effect of change
As of September 30, 2007
            
Warrant liability $4,048,450  $  $(4,048,450)
Total liabilities  38,939,960   34,891,510   (4,048,450)
Additional paid-in capital  60,991,376   53,706,926   (7,284,450)
Total stockholders’ equity $44,833,103  $48,881,553  $4,048,450 
Revenue Recognition
     Recurring Revenue
     Data connectivity and managed network services are provided pursuant to service contracts that typically provide for payments of recurring charges on a monthly basis for use of the services over a committed term. Each service contract for data connectivity and managed services has a fixed monthly cost and a fixed term, in addition to a fixed installation charge (if applicable). At the end of the initial term of most service contracts for data connectivity and managed services, the contracts roll forward on a month-to-month or other periodic basis and continue to bill at the same fixed recurring rate. If any cancellation or termination charges become due from the customer as a result of early cancellation or termination of a service contract, those amounts are calculated pursuant to a formula specified in each contract. Recurring costs relating to supply contracts are recognized ratably over the term of the contract.


F-40


 

     Non-recurring fees, Deferred Revenue
     Non-recurring fees for data connectivity typically take the form of one-time, non-refundable provisioning fees established pursuant to service contracts. The amount of the provisioning fee included in each contract is generally determined by marking up or passing through the corresponding charge from the Company’s supplier, imposed pursuant to the Company’s purchase agreement. Non-recurring revenues earned for providing provisioning services in connection with the delivery of recurring communications services are recognized ratably over the term of the recurring service starting upon commencement of the service contract term. Fees recorded or billed from these provisioning services are initially recorded as deferred revenue, and then recognized ratably over the term of the recurring service. Installation costs related to provisioning incurred by the Company from independent third party suppliers, directly attributable and necessary to fulfill a particular service contract, and which costs would not have been incurred but for the occurrence of that service contract, are capitalized as deferred contract costs and expensed proportionally over the term of service in the same manner as the deferred revenue arising from that contract.
     Other Revenue
     From time to time, the Company recognizes revenue in the form of fixed or determinable cancellation (pre-installation) or termination (post-installation) charges imposed pursuant to the service contract. These revenues are earned when a customer cancels or terminates a service agreement prior to the end of its committed term. These revenues are recognized when billed if collectability is reasonably assured. In addition, the Company from time to time sells equipment in connection with data networking applications. The Company recognizes revenue from the sale of equipment at the contracted selling price when title to the equipment passes to the customer (generally F.O.B. origin) and when collectability is reasonably assured.
     Fees for professional services are typically specified as applying on a fee per hour basis pursuant to agreements with customers and are computed based on the hours of service provided by the Company. Invoices for professional services performed on an hourly basis are rendered in the month following that in which the professional services have been performed. Because such invoices for hourly fees are for services the Company has already performed, and because such work is undertaken pursuant to an executed statement of work with the customer specifying the applicable hourly rate, the Company recognizes revenue based upon hourly fees in the period the service is provided if collectability is reasonably assured. The Company did not generate any material revenue from professional services during the three months and nine months ended September 30, 2007, and such revenues were not material to any prior periods.
     In certain circumstances, the Company is engaged to perform professional services projects pursuant to master agreements and project-specific statements of work. Fees for the Company’s performance of project-specific engagements are specified in each executed statement of work by reference to certain agreed-upon and defined milestones and/or the project as a whole. Invoices for professional services projects are rendered pursuant to payment plans specified in the statement of work executed by the customer. Revenue recognition is determined independently of the issuance of an invoice to, or receipt of payment from, the customer. Rather, revenue is recognized based upon the degree of delivery, performance and completion of such professional services projects as stated expressly in the contractual statement of work. The Company determines performance, completion and delivery of obligations on projects based on the underlying contract or statement of work terms, particularly by reference to any customer acceptance provisions or by other objective performance criteria defined in the contract or statement of work. Furthermore, even if a project has been performed, completed and delivered in accordance with all applicable contractual requirements, and even if an invoice has been issued consistent with those contractual requirements, professional services revenues are not recognized unless collected in advance or if collectability is reasonably assured.
     In cases where a project is partially billed upon attainment of a milestone or on another partial completion basis, revenue is allocated for recognition purposes based upon the relative fair market value of the individual milestone or deliverable. For this purpose, fair market value is determined by reference to factors such as how the company would price the particular deliverable on a standalone basis and/or what competitors may charge for a similar standalone product. Where the Company, for whatever reason, cannot make an objective determination of fair market value of a deliverable by reference to such factors, the amount paid is recognized upon performance, completion and delivery of the project as a whole.


F-41


 

          Usage charge revenue is recognized as the connection is utilized by the customer in accordance with the agreement.
          The Company records Universal Service Fund contributions and sales, use, value added and excise taxes billed to its customers on a net basis in its condensed consolidated statements of operations.
Stock-Based Compensation
           SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment,” (“SFAS 123(R)”) requires companies to estimate the fair value of share-based payment awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing model. The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense over the requisite service periods in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations.
          Stock-based compensation expense recognized in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of operations for the three months and nine months ended September 30, 2007 included compensation expense for share-based payment awards based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123(R). The Company follows the straight-line single option method of attributing the value of stock-based compensation to expense. As stock-based compensation expense recognized in the condensed consolidated statement of operations for the three months and nine months ended September 30, 2007 is based on awards ultimately expected to vest, it has been reduced for estimated forfeitures. SFAS 123(R) requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.
          The Company uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model (“Black-Scholes”) as its method of valuation for stock-based awards granted. The Company’s determination of fair value of stock-based payment awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing model is affected by the Company’s stock price as well as assumptions regarding a number of highly complex and subjective variables. These variables include, but are not limited to, the Company’s expected stock price volatility over the term of the awards and the expected term of the awards.
          The Company accounts for non-employee stock-based compensation expense in accordance with EITF Issue No. 96-18,Accounting for Equity Instruments That Are Issued to Other Than Employees for Acquiring, or in Conjunction with Selling, Goods or Services(“EITF 96-18”). The Company had one grant of 6,000 share options to a non-employee consultant in December 2006 and a second grant of 15,000 share options to a non-employee consultant in July 2007.
Income Taxes
          In June 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 48,Accounting For Uncertainty in Income Taxes(“FIN 48”). FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes,” and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN 48 also provides guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. The adoption of FIN 48 on January 1, 2007 did not have any impact on the Company’s financial position and results of operations.
     We may from time to time be assessed interest and/or penalties by taxing jurisdictions, although any such assessments historically have been minimal and immaterial to our financial results. In the event we have received an assessment for interest and/or penalties, it has been classified in the statement of operations as other general and administrative costs.
Net Income (Loss) Per Share
          Basic income (loss) per share is computed by dividing income (loss) available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted earnings per share reflect, in periods with earnings and in which they have a dilutive effect, the effect of common shares issuable upon exercise of stock options and warrants. Diluted income (loss) per share for the three months and nine months ended September 30, 2007 and three months and nine months ended September 30, 2006 excludes potentially issuable common shares of 25,279,500 and 21,990,000, respectively, primarily related to the Company’s outstanding stock options and warrants because the assumed issuance of such potential common shares is anti-dilutive as the exercise prices of such securities are greater than the average closing price of the Company’s common stock during the periods. In addition, for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2007 the Company reported a net loss and the effect of securities with exercise prices greater than the average closing price of the Company’s common stock during the periods would be anti-dilutive.


F-42


 

Accrued Carrier Expenses
          The Company accrues estimated charges owed to its suppliers for services. The Company bases this accrual on the supplier contract, the individual service order executed with the supplier for that service, the length of time the service has been active, and the overall supplier relationship. It is common in the telecommunications industry for users and suppliers to engage in disputes over amounts billed (or not billed) in error or over interpretation of contract terms. The accrued carrier cost reflected in the condensed consolidated financial statements includes disputed but unresolved amounts claimed as due by suppliers, unless management is confident, based upon its experience and its review of the relevant facts and contract terms, that the outcome of the dispute will not result in liability for the Company. Management estimates this liability monthly, and reconciles the estimates with actual results quarterly as the liabilities are paid, as disputes are resolved, or as the appropriate statute of limitations with respect to a given dispute expires.
          As of September 30, 2007, open disputes totaled $631,060. Based upon its experience with each vendor and similar disputes in the past, and based upon management review of the facts and contract terms applicable to each dispute, management has determined that the most likely outcome is that the Company will be liable for $121,192 in connection with these disputes, for which accruals are included on the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheet at September 30, 2007.
Segment Reporting
          The Company determines and discloses its segments in accordance with SFAS No. 131, “Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information” (“SFAS No. 131”), which uses a “management” approach for determining segments.
          The management approach designates the internal organization that is used by management for making operating decisions and assessing performance as the source of a company’s reportable segments. SFAS No. 131 also requires disclosures about products or services, geographic areas and major customers.
           During 2007, the Company initiated a restructuring that included the centralization of all financial, selling and operational functions. As a result of the restructuring, management’s chief financial and operational decision making is performed centrally. The Company now operates in one business segment providing global telecommunications services, and is no longer organized by market.
NOTE 3 — ACQUISITIONS
          On October 15, 2006, the Company acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of GII pursuant to a stock purchase agreement dated May 23, 2006, as amended. The Acquisition of GII was accounted for as a business combination with the Company as the acquirer of GII. Under the purchase method of accounting, the assets and liabilities of GII acquired are recorded as of the acquisition date at their respective fair values, and added to those of the Company.
     On October 15, 2006, the Company also acquired all of the outstanding voting stock of ETT pursuant to an offer made to its stockholders under the laws of England and Wales. The Acquisition of ETT, like the Acquisition of GII, has been accounted for as a business combination with the Company as the acquirer of ETT. Under the purchase method of accounting, the assets and liabilities of ETT acquired are recorded as of the acquisition date at their respective fair values, and added to those of the Company.
     Summarized below are the pro forma unaudited results of operations for the three months and nine months ended September 30, 2006 as if the results of GTTA and GTTE were included for the entire periods presented. The pro forma results may not be indicative of the results that would have occurred if the Acquisitions had been completed at the beginning of the period presented or which may be obtained in the future (amounts in thousands except per share information):
         
  Three months ended Nine months ended
  September 30, 2006 September 30, 2006
Revenue $13,022  $38,530 
Net income (loss) $1,070  $(456)
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share $0.08  $(0.04)
Weighted average common shares outstanding  13,030   13,030 


F-43


 

NOTE 4 — SEGMENTS
     Immediately following the Acquisitions, the Company operated under two reportable segments as the chief operating decision maker reviewed operating results and made decisions on a regional basis. During the first six months of 2007, the Company completed a restructuring initiative that included the centralization of all financial, selling and operational functions of the Company. As a result of the restructuring, the Company now operates in one business segment providing global telecommunications services, and is no longer organized by market. A single management team reports to the chief operating decision maker who comprehensively manages the business. The Company does not operate any material separate lines of business or separate business entities with respect to its services. Accordingly, the Company no longer accumulates discrete financial information with respect to separate service lines and, effective June 30, 2007, does not have separately reportable segments as defined by SFAS No. 131,Disclosure About Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information(SFAS No. 131). Financial results reflect those of the entire Company and the comparable reporting segment for prior periods reflects the total Company reported results for those periods.
NOTE 5 — RESTRUCTURING CHARGES AND NON-RECURRING ITEMS
     During 2007, the Company implemented various organizational restructuring plans to reduce its operating expenses, centralize management and decision making, and strengthen both its competitive and financial positions. The restructuring plans reduced corporate level functions that were determined to be redundant or not consistent with the Company’s growth strategy. Restructuring charges were recorded during the three months ended March 31, 2007 and June 30, 2007, which represent costs incurred in connection with (i) the reduction of corporate headcount which resulted in a charge of $1.2 million, (ii) the severance related to executive level resignation of $0.9 million and (iii) $0.1 million in other costs including the closing of an office in India. No additional restructuring charges were incurred during the three months ended September 30, 2007.
     The restructuring charges and accruals established by the Company, and activities related thereto, are summarized as follows:
                     
  Balance at              
  beginning of  Charges net of      Non-cash  Balance at 
  year  Reversals  Cash Uses  Uses  September 30, 2007 
Severance $  $2,137,706  $(430,258) $(923,865) $783,583 
Other    $88,779  $(4,432) $  $84,347 
                
                     
Total $  $2,226,485  $(434,690) $(923,865) $867,930 
                
     In addition, the Company incurred $0.2 million in expense related to an Acquisition adjustment and $0.7 million in costs related to the completion of the share conversion process as further described in Note 7.
NOTE 6 — SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION
     The Company adopted its 2006 Employee, Director and Consultant Stock Plan (the “Plan”) in October 2006. In addition to stock options, the Company may also grant restricted stock or other stock-based awards under the Plan. The maximum number of shares issuable under the Plan is limited to 3,000,000 shares. The Company accounts for stock options and restricted shares granted in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123(R).
     Stock Options
     During the three months and nine months ended September 30, 2007, the Company recognized compensation expense of $12,405 and $88,221 respectively, as a result of the vesting of options issued to employees and consultants, which is included in selling, general and administrative expense on the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of operations.


F-44


 

     Restricted Stock
     During the three months ended September 30, 2007, the Company recognized compensation expense of $58,933 associated with the awarding of restricted shares, which is included in selling, general and administrative expense on the accompanying condensed consolidated statement of operations. During the nine months ended September 30, 2007, the Company recognized compensation expense of $1,123,318, of which $923,865 is included in restructuring charges and $199,453 is included in selling, general and administrative expense on the accompanying condensed consolidated statement of operations.
NOTE 7 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Conversion Right of Holders of Class B Common Stock
     As permitted in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation prior to and until the Acquisitions, holders of the Company’s Class B common stock that voted against a Business Combination were, under certain conditions, entitled to convert their shares into a pro-rata distribution from a trust fund (“Trust Fund”) established to hold most of the net proceeds from the Company’s initial public offering (the “Conversion Right”). In the event that holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B common stock voted for the approval of the Business Combination and that holders owning less than 20% of the outstanding Class B common stock exercised their Conversion Rights, the Business Combination could then be consummated. Upon completion of such Business Combination, the Class B common stock would be converted to common stock and the holders of Class B common stock who voted against the Business Combination and properly exercised their Conversion Rights would be paid their conversion price. There was no distribution from the Trust Fund with respect to the warrants included in the Series A Units and Series B Units or with respect to the common stock issued prior to consummation of the Business Combination. Any Class B stockholder who converted his or her stock into his or her share of the Trust Fund retained the right to exercise the Class W warrants and Class Z warrants that were received as part of the Series B Units.
     In connection with the Acquisitions, the Company determined that Class B stockholders owning less than 20% of the outstanding Class B common stock both voted against the Acquisitions and properly exercised their Conversion Rights for a pro-rata distribution from the Trust Fund based on the value of the Trust Fund as of October 13, 2006. The actual per-share conversion price issuable to Class B stockholders who voted against the Acquisitions and elected conversion was equal to the amount in the Trust Fund (inclusive of any interest thereon) immediately prior to the proposed Business Combination, divided by the number of Class B shares sold in the Offering, or approximately $5.35 per share based on the value of the Trust Fund as of October 13, 2006. Accordingly, the Company was required to convert such Class B stockholders’ shares (which were converted into shares of common stock upon consummation of the Acquisitions) into cash following verification that such stockholders properly exercised their Conversion Rights. As of June 30, 2007, the Company determined that 1,897,193 shares of former Class B common stock qualified for conversion and has made payment of approximately $10.15 million with respect to the conversion of those shares. As a result of this conversion process, these shares have been canceled. The Company also incurred approximately $0.7 million in costs associated with resolution of the share conversion process, including payments made to holders of shares who initially sought conversion of those shares but ultimately agreed to withdraw their conversion claims in consideration for such payments. The Company believes that it has completed the conversion process and does not expect to redeem any additional shares in connection with this conversion process.
NOTE 8 — CAPITAL STOCK
     On January 19, 2007, the Company’s Series A Units and Series B Units were de-listed, and they were subsequently de-registered on January 22, 2007. All Series A Units and Series B Units were separated into their respective constituent underlying shares of common stock and warrants. The de-listing, de-registration, and separation of the Series A Units and Series B Units had no impact on the Company’s financial statements.
NOTE 9 — NOTES PAYABLE
     On March 23, 2007, the Company and the holders of approximately $5.9 million in promissory notes previously due and payable by the Company on June 30, 2007 entered into agreements to amend the notes. As a result of these amendments, the maturity date of each of the notes was extended from June 30, 2007 to April 30, 2008. In addition, the per annum interest rate payable with respect to each note was modified as follows: (a) from October 15, 2006 through March 31, 2007 — 6%; (b) from April 1, 2007 through June 30, 2007 — 8%; (c) from July 1, 2007 through October 31, 2007 — 10%; (d) from November 1, 2007 through December 31, 2007 — 12%; (e) from January 1, 2008 through March 31, 2008 — 14%; and (f) from April 1, 2008 and thereafter — 16%.


F-45


 

     On November 12, 2007, the Company and the holders of promissory notes due April 30, 2008 ($5.9 million) and December 29, 2008 ($4 million) entered into agreements to restructure the notes payable. Please see Note 10 — Subsequent Events for further discussion of this restructuring of notes payable.
     As of September 30, 2007, the Company was obligated as follows:
     
  September 30, 2007 
Notes payable to former GII shareholders, due December 29, 2008 (subsequently amended to December 31, 2010, see Note 10 — Subsequent Events) $4,000,000 
     
Notes payable to former ETT and GII Shareholders, due April 30, 2008 (subsequently amended to December 31, 2010, see Note 10 — Subsequent Events)  5,916,667 
     
Other notes payable  51,679 
    
     
   9,968,346 
     
Less current portion  51,679 
    
     
Long-term debt $9,916,667 
     
NOTE 10 — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
     On November 12, 2007, the Company and the holders of the approximately $5.9 million of promissory notes due on April 30, 2008 (the “April 2008 Notes”) entered into agreements to convert not less than 30% of the amounts due under the April 2008 Notes as of November 13, 2007 (including principal and accrued interest) into shares of the Company’s common stock, and to obtain 10% convertible unsecured subordinated promissory notes due on December 31, 2010 (the “December 2010 Notes”) for the remaining indebtedness then due under the April 2008 Notes. Pursuant to the conversion, a total of 2,570,143 shares of the Company’s common stock (with a quoted market price of $2,929,963) were issued for $3,528,987 of principal and accrued interest due under the April 2008 Notes as of November 13, 2007. All principal and accrued interest under the December 2010 Notes is payable on December 31, 2010.
     In addition, on November 12, 2007, the holders of the $4.0 million of promissory notes due on December 29, 2008 agreed to amend those notes to extend the maturity date to December 31, 2010, subject to increasing the interest rate to 10% per annum, beginning January 1, 2009. Under the terms of the notes, as amended (the “Amended Notes”), 50% of all interest accrued during 2008 and 2009 is payable on each of December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively, and all principal and remaining accrued interest is payable on December 31, 2010.
     On November 13, 2007, the Company sold an additional $1.9 million of December 2010 Notes to certain accredited investors.
     The holders of the December 2010 Notes can convert the principal due under the December 2010 Notes into shares of the Company’s common stock, at any time, at a price per share equal to $1.70. The Company has the right to require the holders of the December 2010 Notes to convert the principal amount due under the December 2010 Notes at any time after the closing price of the Company’s common stock shall be equal to or greater than $2.64 for 15 consecutive business days. The conversion provisions of the December 2010 Notes include protection against dilutive issuances of the Company’s common stock, subject to certain exceptions. The December 2010 Notes and the Amended Notes are subordinate to any future credit facility entered into by the Company, up to an amount of $4.0 million. The Company has agreed to register with the Securities and Exchange Commission the shares of Company’s common stock issued to the holders of the December 2010 Notes upon their conversion, subject to certain limitations.
      The Company is currently evaluating the impact of these transactions pursuant to EITF 96-19, “Debtors Accounting for a Modification or Exchange of Debt Instrument,” and will recognize the impact of such in the quarter ending December 31, 2007.


F-46


 

 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
GTT — EMEA Limited
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), changes in shareholders’ deficit and cash flows of GTT — EMEA Limited and Subsidiaries (formerly European Telecommunications & Technology Limited) for the period from January 1, 2006 to October 15, 2006. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated results of operations and cash flows of GTT-EMEA Limited and Subsidiaries for the period from January 1, 2006 to October 15, 2006, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
 
As discussed in Note 2, the Company changed its method of accounting for stock-based compensation upon adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment”.
 
/s/  J.H. Cohn LLP
 
Jericho, New York
April 16, 2007


F-47


 

 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
European Telecommunications & Technology Limited
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of European Telecommunications & Technology Limited and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2005 and the related consolidated statement of income and comprehensive income, stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for the period ended December 31, 2005. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of European Telecommunications & Technology Limited and subsidiaries at December 31, 2005, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period ended December 31, 2005,in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
 
Signed BDO Stoy Hayward LLP
 
London, England
June 1, 2006


F-48


 

 
Report of Independent Auditors
 
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
GTT — EMEA Limited (formerly European Telecommunications & Technology Limited)
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of operation, comprehensive loss, changes in stockholders’ deficit and cash flows of GTT — EMEA Limited and its subsidiaries (‘the Company’) for the year ended 31 December 2004. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated results of operations, comprehensive loss, changes in stockholders’ deficit and cash flows of GTT — EMEA Limited for the year in the period ended 31 December 2004, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
 
As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has suffered recurring losses from operations since inception and has a net capital deficiency. Management’s plans with regard to these matters are also described in Note 1.
 
/s/  PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
 
London, England
 
21 June 2006


F-49


 

GTT — EMEA Limited and Subsidiaries
(formerly European Telecommunications & Technology Limited)
 
 
     
  As at
  December 31,
  2005
  $
 
ASSETS
Current assets:    
Cash and cash equivalents  4,087,053 
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $ $67,519 at December 31, 2005  4,393,640 
Deferred contract costs  1,080,317 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets  297,449 
     
Total current assets  9,858,459 
Property and equipment, net  440,572 
Deferred contract costs and other assets  977,756 
     
Total assets
  11,276,787 
     
 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
Current liabilities:    
Current maturities of long-term obligations  899,244 
Accounts payable  8,963,031 
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities  2,104,549 
Deferred revenue  2,039,332 
     
Total current liabilities  14,006,156 
Long-term obligations, less current maturities  499,029 
Deferred revenue  158,867 
     
Total non current liabilities  657,896 
Commitments and contingencies (Note 10)   
Shareholders’ deficit
    
Preferred ordinary shares; par value $0.000186 (£0.0001); 100,000,000 shares authorized; 72,366,941 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2005  10,597 
Ordinary shares; par value $0.000186 (£0.0001); 100,000,000 shares authorized; 64,445,538 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2005  10,170 
A Ordinary shares; par value $0.000186 (£0.0001); 100,000,000 shares authorized; 37,700,006 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2005  5,967 
Additional paid-in capital  19,293,471 
Accumulated deficit  (24,739,313)
Accumulated other comprehensive income  2,653,843 
Treasury shares, at cost  (622,000)
     
Total shareholders’ deficit  (3,387,265)
     
Total liabilities and shareholders’ deficit
  11,276,787 
     
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-50


 

GTT — EMEA Limited and Subsidiaries
(formerly European Telecommunications & Technology Limited)
 
 
For the Period from January 1, 2006 to October 15, 2006 and For the Years Ended
December 31, 2005 and 2004
 
             
  January 1, 2006 to
 Year Ended
 Year Ended
  October 15, 2006 December 31, 2005 December 31, 2004
  $ $ $
 
Revenue  26,122,950   34,711,639   35,075,501 
Cost of revenue  18,583,780   24,506,895   25,754,951 
             
Gross profit
  7,539,170   10,204,744   9,320,550 
             
Operating expenses:
            
Selling expenses  3,979,261   5,150,563   5,070,455 
General and administrative  4,840,440   5,288,986   4,810,101 
             
Total operating expenses  8,819,701   10,439,549   9,880,556 
             
Operating loss
  (1,280,531)  (234,805)  (560,006)
             
Other income (expense):
            
Interest income  98,515   181,938   117,955 
Interest expense  (86,130)  (178,133)  (48,147)
             
Total other income (expense)  12,385   3,805   69,808 
             
Loss before income taxes
  (1,268,146)  (231,000)  (490,198)
Income taxes
   —       
             
Net loss
  (1,268,146)  (231,000)  (490,198)
             
Net loss per share:
            
Basic and diluted  (0.01)   —    — 
             
Weighted average shares:
            
Basic and diluted  174,512,485   174,512,485   174,512,485 
             
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-51


 

GTT — EMEA Limited and Subsidiaries
(formerly European Telecommunications & Technology Limited)
 
 
For the Period from January 1, 2006 to October 15, 2006 and For the Years Ended
December 31, 2005 and 2004
 
             
  January 1, 2006 to
    
  October 15, 2006 December 31, 2005 December 31, 2004
  $ $ $
 
Net loss  (1,268,146)  (231,000)  (490,198)
Foreign currency gain (loss) on translation  (635,811)  507,455   (200,503)
             
Total comprehensive income (loss)
  (1,903,957)  276,455   (690,701)
             
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-52


 

GTT — EMEA Limited and Subsidiaries
(formerly European Telecommunications & Technology Limited)
 
 
For the Period from January 1, 2006 to October 15, 2006 and For the Years Ended
December 31, 2005 and 2004
 
                                                     
                      Accumulated
    
                  Additional
   Other
    
  Ordinary Shares A Ordinary Shares Preferred Ordinary Shares Deferred Shares Paid-in
 Treasury
 Comprehensive
 Accumulated
  
  Shares Amount Shares Amount Shares Amount Shares Amount Capital Shares Income Deficit Total
    $   $   $   $ $ $ $ $ $
 
Balance, January 1, 2004  64,445,538   10,170   37,700,006   5,967   72,366,941   10,597         19,293,471   (622,000)  2,346,891   (24,018,115)  (2,973,019)
Net loss                                   (490,198)  (490,198)
Foreign currency translation                                (200,503)     (200,503)
                                                     
Balance, December 31, 2004  64,445,538   10,170   37,700,006   5,967   72,366,941   10,597         19,293,471   (622,000)  2,146,388   (24,508,313)  (3,663,720)
Net loss                                   (231,000)  (231,000)
Foreign currency translation                                507,455      507,455 
                                                     
Balance, December 31, 2005  64,445,538   10,170   37,700,006   5,967   72,366,941   10,597         19,293,471   (622,000)  2,653,843   (24,739,313)  (3,387,265)
Net loss, October 15. 2006                                   (1,268,146)  (1,268,146)
Foreign currency translation                                (635,811)     (635,811)
Conversion to Deferred Ordinary Stock  (49,365,866)  (7,790)  (28,980,103)  (4,587)        78,345,969   12,377                
Share-based compensation expense                          375,754            375,754 
Sale of treasury shares                          82,053   622,000         704,053 
                                                     
Balance, October 15, 2006  15,079,672   2,380   8,719,903   1,380   72,366,941   10,597   78,345,969   12,377   19,751,278      2,018,032   (26,007,459)  (4,211,415)
                                                     
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-53


 

GTT — EMEA Limited and Subsidiaries
(formerly European Telecommunications & Technology Limited)
 
 
For the Period from January 1, 2006 to October 15, 2006 and For the Years Ended
December 31, 2005 and 2004
 
             
  January 1, 2006 to
    
  October 15, 2006 December 31, 2005 December 31, 2004
  $ $ $
 
Cash Flows From Operating Activities:
            
Net loss  (1,268,146)  (231,000)  (490,198)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:            
Depreciation  194,468   269,513   298,764 
Share-based compensation expense  375,754       
Other   —   21,027    
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:            
Accounts receivable  (2,795,355)  (118,562)  (984,392)
Deferred contract costs, prepaid expenses and other assets  833,811   1,051,281   (667,933)
Accounts payable  488,498   (192,227)  1,988,044 
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities  (518,076)  (35,006)  554,279 
Deferred revenue  1,200,295   (522,955)  536,190 
             
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities  (1,488,751)  242,071   1,234,754 
             
Cash Flows From Investing Activities:
            
Property and equipment purchases  (166,119)  (291,167)  (98,704)
             
Net cash used in investing activities  (166,119)  (291,167)  (98,704)
             
Cash Flows From Financing Activities:
            
Principal payments on long-term obligations  (529,877)  (637,760)  (396,938)
Cash proceeds from long-term obligations        1,832,770 
             
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities  (529,877)  (637,760)  1,435,832 
             
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash  239,155   (491,954)  302,114 
             
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
  (1,945,592)  (1,178,810)  2,873,996 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
  4,087,053   5,265,863   2,391,867 
             
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  2,141,461   4,087,053   5,265,863 
             
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:            
Cash paid for interest during the period  86,130   178,133   48,147 
             
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.


F-54


 

GTT — EMEA Limited and Subsidiaries
(formerly European Telecommunications & Technology Limited)
 
 
Note 1.  Nature of Operations
 
GTT — EMEA Limited and its subsidiaries (the “Company” or “GTT”), is a non-facilities based supplier of dedicated managed data networks and value-added services serving over 100 multinational enterprise customers in 45 countries. The Company is headquartered in London, England, and its customers are located throughout the world.
 
The Company incurred a consolidated net loss of $1,268,146 for the period from January 1, 2006 to October 15, 2006, and current liabilities exceeded current assets by $4,817,561 at October 15, 2006. In view of these matters, recoverability of a major portion of the recorded asset amounts shown in the accompanying balance sheet is dependent upon future profitable operations of the Company and generation of cash flow sufficient to meet its obligations. The directors have reviewed the current trading position, forecasts and prospects of the Company, the funding position from lenders and shareholders (which includes a letter of financial support from its parent company, Global Telecom & Technology, Inc.), and the terms of trade in operation with customers and suppliers. The Company believes that current cash resources and bank facilities available to the Company will provide the Company with adequate liquidity to allow support for its business operations through October 15, 2007.
 
On October 15, 2006, the Company’s outstanding voting stock was acquired by Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp., a company registered in the United States. For further detail on the acquisition, refer to Note 12 (“Subsequent Events”).
 
Note 2.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
Basis of consolidation
 
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of GTT — EMEA Limited and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The Company held 100% of the ordinary share capital in the following subsidiary undertakings at October 15 2006 and December 31, 2005:
 
European Telecommunications & Technology SARL, incorporated in France
 
European Telecommunications & Technology Inc., incorporated in the United States of America
 
ETT European Telecommunications & Technology Deutschland GmbH, incorporated in Germany
 
ETT (European Telecommunications & Technology) Private Limited, incorporated in India
 
European Telecommunications & Technology (S) Pte Limited, incorporated in Singapore
 
ETT Network Services Limited, incorporated in UK
 
The subsidiary undertakings are telecommunication integration companies and have December year-ends, except for India which has a March year-end.
 
Translation of foreign currencies
 
Foreign currency assets and liabilities of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are translated using the exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date. Results of operations are translated using the average exchange rates prevailing throughout the year. The effects of exchange rate fluctuations on translating foreign currency assets and liabilities are accumulated as part of the foreign currency translation adjustment in shareholders’ deficit. The Company has determined the functional currency to be the UK Pound.
 
These financial statements have been reported in US Dollars by translating asset and liability amounts at the closing exchange rate, the equity amounts at historical rates, and the results of operations and cash flows at the


F-55


 

 
GTT — EMEA Limited and Subsidiaries
(formerly European Telecommunications & Technology Limited)
 
Notes to consolidated financial statements — (Continued)

average exchange rate in effect during the periods reported. Certain per share information is disclosed in the Great UK Pound as well as the US Dollar.
 
A summary of exchange rates used is as follows:
 
             
  October 15,
 December 31,
 December 31,
  2006 2005 2004
 
Closing exchange rate  1.85650   1.72079   1.92620 
Average exchange rate during the period  1.82112   1.82069   1.83277 
 
Transactions denominated in foreign currencies are recorded at the rates of exchange ruling at the time of the transaction. Exchange differences arising are recorded in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations.
 
Use of estimates
 
The preparation of financial statements and related disclosures in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Estimates and assumptions are reviewed periodically and the effects of revisions are reflected in the period that they are determined to be necessary. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant estimates are used in the deferred tax valuation allowance and impairment decisions. Significant changes in the estimate of the deferred tax valuation allowance could materially affect the consolidated financial statements.
 
Revenue recognition
 
Revenue is primarily derived from arrangements with multiple elements such as monthly connection charges, installation, maintenance, equipment and usage charges. The arrangements are separated into units of accounting based on the following criteria; whether the delivered items have value to the customer on a standalone basis, there is objective and reliable evidence of the fair value of the undelivered items and there is a general right of return and delivery or performance of the undelivered items is considered probable and substantially within the control of the Company. When the fair value of the undelivered elements is unable to be determined revenue is recognized evenly over the term of the contract from the date that completion of the installation is verified by customer acceptance. Deferred revenue relates to up-front payments received on contracts and amounts received in advance from customers for services yet to be rendered.
 
The Company also evaluates relevant facts and circumstances regarding recording revenue at gross or net and records revenue at the gross amount billed to customers because management has determined the Company has earned the revenue from the sale of the goods or services.
 
Installation costs that are directly attributable to a managed service contract are capitalised as deferred contract costs and expensed over the term of the contract from the date the installation is verified by the customer.
 
Monthly connection charges and installation are determined to be one unit of accounting as there is no stand alone value to the customer and the revenue is recognized over the life of the contract. Maintenance revenue is determined to be a separate unit of accounting and the revenue is recognized over the life of the contract.
 
Equipment revenue is recognized when there is persuasive evidence of an agreement with the customer, the equipment is shipped and title has passed, the amount due from the customer is fixed and determinable, and collectibility is reasonably assured.
 
Usage charge revenue is recognized as the connection is utilized by the customer in accordance with the agreement.


F-56


 

 
GTT — EMEA Limited and Subsidiaries
(formerly European Telecommunications & Technology Limited)
 
Notes to consolidated financial statements — (Continued)

Accounts receivable
 
Credit extended is based on an evaluation of the customer’s financial condition and is granted to customers on an unsecured basis. Accounts receivable from sales of services and monthly connection billings are typically due from customers within 30 days of invoicing.
 
Accounts receivable balances are stated at amounts due from the customer net of an allowance for doubtful accounts listed below. Accounts outstanding longer than the contractual payments terms are considered past due. The Company determines its allowance by considering a number of factors, including the length of time trade receivables are past due, the Company’s previous loss history, the customer’s current ability to pay its obligation to the Company, and the condition of the general economy and the industry as a whole. Specific reserves are also established on acase-by-case basis by management. The Company writes-off accounts receivable when they become uncollectible. Credit losses have historically been within management’s expectations.
 
Information related to the activity of the allowance for doubtful accounts is as follows:
 
             
  October 15,
 December 31,
 December 31,
  2006 2005 2004
  $ $ $
 
Beginning balance  67,519   75,578   130,521 
Bad debt expense   —   9,255   49 
Reversals   —      (52,175)
Write-offs   —   (9,255)  (10,465)
Foreign currency exchange  5,324   (8,059)  7,648 
             
Ending balance  72,843   67,519   75,578 
             
 
Cash
 
Cash includes cash on hand and cash held in banks. The Company does not maintain insurance for cash deposits. Foreign cash balances held at various financial institutions located in countries outside the UK totaled $1,172,724 at December 31, 2005.
 
Property and equipment
 
Property and equipment, including leasehold improvements, are recorded at cost. Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Computer equipment and furniture is depreciated over lives ranging from three to five years, and leasehold improvements are depreciated over the term of the lease or estimated useful life, whichever is shorter. Upon retirement or other disposition of the assets, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and the resulting gain or loss, if any, is reflected in results of operations. Expenditures for maintenance, repairs and renewals of minor items are charged to expense as incurred. Major renewals and improvements are capitalized when they increase the estimated useful life of the asset.
 
Leased assets
 
Where the Company retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of an asset subject to a lease, the lease is treated as a capital lease. The amount capitalised in property and equipment is the lesser of fair value or present value of the minimum lease payments payable during the lease term and is depreciated over the shorter of the lease term or its estimated useful life. The corresponding lease commitments are recorded as capital lease obligations. Leases other than capital leases are treated as operating leases. Costs in respect of operating leases are charged on a straight-line basis over the lease term.


F-57


 

 
GTT — EMEA Limited and Subsidiaries
(formerly European Telecommunications & Technology Limited)
 
Notes to consolidated financial statements — (Continued)

 
Impairment of long-lived assets
 
The Company reviews long-lived assets to beheld-and-used for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated future undiscounted cash flows the asset is considered to be impaired. Impairment losses are measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell.
 
Income taxes
 
The Company accounts for income taxes under the liability method. Deferred tax liabilities are recognized for temporary differences that will result in taxable amounts in future years. Deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences and tax operating losses and tax credit carry-forwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the periods in which the deferred tax asset or liability is expected to be realized or settled. A valuation allowance is provided to offset the net deferred tax assets if, based upon the available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The Company has concluded that a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets is appropriate.
 
Treasury shares
 
The Company accounts for purchases of its own shares as treasury shares under the cost method. All of the shares held as treasury shares are expected to be used to meet exercises of share options granted to employees.
 
Other comprehensive income
 
In addition to net income (loss), comprehensive income (loss) includes charges or credits to equity that are not as a result of transactions with shareholders. For the Company this consists of foreign currency translation adjustments.
 
Fair value of financial instruments
 
The Company’s financial instruments including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and accrued expenses are carried at cost, which approximates fair value due to the short-term maturity of these instruments. Long-term obligations approximate fair value as the instruments are stated at variable interest rates.
 
Defined contribution plans
 
The Company does not operate a company sponsored pension plan but makes discretionary contributions of up to 10% of the gross salary to the defined contribution plans. The expense is charged to the operations in the year to which it relates.
 
Share-based compensation
 
Until December 31, 2005, the Company applied SFAS 123 and used the intrinsic value method to value the share options issued to employees and directors. Under the intrinsic value method the difference between the market value of the shares at the measurement date and the exercise price of the option is credited to shareholders’ equity and charged to the profit and loss account over the vesting period. As of January 1, 2006, the Company applies SFAS 123(R) and uses the fair value method, where share options issued to employees and directors recognized as expenses in the consolidated statements of operations when options are granted. Had the fair value method been applied in the years to December 31, 2005 and 2004, the compensation expense would not have been


F-58


 

 
GTT — EMEA Limited and Subsidiaries
(formerly European Telecommunications & Technology Limited)
 
Notes to consolidated financial statements — (Continued)

different in the periods presented as all options only vest upon a certain event (see Note 6). The Company did not grant any options in the period from January 1, 2006 to October 15, 2006.
 
The weighted average fair value of employee share options granted was $0.04 per share during the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004. The fair value of options granted was estimated on the date of grant using the minimum value model, with the following assumptions; average expected life of 5 years, average risk-free interest rate of 2.82%, and no dividend yield.
 
Net loss per share
 
Basic net loss per share is computed using the weighted daily average number of shares of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted loss per common share incorporates the incremental shares issuable upon the assumed exercise of share options and warrants, if dilutive. Share options totaling nil, 14,175,000 and 14,670,000 for the periods ended October 15, 2006, December 31, 2005 and 2004, were excluded from the diluted calculation because their effect was anti-dilutive. Warrants for the purchase of shares were excluded from the dilutive calculation because they are contingently convertible (see Note 5).
 
Segment Reporting
 
The Company determines and discloses its segment in accordance with SFAS No. 131, “Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information” (“SFAS No. 131”), which uses a “management” approach for determining segments.
 
The management approach designates the internal organization that is used by management for making operating decisions and assessing performance as the source of a company’s reportable segments. SFAS No. 131 also requires disclosures about products or services, geographic areas and major customers. The Company operates in three geographic regions in addition to corporate activities: (i) the United Kingdom, (ii) Germany, and (iii) rest of world.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
In June 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes” (“FIN 48”), which is an interpretation of SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes” (“SFAS 109”). FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with SFAS 109 and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. The Company is currently in the process of assessing the impact the adoption of FIN 48 will have on its consolidated financial statements.
 
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities — including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115” (“SFAS 159”). SFAS 159 permits entities to elect to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. Upon adoption of SFAS 159, an entity may elect the fair value option for eligible items that exist at the adoption date. Subsequent to the initial adoption, the election of the fair value option should only be made at initial recognition of the asset or liability or upon a remeasurement event that gives rise to new-basis accounting. SFAS 159 does not affect any existing accounting literature that requires certain assets and liabilities to be carried at fair value nor does it eliminate disclosure requirements included in other accounting standards. SFAS 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 and may be adopted earlier but only if the adoption is in the first quarter of the fiscal year.


F-59


 

 
GTT — EMEA Limited and Subsidiaries
(formerly European Telecommunications & Technology Limited)
 
Notes to consolidated financial statements — (Continued)

Note 3.  Property and Equipment
 
Property and equipment are as follows:
 
     
  As at
  December 31, 2005
  $
 
Cost
    
Computer equipment  1,303,466 
Furniture  266,950 
Leasehold improvements  321,611 
     
   1,892,027 
     
Accumulated depreciation
    
Computer equipment  1,032,696 
Furniture  221,035 
Leasehold improvements  197,724 
     
   1,451,455 
     
Net book value
  440,572 
     
 
Depreciation expense was as follows:
 
             
  January 1, 2006 to
 Year Ended
 Year Ended
  October 15,
 December 31,
 December 31,
  2006 2005 2004
  $ $ $
 
Selling expenses  58,340   101,292   110,924 
General and administrative  136,128   168,221   187,840 
             
   194,468   269,513   298,764 
             


F-60


 

 
GTT — EMEA Limited and Subsidiaries
(formerly European Telecommunications & Technology Limited)
 
Notes to consolidated financial statements — (Continued)

Note 4.  Financing
 
The Company has the following financing agreements:
 
     
  As at
  December 31,
  2005
  $
 
Finance leases with the Bank of Scotland to purchase equipment for use in the provision of services to customers. Repayments are due in monthly installments of $11,690 and the lease bears implicit interest at 8.5% and is collateralized by the equipment leased. There are no covenants with this agreement  107,680 
A term loan with the Bank of Scotland was fully paid by September 2006 and bore interest at 2.5% over the bank’s base rate (effective rate of 7.00% at December 31, 2005).(* *)  240,911 
$1,438,050 term loan with the Bank of Scotland for the purpose of capital expenditure originated in December 2004. The loan is due in monthly instalments commencing in June 2005 through November 2007 and bears interest at 2.5% over the bank’s base rate (effective rate of 7.00% at December 31, 2005) (* *)  1,049,682 
     
   1,398,273 
Less current maturities of long-term obligations  899,244 
     
Long-term obligations  499,029 
     
Maturities of long-term obligations for the years ended December 31 are as follows:    
2006  899,244 
2007  499,029 
     
   1,398,273 
     
 
 
(* *)Both term loans are collateralized against all of the Company’s assets (including future assets) through a debenture originally put in place on February 7, 2002, and granted by the Company in favour of the Bank of Scotland. The term loans are both subject to a series of affirmative covenants as well as the following specific financial covenants:
 
 a)  The ratio of EBITDA to senior interest shall not be less than 1:1 prior to 31 March 2006. On 31 March 2006 and thereafter, the ratio of EBITDA to senior interest shall not be less than 2:1 unless other wise agreed.
 
 b)  The ratio of trade debtors to net borrowings due to the Bank of Scotland shall not at any time be less than 2:1.
 
The Company was in compliance with the above covenants as of December 31, 2005.
 
Both of the term loans were repaid in full, the first term loan for $453,525 in September 2006 and the second term loan for $1,438,050 on November 10, 2006.
 
The Company had a $430,197 credit facility outstanding with the Bank of Scotland which could be drawn as an overdraft, guarantees or letters of credit. The credit facility did not have an expiration date, but was rather reviewed annually by the bank. The rate of interest applicable to the facility is 2.5% plus the bank’s base rate (effective rate of 7% at December 31, 2005). The credit facility is collateralized against all of the Company’s assets through the debenture disclosed above. As long as the credit facility remains outstanding, the Company shall maintain a ratio of Good Trade Debtors to Bank Borrowings of 2:1 or higher, to be tested on a monthly basis.


F-61


 

 
GTT — EMEA Limited and Subsidiaries
(formerly European Telecommunications & Technology Limited)
 
Notes to consolidated financial statements — (Continued)

 
Note 5.  Shareholders’ Equity
 
During the periods ended October 15, 2006, December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004, no new shares were issued. The Company’s Preferred Ordinary Shares are non-cumulative and rank pari passu with the other shares in voting rights. On a return of assets on liquidation, or other reduction of capital, the holders of the Preferred Ordinary Shares will be entitled, after payment of the Company’s liabilities, in priority to other shareholders, to receive an amount equivalent to their original investment, with the balance being distributed pro rata amongst all shareholders, including the holders of Preferred Ordinary Shares.
 
On a sale of the whole or substantial part of the Company where proceeds are distributed to shareholders, a buyer acquiring 50% or more of the total voting rights of the shares in the Company or an initial public offering, a proportion of the Ordinary and A Ordinary Shares will be converted into Deferred shares, which have no voting rights and no rights to capital or income. The number of shares to be so converted will be determined in the event of one of the above occurring in accordance with the terms set out in the Articles of Association of the Company.
 
The investors who purchased Preferred Ordinary Shares (“Original Preferred Investors”) also received warrants as part of the share purchase agreements. The warrant holder can subscribe for further preferred shares in the circumstances detailed as follows; the number of shares to purchase with the warrants is variable based on a formula related to subsequent issuance. The holder would only exercise if subsequent share subscriptions were at a lesser price per share than that at which the Original Preferred Investors purchased their shares (£0.159). If shares are never issued below the share price the Original Preferred Investors paid, then the warrant holders would not exercise their rights. The warrants are exercisable for £.0001.
 
On the date immediately preceding the offer becoming conditional in all respects, a proportion of the Ordinary and A Ordinary Shares were converted into Deferred shares. The number of A Ordinary and Ordinary shares converting into Deferred shares resulted (on a fully diluted basis) in the holders of Preferred Ordinary shares receiving their Investor Return, as defined in the Company’s Articles of Association. Deferred shares were liable for compulsory acquisition by the Company at their fair value forthwith after the offer was declared unconditional in all respects. Deferred shares carry no right to vote and no right to any distribution of profit. They are therefore considered to be of limited value.
 
On October 15, 2006, the Company sold the remaining treasury shares for $704,053 which had a cost basis of $622,000. The proceeds reclassed in excess of the cost of treasury shares of $82,053 was recorded within additional paid-in capital.
 
Note 6.  Share Options
 
The Company had three separate share option plans that had similar terms. The Company purchased 14,016,667 shares of treasury shares reserved for share options and can also issue up to 5% of issued share capital (Preferred Ordinary Shares, Ordinary Shares and A Ordinary Shares) in share options. In respect of the plans an option holder could exercise all or any of his options, subject to meeting any performance conditions that may apply, in whole or in part only on or after: (1) the making of an application for a public listing (as defined in the rules of the plan) (2) the receipt of a notice from the directors that negotiations for a disposal (as defined in the rules of the plans) are proceeding and (3) the receipt of a notice from the Directors that negotiations are proceeding which may give rise to a person becoming an acquiring group or an acquiring person (as defined in the rules of the plans).
 
Certain options granted were subject to the achievement of certain performance targets. These targets related to revenue and sales growth in respective years. All these performance targets were achieved in relation to each year.


F-62


 

 
GTT — EMEA Limited and Subsidiaries
(formerly European Telecommunications & Technology Limited)
 
Notes to consolidated financial statements — (Continued)

 
Share options at October 15, 2006, and December 31, 2005 and 2004 are as follows:
 
             
    Weighted Average
 Weighted Average
  Number of Shares Exercise Price Exercise Price
    ($’s) (£’s)
 
Outstanding at January 1 2004
  13,615,000  $0.226  £0.127 
Granted  5,415,000  $0.288  £0.159 
Exercised         
Forfeited  (4,360,000) $(0.276) £(0.148)
             
Outstanding at December 31 2004
  14,670,000  $0.260  £0.135 
Granted  19,556,000  $0.053  £0.030 
Exercised         
Cancelled  (18,756,000) $(0.194) £(0.109)
Forfeited  (1,295,000) $(0.134) £(0.073)
             
Outstanding at December 31 2005
  14,175,000  $0.052  £0.030 
Granted         
Exercised  (12,365,000) $(0.056) £(0.030)
Cancelled         
Forfeited  (1,810,000) $(0.055) £(0.030)
             
Outstanding at October 15 2006
         
             
 
In July 2005, the Company wrote to share option holders stating that it had agreed to re-value all share options granted under the above plans at an exercise price of $0.283 (£0.159). This involved the respective option holders waiving their rights over the old options in return for new options to be granted at an exercise price of $0.053 (£0.03). On August 4, 2005, the Company granted new unapproved share options at the revised value of $0.053 (£0.03) and the old share options were cancelled. The Company determined that the options have the same exercise price as the fair value on the date that they re-priced the options and therefore no compensation expense was required to be recognized on the date of re-pricing.
 
In December 2005, the Company wrote to certain share option holders stating that it had agreed to re-grant unapproved share options granted in July 2005 (see above) under its Enterprise Management Incentive scheme (EMI) where option holders were eligible under the EMI scheme. The valuation was agreed with the Inland Revenue in December 2005. This involved the respective option holders waiving their rights over the old options in return for new options to be granted at an exercise price of $0.053 (£0.03). On December 19, 2005, the Company granted new EMI share options at the revised value of $0.053 (£0.03) and the old share options were cancelled. The Company determined that the options have the same exercise price as the fair value on the date that they re-priced the options and therefore no compensation expense was required to be recognized on the date of re-pricing.
 
In June 2006, the Directors advised option holders of the plans regarding the possible acquisition of the Company by Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp. (“MPAC”). Immediately prior to the completion of the acquisition on October 15, 2006, all outstanding options were settled for cash payment of approximately $0.7 million. Accordingly, there were no options that had vested or were exercisable at October 15, 2006 or December 31, 2005. No share option was exercisable later than 10 years from its date of grant. Due to the cancellation and re-granting of the share options the share option plans are accounted for as variable plans. On October 15, 2006, the share options became exercisable when the Company agreed to a disposal of the entity as defined in the plan agreement. The shares became exercisable and the Company recognized a charge of $375,754.


F-63


 

 
GTT — EMEA Limited and Subsidiaries
(formerly European Telecommunications & Technology Limited)
 
Notes to consolidated financial statements — (Continued)

 
Note 7.  Taxation
 
There are no current income taxes payable, domestic or foreign for the period ended October 15, 2006 and the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 due to the losses incurred. The Company’s provision for income taxes differs from the expected tax benefit amount as a result of the valuation allowance recorded against all net deferred tax assets.
 
The following reconciles income taxes based on the domestic statutory tax rate to the Company’s income tax expense:
 
             
    Year Ended
 Year Ended
  January 1, 2006 to
 December 31,
 December 31,
  October 15, 2006 2005 2004
  $ $ $
 
Statutory rate  (380,444)  (69,301)  (147,060)
Non-deductible differences  55,985   105,808   99,113 
Foreign and other tax affects  (92,840)  (38,082)  189,674 
Change in valuation allowance  417,299   1,575   (141,727)
             
          
             
 
Deferred tax assets consisting primarily of the carryforward of net operating losses totaling $6,936,190 at December 31, 2005. The Company has established a valuation allowance against the net deferred tax asset due to the uncertainty of future taxable income, which is necessary to realize the benefits of the deferred tax assets.
 
Information related to the activity of the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets is as follows:
 
         
  As at December 31,
 As at December 31,
  2005 2004
  $ $
 
Beginning balance  7,762,494   7,304,800 
Increase (decrease) in valuation allowance  1,575   (141,727)
Foreign currency exchange  (827,879)  599,421 
         
Ending balance  6,936,190   7,762,494 
         
 
Note 8.  Defined contribution plans
 
The Company made contributions to defined contribution plans of $194,312, $209,643 and $203,590 for the period ended October 15, 2006 and the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, which was charged to the accompanying consolidated statements of operations at the time of payment.


F-64


 

 
GTT — EMEA Limited and Subsidiaries
(formerly European Telecommunications & Technology Limited)
 
Notes to consolidated financial statements — (Continued)

 
Note 9.  Segment reporting
 
The Company has determined it operates under one reportable segment as the chief financial decision maker reviews operating results and makes decisions on a consolidated basis. A summary of the Company’s operations by geographic area follows:
 
             
  January 1, 2006 to
 Year Ended
 Year Ended
  October 15, 2006 December 31, 2005 December 31, 2004
  $ $ $
 
Revenue
            
UK  17,205,816   23,271,310   26,009,250 
Germany  5,603,184   6,431,810   5,991,873 
Other  3,313,950   5,008,519   3,074,378 
             
   26,122,950   34,711,639   35,075,501 
             
 
Sales are attributed to countries or region based on the location of the customer.
 
Note 10.  Commitments and contingencies
 
Leases
 
The Company has entered into certain non-cancellable operating lease agreements related to office, equipment and vehicles. The lease terms vary from 1 to 5 years and the land and building lease has a 5 year provision for renewal. Total rent expense under operating leases was $663,560, $754,363 and $770,033 for the period ended October 15, 2006 and the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004. Estimated annual commitments under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows at October 15, 2006:
 
         
  Land and
  
  Buildings Other
  $ $
 
2007  707,783   68,440 
2008  594,453   42,328 
2009  448,653   19,347 
2010  366,470    — 
2011  362,776    — 
Thereafter  257,454    — 
         
   2,737,589   130,115 
         


F-65


 

 
GTT — EMEA Limited and Subsidiaries
(formerly European Telecommunications & Technology Limited)
 
Notes to consolidated financial statements — (Continued)

Supply agreements
 
In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into contracts with suppliers to provide telecommunication services typically for a period between 12 and 36 months. These supplier contracts are entered into when the Company has entered into sales contracts with customers. The key terms and conditions of the supplier and customer contracts are substantially the same. As at October 15, 2006, the Company has commitments of $16,658,306 (2005: $17,124,036) in respect of such agreements and the Company has in excess of this value as contractual commitments from its customers over matching periods.
 
Legal proceedings
 
The Company is subject to legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, the ultimate disposition of those matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or liquidity. No material reserves have been established for any pending legal proceeding, either because a loss is not probable or the amount of a loss, if any, cannot be reasonably estimated.
 
Note 11. Concentrations
 
Significant concentrations are as follows:
 
             
  January 1, 2006 to
 Year Ended
 Year Ended
  October 15, 2006 December 31, 2005 December 31, 2004
 
Revenue
            
Customer A  26.14%  24.62%  34.05%
Customer B  15.98%  20.94%  21.11%
Customer C  15.33%  *   * 
Customer D  10.93%  *   * 
Costs of revenue
            
Vendor A  13.62%  14.62%  12.32%
Vendor B  *   *   10.35%
             
Accounts receivable
            
       As at   As at 
       December 31,   December 31, 
       2005   2004 
Customer A      27.07%  53.13%
 
 
*Amount less than 10%.
 
Approximately 51% of revenue is currently generated by managed and IP services (in contrast to pure connectivity), under contracts having terms ranging from 12 to 42 months. These contracts are mainly with large multi-national companies. The most significant operating expense is the cost of contracting for the leasing of bandwidth and other services from suppliers. The Company’s contracts with suppliers generally have terms ranging from 12 to 36 months. The Company is subject to risks and uncertainties common to rapidly growing technology-based companies, including rapid technology change, actions of competitors, dependence on key personnel and availability of sufficient capital.


F-66


 

 
GTT — EMEA Limited and Subsidiaries
(formerly European Telecommunications & Technology Limited)
 
Notes to consolidated financial statements — (Continued)

 
Note 12.  Subsequent Events
 
On October 15, 2006, the Company’s outstanding voting stock was acquired by MPAC, a company registered in the United States. This was subsequent to an offer, which was sent to the Company’s shareholders on June 13, 2006. On the date immediately preceding the offer becoming conditional in all respects, a proportion of the Ordinary and A Ordinary Shares were converted into Deferred shares. The number of A Ordinary and Ordinary shares converting into Deferred shares resulted (on a fully diluted basis) in the holders of Preferred Ordinary shares receiving their Investor Return, as defined in the Company’s Articles of Association. Deferred shares were liable for compulsory acquisition by the Company at their fair value forthwith after the offer was declared unconditional in all respects. Deferred shares carry no right to vote and no right to any distribution of profit. They are therefore considered to be of limited value.
 
MPAC changed it name to Global Telecom & Technology, Inc. following consummation of the acquisition. On December 8, 2006, the Company changed its name from European Telecommunications & Technology Limited to GTT — EMEA Limited.


F-67


 

 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Global Internetworking, Inc.
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Global Internetworking, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of September 30, 2006, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the year then ended and for the period from October 1, 2006 to October 15, 2006. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Global Internetworking, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of September 30, 2006, and their results of operations and cash flows for the year then ended and the period from October 1, 2006 to October 15, 2006, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
 
As discussed in Note 1, the Company changed its method of accounting for stock-based compensation upon adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment”.
 
/s/  J.H. Cohn LLP
 
Jericho, New York
April 16, 2007


F-68


 

 
Independent Auditors’ Report
 
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders,
Global Internetworking, Inc. and Subsidiaries:
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Global Internetworking, Inc. as of September 30, 2005 and 2004 and the related consolidated statements of operations, cash flows, shareholders’ equity and other comprehensive income (loss) for each of the two years in the period ended September 30, 2005. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Global Internetworking, Inc. at September 30, 2005 and 2004, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended September 30, 2005, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
 
/s/  Schwartz, Weissman & Co. P.C.
 
Fairfax, Virginia
September 27, 2006


F-69


 

Global Internetworking, Inc. and Subsidiaries
 
September 30, 2006 and 2005
 
         
  September 30,
  September 30,
 
  2006  2005 
 
ASSETS
Current assets:
        
Cash and cash equivalents $616,828  $141,900 
Certificates of deposit, unrestricted  409,745   479,120 
Certificates of deposit, restricted  138,000    
Accounts receivable, net  1,012,485   1,353,966 
Income tax refunds receivable  327,504   371,515 
Deferred contract costs  209,095   200,063 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets  646,127   455,924 
         
Total current assets
  3,359,784   3,002,488 
Property and equipment, net  459,183   422,045 
Other assets  396,029   546,748 
         
Total assets
 $4,214,996  $3,971,281 
         
 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Current liabilities:
        
Accounts payable $865,357  $476,743 
Unearned and deferred revenue  1,910,432   1,631,468 
Regulatory and sales taxes payable  283,673   317,425 
Other accrued expenses  1,036,517   1,172,856 
         
Total current liabilities
  4,095,979   3,598,492 
Deferrals and other accrued liabilities  187,874   90,665 
         
Total liabilities
  4,283,853   3,689,157 
         
Commitments and contingencies
        
Shareholders’ equity (deficit):
        
Common stock:        
Class A, $.01 par value; 9,000,000 shares authorized, 2,500,000 shares issued and outstanding  25,000   25,000 
Class B, $.01 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding      
Additional paid-in capital  279,461   279,461 
Accumulated deficit  (373,318)  (22,337)
         
Total shareholders’ equity (deficit)
  (68,857)  282,124 
         
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity (deficit)
 $4,214,996  $3,971,281 
         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-70


 

Global Internetworking, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Operations
For the Period From October 1, 2006 to October 15, 2006
and For the Years Ended September 30, 2006, 2005 and 2004
 
                 
  For the Period from
  Year Ended September 30, 
  October 1 - 15, 2006  2006  2005  2004 
 
Revenues:
                
Telecommunications services sold $825,082  $17,960,062  $14,167,849  $9,263,497 
Operating expenses:
                
Cost of telecommunications services provided  545,648   12,821,008   9,424,964   6,062,912 
Selling, general and administrative expenses  209,050   5,463,521   5,335,053   3,571,549 
Depreciation and amortization  4,751   47,464   109,135   58,224 
                 
Operating income (loss)  65,633   (371,931)  (701,303)  (429,188)
                 
Other income:
                
Interest income, net of expense  1,113   36,542   32,008   23,273 
Other income, net of expense  (31,744)  28,419   19,142   16,029 
                 
Total other income (expense)  (30,631)  64,961   51,150   39,302 
                 
Income (loss) before provision (benefit) for income taxes
  35,002   (306,970)  (650,153)  (389,886)
Provision (benefit) for income taxes     44,011   (205,189)  (166,326)
                 
Net (loss) income
 $35,002  $(350,981) $(444,964) $(223,560)
                 
Earnings (loss) per share calculation:
                
Net (loss) income per share
                
Basic $0.01  $(0.14) $(0.18) $(0.09)
                 
Diluted $0.01  $(0.14) $(0.18) $(0.09)
                 
Weighted average shares outstanding
                
Basic  2,500,000   2,500,000   2,500,000   2,500,000 
                 
Diluted  2,500,000   2,500,000   2,500,000   2,500,000 
                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-71


 

Global Internetworking, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity
For the Period From October 1, 2006 to October 15, 2006 and Years Ended
September 30, 2006, 2005 and 2004
 
                                 
                    Retained
    
  Common Stock
  Common Stock
  Additional
  Stock
  Earnings
    
  Class A  Class B  Paid-In
  Subscription
  (Accumulated
    
  Shares  Amount  Shares  Amount  Capital  Receivable  Deficit)  Total 
 
Balance, October 1, 2003
  2,500,000  $25,000   1,000,000  $  $279,461  $(500) $646,187  $950,148 
Net loss                    (223,560)  (223,560)
                                 
Balance, September 30, 2004
  2,500,000   25,000   1,000,000      279,461   (500)  422,627   726,588 
Stock subscription paid                 500      500 
Net loss                    (444,964)  (444,964)
                                 
Balance, September 30, 2005
  2,500,000   25,000   1,000,000      279,461      (22,337)  282,124 
Net loss                    (350,981)  (350,981)
                                 
Balance, September 30, 2006
  2,500,000   25,000   1,000,000      279,461      (373,318)  (68,857)
Net income
                    35,002   35,002 
                                 
Balance, October 15, 2006
  2,500,000  $25,000   1,000,000  $  $279,461  $  $(338,316) $(33,855)
                                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-72


 

Global Internetworking, Inc. and Subsidiaries.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
For the Period From October 1, 2006 to October 15, 2006
and For the Years Ended September 30, 2006, 2005 and 2004
 
                 
  For the Period From
  Year Ended September 30, 
  October 1 - 15, 2006  2006  2005  2004 
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
                
Net income (loss) $35,002  $(350,981) $(444,964) $(223,560)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:
                
Depreciation and amortization  4,751   47,464   109,135   58,224 
Provision for bad debt           34,482 
Gain on sale of property and equipment        3,692    
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
                
Accounts receivable, net  (1,109,689)  341,482   (696,221)  (266,491)
Income tax refunds receivable     44,011   (205,189)  (166,326)
Deferred contract cost     (9,032)  (54,753)  (145,310)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets  234,358   (190,203)  (94,718)  (148,375)
Deferred contract costs and other assets     (1,063)      
Other assets        (161,880)  (384,869)
Accounts payable  392,046   388,614   264,765   106,225 
Accrued carrier expenses        469,580   (165,616)
Accrued compensation        (55,510)  155,802 
Unearned and deferred revenue  755,500   278,964   478,354   (12,017)
Regulatory and sales taxes payable  58,111   (33,752)  176,441   (24,001)
Long-term deferrals  580   97,209      210,827 
Other accrued expenses  (479,510)  (136,339)  (61,082)  75,258 
Income taxes payable           (18,602)
                 
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
  (108,851)  476,374   (272,350)  (914,349)
                 
Cash flows from investing activities:
                
Purchases of property and equipment  (5,132)  (84,605)  (413,348)  (81,105)
Loans repaid — Shareholder        39,508    
(Purchases) redemptions of certificates of deposit  (114,904)  83,159   (11,043)  815,204 
Purchase of certificate of deposit backing letter of credit           (268,000)
                 
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
  (120,036)  (1,446)  (384,883)  466,099 
                 
Cash flows from financing activities:
                
Payment received for stock subscription        500    
                 
Net cash provided by financing activities        500    
                 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
  (228,887)  474,928   (656,733)  (448,250)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
  616,828   141,900   798,633   1,246,883 
                 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
 $387,941  $616,828  $141,900  $798,633 
                 
Supplementary cash flow information:
                
Interest paid          $1,748 
                 
Income taxes paid            
                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-73


 

Global Internetworking, Inc. and Subsidiaries
 
 
Note 1 — Organization, Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
The Company
 
Founded in 1998, Global Internetworking, Inc. (“GII” or the “Company”) is a knowledge-based, facilities-neutral, high capacity communications network solutions provider for carriers, service providers, systems integrators, government agencies and communications-intensive enterprise customers. The Company’s fiscal year end is September 30th.
 
Within the wholesale telecom market, the Company helps customers obtain diverse, cost-effective,off-net connectivity, throughout the United States and to over 40 overseas markets. Within the enterprise and government sectors, the Company specializes in providing diverse, high-capacity solutions for wide area network applications. The Company offers a turn-key,single-point-of-contact approach which allows customers to achieve optimalend-to-end solutions without having to find, manage and interconnect multiple local and long-haul telecom carriers.
 
On October 15, 2006, the Company was acquired in a stock purchase transaction. See Note 13 below for further discussion with respect to this acquisition.
 
Basis of Presentation
 
The Company has three wholly-owned subsidiaries:
 
 • Global Internetworking, LLC
 
 • Global Internetworking Government Services, LLC
 
 • Global Internetworking of Virginia, Inc.
 
These subsidiaries were formed to provide the same products and services provided by the Company but in separate entities for marketing, legal and regulatory purposes. The subsidiaries adhere to the accounting policies of the Company. None of the subsidiaries purchased assets, incurred liabilities, earned revenue or incurred expenses in the fiscal years ended September 30, 2005, and 2004. Beginning in the fiscal year ended September 30, 2006, the subsidiaries commenced operations. Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
 
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
Revenue Recognition
 
GII provides data connectivity solutions (i.e., dedicated circuit access, access aggregation, and hubbing), managed network services, and professional services to its customers. It recognizes revenue in connection with each service as follows:
 
Data Connectivity:  Data connectivity services are provided pursuant to service contracts that typically provide for payments of recurring charges on a monthly basis for use of the services over a committed term.
 
 • Recurring Revenue:  Recurring charges for data connectivity are generally billed pursuant to fixed price contracts one month in advance and are recorded as unearned revenue when billed. This unearned revenue is recognized monthly for as long as such service is provided and collectibility is reasonably assured, in accordance with SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104. Pursuant to the service contracts, service is first considered provided upon the issuance of a start of service notice.
 
 • Non-recurring Fees.  Non-recurring fees for data connectivity typically take the form of one-time, non-refundable provisioning fees established pursuant to service contracts. The amount of the provisioning fee included in each contract is generally determined by marking up or passing through the corresponding charge from GII’s supplier imposed pursuant to GII’s purchase agreement. Starting with the fiscal year


F-74


 

 
Global Internetworking, Inc. and Subsidiaries
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 ended September 30, 2004, non-recurring revenues related to provisioning in connection with the delivery of recurring communications services are recognized ratably over the term of service starting upon commencement of the service contract term. Installation costs related to provisioning that are incurred by GII from independent third party suppliers, that are directly attributable and necessary to fulfill a particular service contract, and which costs would not have been incurred but for the occurrence of that service contract, are capitalized as deferred contract costs and expensed proportionally over the term of service in the same manner as the deferred revenue arising from that contract.

 
 • Other Revenue:  From time to time, GII recognizes revenue in the form of fixed or determinable cancellation (pre-installation) or termination (post-installation) charges imposed pursuant to the service contract. These revenues are earned when a customer cancels or terminates a service agreement prior to the end of its committed term. These revenues are recognized when billed if collectibility is reasonably assured. In addition, GII occasionally sells equipment in connection with data networking applications. GII recognizes revenue from the sale of equipment at the contracted selling price when title to the equipment passes to the customer (generally F.O.B. origin) and when collectibility is reasonably assured.
 
Managed Network Services:  Because the same general contract terms apply to these services and because the services are typically billed in the same manner, GII recognizes revenue for managed network services in the same manner as it does for data connectivity.
 
Professional Services:  Fees for professional services are typically specified as applying on a fee per hour basis pursuant to agreements with customers and are computed based on the hours of service provided by GII. Invoices for professional services performed on an hourly basis are rendered in the month following that in which the professional services have been performed. Because such invoices for hourly fees are for services that have already been performed by GII and because such work is undertaken pursuant to an executed statement of work with the customer that specifies the applicable hourly rate, GII recognizes revenues based upon hourly fees as billed if collectibility is reasonably assured. Less than 1% of GII’s revenues for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2006 were attributable to professional services provided to customers and such revenues were not material to any prior periods.
 
In certain circumstances, GII engages in professional services projects pursuant to master agreements and statements of work for each project. Fees from the performance of projects by GII are specified in each executed statement of work by reference to certainagreed-upon and defined milestonesand/or the project as a whole. Invoices for professional services projects are rendered pursuant to the payment plans that are specified in the executed statement of work with the customer.
 
Recognition of revenue is determined independently of issuance of the invoice to the customer or receipt of payment from the customer. Instead, revenue is recognized based upon the degree of delivery, performance and completion of such professional services projects as stated expressly in the contractual statement of work. The performance, completion and delivery of obligations on projects are determinable by GII based upon the underlying contract or statement of work terms, particularly by reference to any customer acceptance provisions or other performance criteria that may be defined in the contract or statement of work. Furthermore, even if a project has been performed, completed and delivered in accordance with all applicable contractual requirements and an invoice has been issued consistent with those contractual requirements, professional services revenues are not recognized unless collectibility is reasonably assured (assuming payment has not already been made).
 
In cases where a project is billed on a milestone or other partial basis, revenue is allocated for recognition purposes based upon the fair market value of the individual milestone or deliverable. For this purpose, fair market value is determined by reference to factors such as how GII would price the particular deliverable on a standalone basisand/or what competitors may charge for a similar standalone product. Where GII is unable for whatever reason to make an objective determination of fair market value of a deliverable by reference to such factors, the amount paid will only be recognized upon performance, completion and delivery of the project as a whole.


F-75


 

 
Global Internetworking, Inc. and Subsidiaries
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 
Each service contract for data connectivity and managed services has a fixed monthly cost and a fixed term, in addition to a fixed installation charge (if applicable). At the end of the initial term of most service contracts for data connectivity and managed services, the contracts roll forward on amonth-to-month basis and continue to bill at the same fixed recurring rate. If any cancellation or termination charges become due from the customer as a result of early cancellation or termination of a service contract, those amounts are calculated pursuant to a formula specified in each contract. With respect to professional services, each service contract has a specified project scope and terms for payments on either an hourly basis or on a project milestone basis.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand and money market funds.
 
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
The carrying values of current assets and liabilities approximated their fair values at the respective balance sheet dates.
 
Accounts Receivable
 
Accounts receivable balances are stated at amounts due from the customer net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. For the years ending September 30, 2006 and 2005, the Company reported $55,599 and $23,034, respectively, as allowance for doubtful accounts. These estimates are based upon management’s assessment of the Company’s ability to collect its outstanding accounts receivable. The Company, pursuant to its standard service contracts, is entitled to impose a finance charge of 1.5% per month with respect to all amounts that are past due. The Company’s standard terms require payment within 30 days of the date of the invoice. The Company treats invoices as past due when they remain unpaid, in whole or in part, beyond the payment time set forth in the applicable service contract. At such time as an invoice becomes past due the Company applies the finance charge as stated in the applicable service contract.
 
The Company utilizes the allowance method of accruing for bad debt expense. The Company accrues for bad debt expense at a rate of 0.55% of billed revenue on a monthly basis; this percentage is based upon management’s historical experiences with respect to bad debt. Actual bad debts, when determined, reduce the allowance, the adequacy of which management then reassesses. The Company writes off accounts after a determination by management that the amounts at issue are no longer likely to be collected, following the exercise of reasonable collection efforts and upon management’s determination that the costs of pursuing collection outweigh the likelihood of recovery.
 
Information related to the activity of the allowance for doubtful accounts is as follows:
 
         
  2006  2005 
 
Allowance for Uncollectible Accounts-Beginning $(23,034) $(73,074)
Provision for bad debt  (77,990)  (78,635)
Reversals      
Specific charges against allowance  45,425   128,675 
         
Allowance for Uncollectible Accounts-Ending
 $(55,599) $(23,034)
         
 
Property and Equipment, Software Capitalization
 
Property and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation computed using the straight-line method. Depreciation on these assets was computed over the estimated useful lives of the assets ranging from three


F-76


 

 
Global Internetworking, Inc. and Subsidiaries
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

to seven years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the life of the lease, 10 years, excluding optional extensions.
 
The Company purchases software for internal use. The Company accounts for these costs, including employee compensation and related costs, in accordance with AICPASOP 98-1,Accounting for Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use. Software costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over a three year period.
 
Depreciable lives used by the Company for its classes of asset are as follows:
 
     
Furniture and Fixtures  7 years 
Leasehold Improvements  10 years 
Computer Software  3 years 
Computer Hardware, Office and telephone equipment  3-7 years 
 
Gains or losses on disposition of property and equipment are recognized currently in the consolidated statement of operations with the related cost and accumulated depreciation removed from the consolidated balance sheet. Repairs and maintenance, which do not significantly extend the life of the related assets, are expensed as incurred.
 
Total depreciation and amortization expense was $4,751, $47,464, $109,135 and $58,224 for the period from October 1, 2006 to October 15, 2006 and the years ended September 30, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
 
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
 
The Company reviews its long-lived assets, primarily property, equipment and security deposits, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. The Company estimates, where applicable, the future cash flows expected from the asset. If the sum of the expected undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the long-lived asset, the Company recognizes an impairment loss by reducing the depreciated or amortized cost of the long-lived asset to its estimated fair value.
 
Accrued Carrier Expenses
 
The Company accrues for estimated charges owed to its suppliers for services. The Company bases this accrual on the supplier contract, the individual service order executed with the supplier for that service, the length of time the service has been active, and the overall supplier relationship. It is common in the telecommunications industry for users and suppliers to engage in disputes over amounts billed (or not billed) in error or over interpretation of contract terms. The accrued costs of revenue category on the Company’s financial statements includes disputed but unresolved amounts claimed as due by suppliers, unless management is confident, based upon its experience and its review of the relevant facts and contract terms, that the outcome of the dispute will not result in liability for the Company. Management estimates this liability monthly, and reconciles the estimates with actual results quarterly as the liabilities are paid, as disputes are resolved, or as the appropriate statute of limitations with respect to a given dispute expires.
 
As of September 30, 2006 and 2005, open disputes totaled $344,949 and $1,006,460, respectively. As of September 30, 2006 and 2005, based upon its experience with each vendor and similar disputes in the past, and based upon its individual review of the facts and contract terms applicable to each dispute, management has determined that the most likely outcome is that the Company will be liable for $75,740 and $138,367, respectively, in connection with these disputes, for which accruals were recorded.


F-77


 

 
Global Internetworking, Inc. and Subsidiaries
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 
The summary below reflects the reserve account balances and activity in the accounts for each of the periods indicated:
 
                     
  Beginning
 Charges
 Reserves for
 Ending
 Unresolved Vendor
  Reserve
 Against
 New Vendor
 Reserve
 Billing Errors at
Fiscal Year
 Balance Reserve Billing Errors Balance End of Period
 
2005 $95,823  $(51,691) $94,235  $138,367  $1,006,460 
2006  138,367   (144,677)  82,050   75,740   344,949 
 
Net Income (Loss) Per Share
 
Basic Net Income (Loss) per share is computed using the weighted average number of shares of Class A and Class B common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted income (loss) per share does not differ from basic loss per share since the potential dilutive effect of common shares issuable from the exercise of stock options are anti-dilutive for all periods presented.
 
Use of Estimates
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
Stock-Based Compensation
 
At September 30, 2006, the Company has a stock-based employee compensation plan, which is more fully described in Note 10. The Company accounts for stock-based employee compensation arrangements in accordance with the recognition and measurement provisions of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25,Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees(“APB 25”). Under APB 25, compensation expense is based on the difference, if any, between the fair value of the Company’s stock at the grant date and the exercise price of the option. No compensation expense has been reflected for options issued to employees or directors as these options were granted at exercise prices no less than the fair market value of the Company’s stock at the date of the grant. As permitted, the Company elected not to adopt the fair value recognition provisions of FASB Statement No. 123,Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation (“SFAS No. 123”). In accordance with the provisions of FASB Statement No. 148,Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation-Transition and Disclosure, the following table illustrates the effect on


F-78


 

 
Global Internetworking, Inc. and Subsidiaries
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

net income and earnings per share if the fair value method of SFAS No. 123 had been applied to all outstanding and unvested awards in each period.
 
             
  Fiscal Year Ended September 30 
  2006  2005  2004 
 
Net loss as reported $(350,981) $(444,964) $(223,560)
Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value method for all awards, net of related tax effects  (37,944)  (60,679)  (36,352)
             
Proforma net (loss) $(388,925) $(505,643) $(259,912)
             
(Loss) per share: basic and diluted as reported $(0.14) $(0.18) $(0.09)
             
(Loss) per share: basic and diluted, proforma $(0.16) $(0.20) $(0.10)
             
Volatility  %  .01%  .01%
Dividend yield  %  0%  0%
Risk-free interest rate  %  4.85%  4.88%
Expected life in years     10   10 
 
As permitted for privately held companies, the Company uses the minimum value method to estimate volatility for all employee and director options. The Company adopted SFAS No. 123(R) effective October 1, 2006. At September 30, 2006, as part of the purchase price in connection with its acquisition by MPAC, the Company entered into agreements with the individual option holders under which all of the rights existing under the outstanding options, both vested and unvested but not forfeited as of September 30, 2006, would be settled in connection with the purchase by MPAC, in exchange for cash payments to the option holders totaling approximately $987,000.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
During December 2004, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R), “Share Based Payment” (“SFAS No. 123R”), which requires all share based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized as compensation expense in the consolidated financial statements based on their fair value. As amended by SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107 (“SAB 107”), in March, 2005, SFAS No. 123R is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2005, and includes two transition methods. Upon adoption, the Company is required to use either the modified prospective or the modified retrospective transition method. Under the modified retrospective approach, the previously reported amounts are restated for all periods presented to reflect the SFAS No. 123 amounts on the income statement. Under the modified prospective method, awards granted, modified or settled after the adoption date should be measured and accounted for in accordance with SFAS No. 123R. Unvested equity-classified awards that were granted prior to the effective date should continue to be accounted for in accordance with SFAS No. 123 except that amounts must be recognized in the income statement. The Company adopted SFAS No. 123R on October 1, 2006, the beginning of its fiscal year, and will utilize the modified prospective application transition alternative.
 
In May 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 156,“Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets: an amendment of FASB Statement No. 140”(“SFAS No. 156”). SFAS No. 156 requires that all separately recognized servicing assets and liabilities be initially measured at fair value, if practicable. SFAS No. 156 also permits an entity to choose to subsequently measure each class of recognized servicing assets or servicing liabilities using either the amortization method specified in SFAS No. 140 or the fair value measurement method. The adoption of SFAS No. 156 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.


F-79


 

 
Global Internetworking, Inc. and Subsidiaries
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 
In June 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 48,“Accounting For Uncertainty in Income Taxes”(“FIN 48”). FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with SFAS No. 109,“Accounting For Income Taxes”and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. FIN 48 will be effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2007. The Company is evaluating the effect FIN 48 will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
 
In September 2006, the FASB issued FASB Statement No. 157,“Fair Value Measurements”(“SFAS No. 157”), which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value under GAAP, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 applies to other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements. The new guidance is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and for interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company will evaluate the potential impact, if any, of the adoption of SFAS No. 157 on its consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
 
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159,“The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities — including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115” (“SFAS No. 159”). SFAS No. 159 permits entities to elect to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. Upon adoption of SFAS No. 159, an entity may elect the fair value option for eligible items that exist at the adoption date. Subsequent to the initial adoption, the election of the fair value option should only be made at initial recognition of the asset or liability or upon a remeasurement event that gives rise to new-basis accounting. SFAS No. 159 does not affect any existing accounting literature that requires certain assets and liabilities to be carried at fair value nor does it eliminate disclosure requirements included in other accounting standards. SFAS No. 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 and may be adopted earlier but only if the adoption is in the first quarter of the fiscal year.
 
Management does not believe that any other recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards if currently adopted would have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
Note 2 — Certificates of Deposit
 
At September 30, 2006 and 2005, the Company had three current certificates of deposits totaling $547,745 and $479,120. At September 30, 2006 and September 30, 2005, the Company had $130,000 and $281,784 in certificates of deposit, respectively, that did not mature currently and was included in other assets. All certificates of deposit included in current assets either mature within 12 months of the date of these statements, or and have a non-penalty withdrawal feature, or both.
 
Note 3 — Property and Equipment
 
Property and equipment consists of the following at September 30, 2006 and 2005
 
         
  Fiscal 2006  Fiscal 2005 
 
Furniture and fixtures $139,461  $134,048 
Computer hardware and software  248,878   218,611 
Telecommunications equipment  268,350   223,270 
Leasehold improvements  113,703   109,958 
         
Property and equipment, gross  770,392   685,887 
Less Accumulated depreciation  (311,209)  (263,842)
         
Property and equipment, net $459,183  $422,045 
         


F-80


 

 
Global Internetworking, Inc. and Subsidiaries
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Note 4 — Other Assets
 
Other assets at September 30, 2006 and 2005 include the following:
 
         
  Fiscal 2006  Fiscal 2005 
 
Restricted certificates of deposit securing facilities lease (see Notes 2 and 9) $130,000  $281,784 
Security deposits placed with vendors  73,616   73,616 
Receivable from vendor net of allowance     120,396 
Long-term deferred contract costs  17,551   70,952 
Organization costs  174,862    
         
Total Other Assets
 $396,029  $546,748 
         
 
Note 5 — Related Party Transactions
 
During the year ended September 30, 2005, the Company rented storage space on amonth-to-month basis from a shareholder at a rate approximating market rental rates for similar space. Related party expense for the year ended September 30, 2005, was $3,600. This rental terminated in February 2005 and there were no related party transactions in the year ended September 30, 2006.
 
Note 6 — Income Taxes
 
The Company reports its income taxes in accordance with SFAS No. 109. Under this method, a deferred tax asset or liability is recognized based on the difference between the financial statement and income tax basis of accounting for assets and liabilities, then measured using existing income tax rates. At September 30, 2006, the deferred tax asset was comprised principally of net operating loss (NOL) carryforwards and differences in depreciation for book purposes versus tax depreciation, as well as adjustments for deferrals and accruals as described more fully in the table below. At September 30, 2005, the deferred tax asset was comprised principally of net operating loss (NOL) carryforwards and differences in depreciation for book purposes versus tax depreciation.
 
For the period ended October 15, 2006, the Company earned taxable income totaling $35,002. During the fiscal years ended September 30, 2006, 2005, and 2004, the Company incurred taxable losses of $306,970, $650,153 and $389,886, respectively. The fiscal 2006 NOL creates $122,769 of future tax benefit calculated at a 42.66% combined federal and state tax rate, the 2005 NOL created $277,355 of future tax benefit calculated at a 42.66% combined federal and state tax rate, and the fiscal 2004 NOL created $166,326 of future tax benefit calculated at a 42.66% combined federal and state tax rate.
 
Under current tax law, tax NOLs must be carried back for two years before being carried forward. In the event of a change in ownership of the Company, these income tax benefits are subjected to limitations described in Internal Revenue Code Section 382 (b)(1), which require the Company to limit thepost-change-in-control carryforwards to an amount not to exceed the value of the Company immediately before the change of control, multiplied by the Federal long-term tax-exempt rate.
 
The entire $287,785 tax loss in fiscal 2006 will be carried forward through, if not utilized prior to, 2021 net of the deferred tax liability arising from book/tax depreciation and other timing differences referred to in the chart below. $480,987 of the Company’s tax loss in fiscal 2005 was offset by taxable income from the fiscal year ended September 30, 2003, and $169,166 will be offset by future income, net of the deferred tax liability arising from book/tax depreciation differences. The Company’s NOL in fiscal 2004 was fully offset by taxable income from the fiscal year ended September 30, 2002. This NOL gives rise to income tax refunds receivable of $205,189 arising from the fiscal 2005 loss, and $166,326 arising from the fiscal 2004 loss, totaling $371,515 in tax refunds receivable at September 30, 2005.


F-81


 

 
Global Internetworking, Inc. and Subsidiaries
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 
In order for GII to recognize the tax benefit arising from the fiscal 2006 and 2005 NOL carryforwards, or from other net tax assets resulting from timing differences, management is required to identify objective factors which indicate that GII is more likely than not to achieve near-term future profitability sufficient to absorb the previous losses. The losses incurred over the current and preceding fiscal years were planned and anticipated by management in connection with its strategic plan to accelerate hiring to promote sales growth through additional market penetration and operational capabilities. GII has continued to carefully manage its expenses and its contract and other business risks, and believes that it has made steady progress toward future profitability beginning in fiscal 2007. However, in recognition of the fact that these factors constitute subjective rather than objective evidence of future profitability, GII’s management has elected to recognize a valuation allowance of 100% with respect to the $121,476 and $122,769 future tax benefits at October 15, 2006 and September 30, 2006, and 100% with respect to the $15,471 and $15,601 future tax benefits at October 15, 2006 and September 30, 2006, respectively.
 
The remaining $17,859 and $17,260 of net tax benefit arising from the October 15, 2006 short period and the fiscal 2006 losses, respectively, are also the subject of a 100% valuation allowance, bringing the net realizable future value of the remaining October 15, 2006 and September 30, 2006 net operating loss carryforward to zero. $72,167 of tax benefit arising from the fiscal 2005 loss, less $9,985 of tax liability arising from the book to tax depreciation difference, is the subject of a $62,182 valuation allowance, bringing the net realizable future value of the remaining fiscal 2005 net operating loss carryforward to zero. Amended tax returns for fiscal 2002 and fiscal 2003 were filed during the fourth calendar quarter of 2006 to claim the refunds from the NOL created in fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004.
 
Components of the deferred income tax asset are as follows:
 
             
  September 30, 
  2006  2005  2004 
 
Deferred Tax Asset-Beginning of Year
 $  $  $ 
Income tax expense from current year operations         
Income tax expense from recalculating prior year refunds  44,011       
Deferred Income Tax Benefit Arising from:
            
Net operating loss carryback to 2002        17,504 
Net operating loss carryforward to 2020  15,601   72,167    
Net operating loss carryforward to 2021  122,769         
Net book tax differences for accruals and deferrals  17,260         
Deferred Income Tax Liability Arising from:
            
Depreciation-book/tax differences of, $62,496, $23,408, and $41,032, respectively  (26,661)  (9,985)  (17,504)
Deferred tax asset valuation allowance  (128,969)  (62,182)   
             
Deferred Tax Asset-End of Year
 $  $  $ 
             
Income Tax Refunds Due
            
Carryback to 2002 $  $  $131,528 
Carryback to 2003      205,189   34,798 
Current Year Income Tax Benefit (Provision)
  (44,011)  205,189   166,326 
 
Other Taxes
 
The Company is liable for collecting Universal Service Fees and certain sales taxes from its customers and remitting the fees and taxes to the governing authorities. Estimates of the liability and associated receivables are presented in the financial statements.


F-82


 

 
Global Internetworking, Inc. and Subsidiaries
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 
Note 7 — Other Accrued Expenses
 
         
  September 30, 
  2006  2005 
 
Accrued compensation and benefits $146,111  $267,457 
Accrued professional fees  15,556    
Accrued taxes  26,352   9,997 
Accrued carrier costs  832,996   895,402 
Accrued other  15,502    
         
  $1,036,517  $1,172,856 
         
 
Note 8 — Concentrations
 
Concentration — Revenue and Accounts Receivable
 
For the years ended September 30, 2006, 2005, and 2004, four customers represent an aggregate of 36%, 38%, and 43% of revenue, in each year, respectively. At September 30, 2006, two customer(s) represented 15.7% of accounts receivable and at September 30, 2005, two customers represented 28% of accounts receivable. If these individually significant customers ceased to be customers or became unable to meet their financial obligations, results of operations of the Company could be adversely affected.
 
Concentration — Cash Balances
 
At times during the fiscal years ended September 30, 2006 and 2005, the Company had funds in excess of the $100,000 insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation on deposit at financial institutions. At September 30, 2006 and 2005, the uninsured amounts, including the CD backing the letter of credit, were $1,347,974 and $1,168,056, respectively.
 
Note 9 — Commitments and Contingencies
 
Commitment — Capacity Purchases
 
The Company’s purchases of communications capacity can generally be divided into two types of purchases:a) “Take-or-Pay” Purchase Commitments; orb) Service-by-Service Commitments.
 
“Take-or-Pay” Purchase Commitments
 
Some of the Company’s capacity purchase contracts call for the Company to make monthly payments to suppliers whether or not the Company is currently utilizing the underlying capacity (commonly referred to in the industry as“take-or-pay” commitments). As of September 30, 2006 and 2005, the Company’s aggregate monthly obligations under suchtake-or-pay commitments over the remaining term of all of those contracts totaled $1,155,000 and $1,725,000, respectively. All capacity purchase commitments undertake-or-pay contracts were fully utilized by the Company’s customers throughout the years ended September 30, 2006 and 2005.
 
Service-by-Service Commitments — Early Termination Liability
 
The Company, to the extent practicable, matches the quantity, duration and other terms of individual purchases of communications capacity with agreements to supply communications to individual customers on aservice-by-service basis. The Company recognizes profit on communications sales to the extent its revenue from supplying communications exceeds its cost to purchase the underlying capacity. In the year ended September 30, 2004, the Company began purchasing capacity under five-year commitments from one of its vendors in order to secure more competitive pricing. These five-year purchase commitments are not, in all cases, matched with five-


F-83


 

 
Global Internetworking, Inc. and Subsidiaries
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

year supply agreements to customers. In such cases, if a customer disconnects its service before the five-year term ordered from the vendor expires, and if the Company is unable to find another customer for the capacity, the Company would be subject to an early termination liability. Under standard telecommunications industry practice (commonly referred to in the industry as “portability”), this early termination liability may be waived by the vendor if the Company orders replacement service with the vendor of equal or greater revenue to the service cancelled. As of September 30, 2006 and 2005, the total potential early termination liability exposure to the Company was $396,265 and $288,119, respectively.
 
Commitment — Leases
 
Office Lease, letter of credit
 
In November 2001, the Company entered into a thirty-six month (36) lease for office space in Vienna, Virginia which expired November 30, 2004. In June 2004, the Company entered into a ten-year lease for office space in McLean, Virginia. Rent payments commenced on January 1, 2005. Under the terms of the 2005 office lease, the Company is required to provide the landlord with a letter of credit to provide protection from default under the lease. The Company has provided the landlord with a letter of credit in the amount of $268,000 supported by hypothecation of a CD held by the bank in the same amount. Office lease expense for the period from October 1, 2006 to October 15, 2006 was $12,041, and for the years ended September 30, 2006, 2005 and 2004 was $362,299, $164,081 and $113,197, respectively.
 
Minimum Future Office Lease Obligation:
 
     
Fiscal Year Ending September 30,    
2007 $280,229 
2008  287,234 
2009  294,415 
2010  301,776 
2011  309,320 
2012 and thereafter  1,058,923 
     
Total $2,531,897 
     
 
Automobile Lease
 
In June 2005 the Company entered into a thirty-six (36) month operating lease for an automobile.
 
Minimum Future Auto Lease Obligation:
 
     
Fiscal Year Ending September 30, 2007 $10,668 
2008  5,334 
     
Total $16,002 
     
 
Contingency — Legal Proceedings
 
The Company is not a party to any material litigation and is not aware of any pending or threatened litigation that could have a material adverse effect upon the Company’s business, operating results or financial condition.


F-84


 

 
Global Internetworking, Inc. and Subsidiaries
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 
Note 10 — Retirement Plan
 
In 2002, the Company established a 401(k) plan for its employees. In 2005 and 2004, the Company matched 50% of employees’ contributions to the plan. At the fiscal year ended September 30, 2006, the Company had not accrued any expenses for employer contribution. During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2005, 401(k) expense was $87,560, all of which was accrued at September 30, 2005. During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2004, 401(k) expense was $56,638, all of which was accrued at September 30, 2004.
 
Stock Option Plan and Options Outstanding
 
In 2001, the Company adopted a stock option plan (the “Plan”). The total number of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan is 300,000 effective January 31, 2005. Prior to January 31, 2005, 250,000 were reserved for the Plan. Stock options granted under the Plan are non-qualified stock options for its Class B common stock. Management determines who will receive options under the Plan and determines the vesting period pursuant to authority granted by the Board of Directors. Exercise prices are no less than the fair market value of the Class B common stock at the grant dates, as determined by management. All options granted under the Plan through September 30, 2006 were to employees or members of the Board of Directors, with the exception of 75,000 fully vested options granted to a consultant in 2000. In the event of a change of control of the Company, the Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, accelerate the awards, pay a cash amount in exchange for cancellation of the awards,and/or require issuance of substitute awards. The weighted average fair value of the options granted in 2006, 2005 and 2004 was $1.90, $1.88 and $1.88, respectively. There were no options granted in the period from October 1, 2006 to October 15, 2006.
 
         
  Number of Class B
  Weighted Average
 
  Option Shares  Exercise Price 
 
Balance at September 30, 2003
  149,100  $3.97 
Granted  75,000  $5.50 
Exercised       
Forfeited       
         
Balance at September 30, 2004
  224,100  $4.48 
Granted  58,500  $5.67 
Exercised       
Forfeited       
         
Balance at September 30, 2005
  282,600  $4.73 
Granted       
Exercised       
Forfeited       
Balance at September 30, 2006
  282,600  $4.73 
         
 
The options outstanding at September 30, 2006 have exercise prices ranging from $2.50 to $6.00 per share. Additional information with regard to the outstanding options is as follows:
 
             
    Weighted Average
  
  Outstanding at
 Remaining
 Weighted Average
Exercise Price
 Fiscal Year End Contractual Life Exercise Price
 
$2.50  76,000   4.67 years  $2.50 
$5.50  186,600   6.80 years  $5.50 
$6.00  20,000   9.40 years  $6.00 


F-85


 

 
Global Internetworking, Inc. and Subsidiaries
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Note 11 — Capital Stock
 
The Company has two classes of common stock authorized, Class A and Class B common stock. At September 30, 2006 and 2005 there were 2,500,000 shares of Class A common stock issued and outstanding and no shares of Class B common stock issued and outstanding. The Class A common stock and the Class B common stock have identical rights except that the Class B common shares are non-voting.
 
Note 12 — Communication Supply Arrangements
 
At September 30, 2006 and 2005, the Company had entered into agreements to supply communications capacity in the future to 130 customers and 94 customers, respectively, at fixed rates in the dollar amounts for the years shown, as follows:
 
At September 30, 2006
 
                     
FYE 2007 FYE 2008 FYE 2009 FYE 2010 FYE 2011 Total
 
$10,510,049 $4,448,192  $2,941,689  $1,402,866  $787,398  $20,090,194 
 
At September 30, 2005
 
                     
FYE 2006 FYE 2007 FYE 2008 FYE 2009 FYE 2010 Total
 
$11,209,018 $4,529,418  $3,197,061  $1,669,826  $357,992  $20,963,315 
 
Note 13 — Subsequent Events
 
On October 15, 2006, all of the outstanding capital stock of the Company was acquired by MPAC, a special purpose acquisition company. GII’s shareholders exchanged 100% of the outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock for consideration consisting of cash, notes, and equity of MPAC. MPAC’s name was changed to Global Telecom and Technology, Inc. following consummation of the acquisition, and the Company’s name has since been changed to Global Telecom and Technology Americas, Inc.


F-86


 

5,242,717 Shares
(GTT LOGO)
Global Telecom & Technology, Inc.
Common Stock
 

PROSPECTUS
 
            , 2008

 


 

PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.
     The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discount, payable by us in connection with the sale of common stock being registered. All amounts are estimated, except the SEC registration fee.
        
Securities and Exchange Commission Registration Fee $225  $225 
Printing Expenses *  30,000 
Accounting Fees and Expenses *  30,000 
Legal Fees and Expenses *  25,000 
Transfer Agent and Registrar * 
  
Total $*  $85,225 
*To be filed by amendment
Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
     Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that each of our directors and officers shall be entitled to be indemnified by us to the fullest extent permitted by law. Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we may indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law all of our employees. Our bylaws provide that, if authorized by the board of directors, we may indemnify any other person whom the board of directors has the power to indemnify under section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.
     Paragraph B of Article Eight of our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides:
          “The Corporation shall indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law any person made or threatened to be made a party to an action or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he, his testator or intestate is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or any predecessor of the Corporation or serves or served at any other enterprise as a director or officer at the request of the Corporation or predecessor Corporation.”
     Paragraph C of Article Eight of our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides:
          “The Corporation may indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law any person made or threatened to be made a party to any action or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he, his testator or intestate is or was an employee of the Corporation or any predecessor of the Corporation or serves or served at any other enterprise as an employee at the request of the Corporation or any predecessor to the Corporation.”
     Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law concerning indemnification of officers, directors, employees and agents is set forth below.
          “Section 145. Indemnification of officers, directors, employees and agents; insurance.
               (a) A corporation shall have power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that the person’s conduct was unlawful.

II-1


 

          (b) A corporation shall have power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.
          (c) To the extent that a present or former director or officer of a corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in subsections (a) and (b) of this section, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.
          (d) Any indemnification under subsections (a) and (b) of this section (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the present or former director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because the person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in subsections (a) and (b) of this section. Such determination shall be made, with respect to a person who is a director or officer at the time of such determination, (1) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (2) by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (3) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (4) by the stockholders.
          (e) Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in this section. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the corporation deems appropriate.
          (f) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other subsections of this section shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.
          (g) A corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under this section.

II-2


 

          (h) For purposes of this section, references to “the corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under this section with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.
          (i) For purposes of this section, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to any employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in this section.
          (j) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this section shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.
          (k) The Court of Chancery is hereby vested with exclusive jurisdiction to hear and determine all actions for advancement of expenses or indemnification brought under this section or under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise. The Court of Chancery may summarily determine a corporation’s obligation to advance expenses (including attorneys’ fees).”
     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers, and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person in a successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of our counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to the court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by us is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of the issue by such court.
Item 15. Recent sales of unregistered securities.
     In the three years preceding the filing of this registration statement, we have issued the following securities that were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act:
     In connection with our formation, in January 2005, we issued the following shares of common stock, Class W warrants and Class Z warrants pursuant to an exemption from registration contained in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act:
             
  Number of Number of Number of
Name Shares of Common Stock Class W Warrants Class Z Warrants
Universal Telecommunications, Inc.  25   618,750   618,750 
The Hackman Family Trust  25   495,000   495,000 
Lior Samuelson  25   495,000   495,000 
David Ballarini  25   495,000   495,000 
Mercator Capital L.L.C.     371,250   371,250 
     The shares of common stock were sold at a purchase price of $5.00 per share for $500 and the Class W warrants and Class Z warrants were sold at a purchase price of $0.05 per warrant for $247,500. Subsequent to the purchase by the individuals and entities of the securities referenced in the above table, Mercator Capital and Universal

II-3


 

Telecommunications sold at fair market value, in the aggregate, 25,000 Class W warrants and 25,000 Class Z warrants to each of Mr. Morgan O’Brien and Mr. Alex Mandl. No underwriting discounts or commissions were paid with respect to such sales.
     In October 2006, as partial consideration for our acquisition of GII, we issued 1,300,000 shares of common stock, 1,450,000 Class W warrants and 1,450,000 Class Z warrants to the shareholders of GII. The shares of common stock were valued at $5.18 per share for an aggregate value of $6,734,000, the Class W warrants were valued at $.47 per warrant for an aggregate value of $681,500 and the Class Z warrants were valued at $.49 per warrant for an aggregate value of $710,500. The securities were issued pursuant to an exemption from registration contained in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.
     In November 2007, we issued 2,570,143 shares of common stock to the holders of certain of our promissory notes. The shares of common stock were issued for $3,528,987 of principal and accrued interest due under the notes and valued at a premium of their average closing price for the 10-trading days ended November 12, 2007, which was $1.37 per share. The shares of common stock were issued pursuant to an exemption from registration contained in Rule 506 of Regulation D under the Securities Act.
     In November 2007, we issued approximately $4.8 million of 10% convertible unsecured subordinated promissory notes to the holders of certain of our promissory notes and certain other accredited investors. No commission or other compensation was paid in connection with the issuance. The 10% convertible unsecured subordinated promissory notes were issued pursuant to an exemption from registration contained in Rule 506 of Regulation D under the Securities Act.
Item 16. Exhibits and financial statement schedules.
     (a) Exhibit Index
          A list of exhibits filed with this registration statement on Form S-1 is set forth on the Exhibit Index and is incorporated in this Item 16(a) by reference.
     (b) Financial Statement Schedule.
          None.
Item 17. Undertakings.
     The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:
     (a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:
          (1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:
               (i) To include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;
               (ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) (§ 230.424(b) of this chapter) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and
               (iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

II-4


 

          (2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
          (3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.
          (4) That, for purposes of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.
     (b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by the controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

II-5


 

SIGNATURES
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-1 and has duly caused this amendment no. 1 to this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the County of Fairfax and Commonwealth of Virginia on the 14th5th day of January,February, 2008.
     
 GLOBAL TELECOM & TECHNOLOGY, INC.
 
 
 By:  /s/ RICHARD D. CALDER, JR.   
  Richard D. Calder, Jr.  
  President and Chief Executive Officer  
 
     KNOWN ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that each person whose signature to this registration statement appears below hereby constitutes and appoints each of Richard D. Calder, Jr. and Kevin J. Welch as such person’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for such person and in such person’s name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the registration statement, including post-effective amendments, and registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the SEC, and does hereby grant unto each said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as such person might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each said attorney-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on the 14th5th day of January,February, 2008.
     
Signature Title Date
     
/s/ RICHARD D. CALDER, JR.
 
Richard D. Calder, Jr.
 President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
 January 14,February 5, 2008
     
/s/ KEVIN J. WELCH
 
Kevin J. Welch
 Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
(Principal Financial Officer)
 January 14,February 5, 2008
     
/s/ H. BRIAN THOMPSON*
 
H. Brian Thompson
 Chairman of the Board and Executive Chairman January 14,February 5, 2008
     
/s/ S. JOSEPH BRUNO*
 
S. Joseph Bruno
 Director January 14,February 5, 2008
     
/s/ DIDIER DELEPINE*
 
Didier Delepine
 Director January 14,February 5, 2008
     
/s/ RHODRIC C. HACKMAN*
 
Rhodric C. Hackman
 Director January 14,February 5, 2008
     
/s/ HOWARD JANZEN*
 
Howard Janzen
 Director January 14,February 5, 2008
     
/s/ D. MICHAEL KEENAN*
 
D. Michael Keenan
 Director January 14,February 5, 2008
     
/s/ MORGAN E. O’BRIEN*
 
Morgan E. O’Brien
 Director January 14,February 5, 2008
     
/s/ SUDHAKAR SHENOY*
 
Sudhakar Shenoy
 Director January 14,February 5, 2008
     
/s/ THEODORE B. SMITH, III*
 
Theodore B. Smith, III
 Director January 14,February 5, 2008
* By:  /s/ KEVIN J. WELCH  February 5, 2008
Kevin J. Welch 
Attorney-in-Fact

II-6


 

EXHIBIT INDEX
        
ExhibitExhibit  Exhibit  
NumberNumber Description of DocumentNumber Description of Document
2.1(1) Stock Purchase Agreement dated May 23, 2006, among the Registrant, Global Internetworking, Inc. and the shareholders of Global Internetworking, Inc.2.1(1) Stock Purchase Agreement dated May 23, 2006, among the Registrant, Global Internetworking, Inc. and the shareholders of Global Internetworking, Inc.
3.1(2) Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation dated October 16, 2006.3.1(2) Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation dated October 16, 2006.
3.2(2) Amended and Restated Bylaws dated October 15, 2006.3.2(2) Amended and Restated Bylaws dated October 15, 2006.
4.1(3) Specimen of Series A Unit Certificate of the Company.4.1(3) Specimen of Series A Unit Certificate of the Company.
4.2(3) Specimen of Series B Unit Certificate of the Company.4.2(3) Specimen of Series B Unit Certificate of the Company.
4.3(8) Specimen of Common Stock Certificate of the Company.4.3(8) Specimen of Common Stock Certificate of the Company.
4.4(8) Specimen of Class W Warrant Certificate of the Company.4.4(8) Specimen of Class W Warrant Certificate of the Company.
4.5(8) Specimen of Class Z Warrant Certificate of the Company.4.5(8) Specimen of Class Z Warrant Certificate of the Company.
4.6(5) Unit Purchase Option granted to HCFP/Brenner Securities LLC.4.6(5) Unit Purchase Option granted to HCFP/Brenner Securities LLC.
4.7(5) Warrant Agreement between American Stock Transfer & Trust Company and the Registrant.4.7(5) Warrant Agreement between American Stock Transfer & Trust Company and the Registrant.
5.1**  Legal Opinion of Greenberg Traurig, LLP.
5.1*  Legal Opinion of Greenberg Traurig, LLP.
10.1(3) Letter Agreement among the Registrant, HCFP/Brenner Securities LLC and Rhodric C. Hackman.
10.2(3) Letter Agreement among the Registrant, HCFP/Brenner Securities LLC and H. Brian Thompson.10.1(3) Letter Agreement among the Registrant, HCFP/Brenner Securities LLC and Rhodric C. Hackman.
10.3(4) Letter Agreement among the Registrant, HCFP/Brenner Securities LLC and Morgan E. O’Brien.10.2(3) Letter Agreement among the Registrant, HCFP/Brenner Securities LLC and H. Brian Thompson.
10.4(4) Letter Agreement among the Registrant, HCFP/Brenner Securities LLC and Alex Mandl.10.3(4) Letter Agreement among the Registrant, HCFP/Brenner Securities LLC and Morgan E. O’Brien.
10.5(5) Investment Management Trust Agreement between American Stock Transfer & Trust Company and the Registrant.10.4(4) Letter Agreement among the Registrant, HCFP/Brenner Securities LLC and Alex Mandl.
10.6(2) Employment Agreement for H. Brian Thompson, dated October 15, 2006.10.5(5) Investment Management Trust Agreement between American Stock Transfer & Trust Company and the Registrant.
10.7(2) Employment Agreement for Todd Vecchio, dated October 15, 2006.10.6(2) Employment Agreement for H. Brian Thompson, dated October 15, 2006.
10.8(2) Form of Lock-up letter agreement entered into by the Registrant and the stockholders of Global Internetworking, Inc., dated October 15, 2006.10.7(2) Employment Agreement for Todd Vecchio, dated October 15, 2006.
10.9(7) 2006 Employee, Director and Consultant Stock Plan, as amended. On November 30, 2006, the Plan was amended to (i) change the termination date to May 21, 2016 and (ii) reflect the Company’s new corporate name.10.8(2) Form of Lock-up letter agreement entered into by the Registrant and the stockholders of Global Internetworking, Inc., dated October 15, 2006.
10.10(4) Form of Registration Rights Agreement.10.9(7) 2006 Employee, Director and Consultant Stock Plan, as amended. On November 30, 2006, the Plan was amended to (i) change the termination date to May 21, 2016 and (ii) reflect the Company’s new corporate name.
10.11(2) Form of Promissory Note issued to the stockholders of Global Internetworking, Inc., dated October 15, 2006.10.10(4) Form of Registration Rights Agreement.
10.12(8) Note Amendment Agreement entered into by the Registrant and the former stockholders of Global Internetworking, Inc., dated November 13, 2007.10.11(2) Form of Promissory Note issued to the stockholders of Global Internetworking, Inc., dated October 15, 2006.
10.13(9) Form of Stock Option Agreement.10.12(8) Note Amendment Agreement entered into by the Registrant and the former stockholders of Global Internetworking, Inc., dated November 13, 2007.
10.13(9) Form of Stock Option Agreement.

II-7


 

        
ExhibitExhibit  Exhibit  
NumberNumber Description of DocumentNumber Description of Document
10.14(9) Form of Restricted Stock Agreement10.14(9) Form of Restricted Stock Agreement
10.15(10) Employment Agreement for Kevin J. Welch, dated January 22, 2007.10.15(10) Employment Agreement for Kevin J. Welch, dated January 22, 2007.
10.16(11) Separation Agreement for D. Michael Keenan, dated February 23, 2007.10.16(11) Separation Agreement for D. Michael Keenan, dated February 23, 2007.
10.17(12) Employment Agreement for Richard D. Calder, Jr., dated May 7, 2007.10.17(12) Employment Agreement for Richard D. Calder, Jr., dated May 7, 2007.
10.18(8) Form of Exchange Agreement entered into by the registrant and certain holders of promissory notes.10.18(8) Form of Exchange Agreement entered into by the registrant and certain holders of promissory notes.
10.19(8) Form of 10% Convertible Unsecured Subordinated Promissory Note.10.19(8) Form of 10% Convertible Unsecured Subordinated Promissory Note.
21.1*  Subsidiaries of the Registrant.21.1*  Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1*  Consent of J.H. Cohn LLP.23.1*  Consent of J.H. Cohn LLP.
23.2*  Consent of Pricewaterhouse Coopers LLP.23.2*  Consent of Pricewaterhouse Coopers LLP.
23.3*  Consent of BDO Stoy Hayward LLP.23.3*  Consent of BDO Stoy Hayward LLP.
23.4*  Consent of Schwartz Weissman & Co. P.C.23.4*  Consent of Schwartz Weissman & Co. P.C.
23.5* Consent of Greenberg Traurig, LLP (included in the opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1).
23.5*  Consent of Greenberg Traurig, LLP (included in the opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1).
24.1*  Power of Attorney (included on the signature page to this Registration Statement).
24.1    Power of Attorney (previously included on the signature page to this Registration Statement).
 
* Filed herewith
 
**
to be filed by amendment.
(1) Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q filed August 21, 2006, and incorporated herein by reference.
 
(2) Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed October 19, 2006, and incorporated herein by reference.
 
(3) Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-122303) and incorporated herein by reference.
 
(4) Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-122303) and incorporated herein by reference.
 
(5) Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 30, 2006, and incorporated herein by reference.
 
(6) Previously filed as Annex E to the Registrant’s proxy statement/prospectus and incorporated herein by reference.
 
(7) Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q filed November 14, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference.
 
(8) Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed March 29, 2007, and incorporated herein by reference.
 
(9) Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed April 17, 2007, and incorporated herein by reference.
 
(10) Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed January 24, 2007, and incorporated herein by reference.
 
(11) Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed February 23, 2007, and incorporated herein by reference.
 
(12) Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed May 10, 2007, and incorporated herein by reference.

II-8